Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / Hunting / FY2018 Annual Report

Hunting
Annual Report 2018

HTG · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker HTG
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Hunting
Loading PDF…
Well positioned 
to capture market 
opportunities

2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Hunting is a key supplier to the upstream oil and gas industry. 

Our strategy is to manufacture products and deliver services to 
our customers wherever in the world they are operating.

Hunting’s product offering extends across the life cycle of an oil 
and gas well, and this focus allows us to create, distribute and 
sustain value for our shareholders.

Hunting is quoted on the London Stock Exchange and is 
a constituent of the FTSE 250 index.

Highlights

Market highlights

Financial highlights

Average WTI crude oil 
price

Year-end WTI crude oil 
spot price

Revenue

Net cash

$65 per barrel

(2017 – $50 per barrel)

Global average 
onshore rig count

$45 per barrel

(2017 – $60 per barrel)

Global average 
offshore rig count

1,990 units

(2017 – 1,810 units)

200 units

(2017 – 198 units)

$911.4m

(2017 – $724.9m)

Underlying profit 
from operations*

$104.7m

(2017 – $14.3m)

Global drilling and 
production expenditure

US onshore drilling and 
production expenditure

Underlying diluted 
earnings per share

$61.3m

(2017 – $30.4m)

Reported profit 
from operations

$75.4m

(2017 – $(24.8)m loss)

Reported diluted 
earnings per share

$231.2bn

(2017 – $201.2bn)

$133.5bn

(2017 – $106.1bn)

49.6 cents

(2017 – 8.0 cents)

52.3 cents

(2017 – (16.0) cents loss)

Source: Bloomberg/Spears & Associates

* Non-GAAP measure (“NGM”) see pages 161 to 165.

Contents

Strategic report
Summary of the year  
Hunting at a glance 
Chairman’s statement 
Chief Executive’s statement 
and Outlook 
Market review  
Key performance indicators  
Group review  
Segmental review  
Our business model 
Our business strategy  
Risk management  

Corporate governance
Corporate governance overview  
Board of Directors and Company 
Secretary  
Executive committee  

Corporate governance report  
Directors’ report  
Nomination committee report  
Remuneration committee report  
– Remuneration at a glance  
–  Directors’ remuneration 

policy summary 

– Annual report on remuneration  
Audit committee report 

Financial statements
Independent auditors’ report  
Consolidated income statement  
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income  
Consolidated balance sheet  
Consolidated statement of  
changes in equity  

59
65
66
68
70 

72
77
86

91
98

99
100

101  

1
2
4

6
8
12
14
20
28
42
44

54

56
58

Front cover image:  a Hunting Sand Filter being prepared for dispatch.

102

Consolidated statement of  
cash flows  
Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements  
Company balance sheet  
Company statement of changes  
in equity  
153
Company statement of cash flows   154
Notes to the Company financial 
statements  

103
152

155

Other information
Non-GAAP measures  
Financial record  
Shareholder and statutory  
information  
Glossary  
Professional advisers  

161
166

167
170
172

Summary of the year

Operational and 
corporate highlights

Financial  
highlights

Record performance delivered by Hunting Titan, supported 
by strong US onshore completion activity.
 – Increase in volume of H-1 Perforating Systems sold, as customers 
continue to adopt more efficient and safer perforating technology.
 – Capacity expansion initiatives commenced at Milford and Pampa 

facilities to address demand.

 – Rationalisation of distribution centres across North America to 
increase alignment with customer activity and general market 
outlook.

US segment records increased volumes as US onshore 
market accelerated.
 – Good customer acceptance of TEC-LOCK™ semi-premium 

connection, for use in onshore drilling operations.

 – Modest increases in demand for MWD/LWD tools as key 
customers’ replacement programmes recommenced.
 – Increased volumes reported at Subsea as domestic and 

international deep water projects recommenced.

Revenue increased 26% to $911.4m (2017 – $724.9m) 
supported by US onshore drilling market.
 – Hunting Titan segment revenue increased 34% to $418.2m  

(2017 – $312.8m).

 – US segment revenue increased 49% to $327.1m (2017 – $218.9m).

EBITDA.
 – Underlying EBITDA of $142.3m (2017 – $56.0m) and margin of 16% 

(2017 – 8%).

 – Reported EBITDA of $141.3m (2017 – $53.6m) and margin of 16% 

(2017 – 7%).

Profit from operations.
 – Underlying profit from operations increased to $104.7m  

(2017 – $14.3m).

 – Reported profit from operations increased to $75.4m  

(2017 – $(24.8)m loss).

 – Production of Hunting Titan products now occurring within 

Hunting Electronics, Hunting Specialty and US Manufacturing 
facilities, increasing utilisation and inter-segment sales.

Earnings Per Share.
 – Underlying diluted EPS of 49.6 cents (2017 – 8.0 cents).
 – Reported diluted EPS of 52.3 cents per share (2017 – (16.0) cents 

loss per share).

ROCE.
 – Underlying ROCE in the year improved to 9% (2017 – 1%).

Net cash of $61.3m at year-end (2017 – $30.4m).
 – Net cash generation of $30.9m (2017 – $32.3m).

Amend and extend exercise completed in December 2018 in 
respect of the Group’s multi-currency revolving credit facility.
 – Quantum of facility now $160.0m with a maturity date of 2022.
 – Facility can be increased to $235.0m, with the maturity date 
extending to 2023, subject to agreement with lending group.

Dividend distributions recommenced in the year, with an 
interim dividend of 4.0 cents per share paid in October 2018.
 – Final dividend declared of 5.0 cents per share, to be paid on  
10 May 2019 to shareholders on the register on 23 April 2019, 
subject to shareholder approval.

 – Total dividends declared of 9.0 cents per share for the year  

(2017 – nil) absorbing $14.8m of cash (2017 – $nil).

Sales volume improvement recorded within other 
international operating segments.
 – Canada operations report increased OCTG volumes following 

new customer wins.

 – European well intervention business recorded increased demand 

for pressure control and well testing equipment.

 – Asia Pacific operations report modest increase in OCTG sales 

in domestic China.

 – Middle East activity improved in the year as well intervention and 

OCTG sales into Northern Iraq recommenced.

Capital investment mainly addressing production capacity 
constraints.
 – $30.1m spent in the year, including investment to support future 
demand for Hunting Titan products, targeted to reduce costs 
and increase efficiency.

Group rationalisation continued in the year.
 – Closure of one manufacturing facility in Kenya and three 

distribution centres in North America.

Board changes.
 – Carol Chesney appointed Director and Chair of the Audit 

Committee in April 2018.

 – Keith Lough appointed Director in April 2018 and Senior 

Independent Director in August 2018.

 – John Nicholas retired from the Board in April 2018 and 

John Hofmeister retired in August 2018, both completing 
nine years’ service.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

01

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationHunting at a glance

Our operations

Our operating facilities need to be close to 
our customers and are therefore based in or 
near the main oil and gas producing regions. 

 Conventional oil and gas basin

 Unconventional oil and gas basin

 Key operating locations

Group overview

Segmental revenue

Operating sites

Distribution centres

Split of external revenue by segment

34 (2017 – 35)

18 (2017 – 21)

Countries of operation

Patents granted and pending

11 (2017 – 12)

Employees (year-end)

690 (2017 – 596)

Internal manufacturing  
reject rate

2,772 (2017 – 2,610)

0.2% (2017 – 0.3%)

02 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

31%

45%

1 Hunting Titan
2 US
3 Asia Pacific
4 Europe
5 Canada
4%
6 Middle East, Africa and Other 3%
<1%
7 Exploration and Production

8%

9%

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

O
t
h
e
r

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our products and services

Our business relationships

Oil Country Tubular Goods
The Group owns proprietary connection 
technology including the SEAL-LOCKTM and 
WEDGE-LOCKTM premium connections and 
the TEC-LOCKTM semi-premium connection. 
The Group manufactures couplings and 
accessories and applies premium threads 
to pipe for its customers throughout its 
global facilities.

Perforating Systems
Hunting manufactures perforating guns, 
energetics charges and instrumentation used 
in well completion activities. Products are 
manufactured across our global network and 
sold through distribution points in Canada, 
China, Indonesia, UAE, UK and US.

Advanced Manufacturing
Advanced Manufacturing includes precision 
machining and electronics manufacturing, 
both utilised in MWD/LWD tools. A range of 
non-oil and gas products are also engineered 
for the power generation, aviation, military 
and space sectors.

Drilling Tools
Hunting’s Drilling Tools business provides 
mud motor rental services for operators in 
the onshore oil and gas basins of the US. 

Intervention Tools
The Group manufactures a range of tools 
including Thru-Tubing, Slickline and Wireline 
tools and Pressure Control Equipment used 
for intervention activities. 

Subsea
Hunting’s Subsea business manufactures 
hydraulic couplings, valves and accessories 
for application to deep water drilling activities.

Hunting generates value through the manufacture of 
products, provision of related services and supply of 
rental equipment to the upstream energy sector used 
in the extraction of oil and gas.

Our strategic focus is on the manufacture of products 
used in the wellbore or forming part of the wellbore’s 
infrastructure.

Oil and gas extraction requires a diverse range of products 
and services. The nature of the sector results in relationships 
with business partners who can be customers, suppliers 
and competitors at different points in the value chain.

Customers

Hunting

Competitors

Suppliers

Oil and gas extrac t i o n   c y c l e

Investment highlights

– Robust fundamentals for the oil and gas industry

– Strategic focus on the wellbore

– Proprietary technologies and diverse product range

– World-class manufacturing facilities located close to our customers

– Proven track record of manufacturing excellence and reliability

– Experienced management team 

–  Focused on efficiency, cost control and cash generation

–  Strong reputation with our customer base for delivering quality

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

03

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

Hunting had a positive year on many fronts 
and the Board remains focused on delivering 
a sustained performance, with a number of 
initiatives underway to continue to improve 
efficiency and increase shareholder value. 

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chairman

04 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction
I am delighted to introduce our 2018 Annual Report and 
Accounts to shareholders. In the year, Hunting has seen 
very strong US onshore well completion activity in the first 
three quarters, as the average WTI oil price encouraged 
operators to commit significant capital to the development 
of new production from US shale basins. This has resulted 
in Hunting reporting improved levels of revenue and 
profitability compared to 2017. While the US offshore and 
international drilling markets have remained subdued, your 
Company has focused on in-sourcing more production 
in the year, which has improved facility utilisation and 
strengthened margins. In the final quarter, momentum 
within onshore US basins slowed marginally, impacting 
on the Group’s onshore businesses; however, this was 
mitigated, in part, by the increase in demand for other 
product lines. 

Financial Performance
Revenue for the Group increased 26% in the year to 
$911.4m, compared to $724.9m in 2017, leading to an 
underlying profit before tax of $104.0m (2017 – $11.5m). 
Reported profit before tax was $74.7m (2017 – $(27.6)m loss).

Net cash at the year-end increased to $61.3m 
(2017 – $30.4m), which was another excellent result. This 
leaves Hunting with a strong and flexible balance sheet to 
meet the demands of the current market environment.

Dividends
At the Group’s half-year results in August 2018, the Board 
declared an interim dividend of 4.0 cents per share, which 
was paid in October 2018. 

Given the sustained performance of the Company 
throughout the year, compared to the prior year, the Board 
is recommending a final dividend of 5.0 cents per share 
absorbing $8.2m of cash, for approval by shareholders at 
the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 17 April 2019. 
If approved, the final dividend will be paid on 10 May 2019, 
to shareholders on the register on 23 April 2019.

This distribution will bring the total dividends paid in 
respect of 2018 to 9.0 cents per share or a distribution 
of $14.8m.

The Board remains committed to delivering sustainable 
dividends, but will continue to assess each dividend 
proposal on a case-by-case basis.

Carol Chesney and Keith Lough were both appointed 
to the Board in April 2018, following a thorough search 
process. Carol Chesney was appointed Chair of the Audit 
Committee following John Nicholas’s retirement in April. 
Keith Lough was appointed Senior Independent Director 
following John Hofmeister’s retirement in August and 
Annell Bay was appointed Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee.

Governance 
The Company has enhanced its governance framework in 
the year, with the creation of an Executive Committee. The 
Committee comprises the executive Directors and regional 
managing directors of each of the Group’s operating 
segments. 

In the year, the Board also completed its third externally 
facilitated effectiveness evaluation. More information on 
this process can be found in the Governance section of 
this report.

The Board has noted the publication of the new UK 
Corporate Governance Code in July 2018. Compliance 
initiatives are underway, which will include new employee 
engagement initiatives to be introduced across the 
Company that will be reported to the Board throughout 
the year. I am pleased to announce that Annell Bay has 
agreed to be the Company’s designated non-executive 
Director for employee engagement matters, as 
encouraged by the new Code. Annell is located in the 
US where the majority of our workforce resides. Annell 
will be working with management to ensure suitable 
arrangements are put in place during 2019, ahead of 
Hunting reporting its new compliance in next year’s 
Annual Report.

Conclusion
Hunting had a positive year on many fronts and the Board 
remains focused on delivering a sustained performance, 
with a number of initiatives underway to continue to 
improve efficiency and increase shareholder value. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all our 
stakeholders, including employees, shareholders, 
customers and suppliers, for their support during the 
past year.

Board Changes
Changes to the Board took place during the year, with 
John Nicholas and John Hofmeister retiring after nine 
years’ service. We thank them both for their wise counsel 
and commitment to the Group through the challenging 
times the Company has faced.

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chairman

28 February 2019

i.  Results for the year, as reported under IFRS, adjusted for 
amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a 
business combination and exceptional items.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

05

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationChief Executive’s statement and Outlook

With a strong balance sheet, tightly managed 
cost base and a strong presence in our chosen 
upstream equipment and service markets, 
Hunting remains well positioned to capture 
opportunities in the current market.

Jim Johnson
Chief Executive

06 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction
2018 has seen the Group report monthly profitability 
throughout the year, as market stability within US onshore 
completions led to a strong year-on-year increase in 
performance. While the Group is still some way from 
reporting profitability across all of its international regions, 
Hunting’s historic focus on the US market has allowed the 
Company to return to both underlying and reported 
profitability in the year. On the back of this improved 
trading environment, we have recommenced dividend 
distributions.

The performance of Hunting Titan in the year has clearly 
been the highlight for the Group, as demand for 
perforating systems, energetics and instruments have all 
exceeded management’s expectations. Market 
momentum in the first half of the year was exceptionally 
strong, as operators increased drilling operations on the 
back of higher average oil prices and lower operating 
costs. A key to the success of Hunting Titan has been its 
strong and varied technology offering, which customers 
continue to embrace as the market seeks more cost-
efficient and safe ways to extract oil and gas.

Activity in the US onshore basins has also had a positive 
impact on the Group’s US operating segment, as demand 
for OCTG, accessories, downhole tools and other 
equipment has led to the US returning to profitability. 
During the year, some indications of a recovery in the US 
offshore market were noted, as the oil majors announced 
new investment in deep water projects; however, at this 
point, new activity remains patchy and is unlikely to gain 
any firm traction until the WTI oil price stabilises at a 
modest premium to the current oil price. 

A key achievement in the year is the use of the Group’s 
global manufacturing facilities to assist in meeting 
customer demand for Hunting Titan’s products. Ten 
facilities across the Group have manufactured Titan 
products and components in the year, which enabled 
Hunting to retain margin within the Group and increase 
utilisation at a number of facilities, which were historically 
focused on offshore markets.

Elsewhere across the Group, all international businesses, 
except Europe, reported increased revenue and the 
narrowing of losses as broad-based market stability, 
coupled with ongoing cost-containment initiatives, 
positively impacted performance.

Group Results Summary
The following table sets out a summary of the Group’s 
results for the year. Hunting reports a 26% increase in 
revenue compared to the prior year. Underlyingi EBITDA 
improved considerably as operations across Hunting’s 
US markets increased with activity levels, to record an 
increase in the year to $142.3m (2017 – $56.0m). Reported 
EBITDA increased to $141.3m (2017 – $53.6m).

Revenue
EBITDAii 
Profit (loss) from 
operations
Profit (loss) before tax
Profit (loss) for the year

Diluted EPS – cents

49.6

Underlyingi 
2018
$m
911.4
142.3

2017
$m
724.9
56.0

Reported

2018
$m
911.4
141.3

2017
$m
724.9
53.6

104.7
104.0
82.0

14.3
11.5
10.5

8.0

75.4
74.7
85.7

52.3

(24.8)
(27.6)
(28.6)

(16.0)

i.  Results for the year, as reported under IFRS, adjusted for 
amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a 
business combination and exceptional items.
ii.  Non-GAAP measure (see pages 161 to 165).

Underlyingi profit from operations increased in the year to 
$104.7m (2017 – $14.3m). Reported profit from operations 
was $75.4m (2017 – $(24.8)m loss). This has led to 
underlyingi diluted EPS improving from 8.0 cents per share 
in 2017 to 49.6 cents per share in 2018. Reported diluted 
EPS was 52.3 cents (2017 – (16.0) cents loss).

Outlook
The Group’s improved performance in 2018 and into 
early 2019, has been driven by US onshore-centric drilling 
activity and investment, while the results of Hunting’s 
international businesses remain dependent on further 
market improvement. Given the ongoing commodity price 
and geopolitical volatility, the Board remains focused on 
the agility and flexibility of the business to respond to 
market conditions. Initiatives to further improve profitability 
and margins, and reduce losses, including in-sourcing of 
production, facility rationalisation and inter-segment 
manufacturing, will also continue in the year ahead. 

The Company has a number of new products and 
technologies scheduled to launch in 2019, which will 
continue to broaden our market reach. Further, with the 
commissioning of new, higher-efficiency manufacturing, 
the potential for margin improvement in our key product 
lines is anticipated; however, it is also conditional on activity 
levels improving. The Board continues to review bolt-on 
acquisition opportunities, which, if concluded, will increase 
our presence in the wellbore and enhance our current 
product portfolio. Any potential acquisitions would need to 
complement our portfolio of onshore technologies as well 
as subsea completions within the oil and gas industry.

With a strong balance sheet, tightly managed cost base 
and a strong presence in our chosen upstream equipment 
and service markets, Hunting remains well positioned to 
capture opportunities in the current market, should the 
recovery across the industry continue.

Jim Johnson
Chief Executive

28 February 2019

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

07

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationMarket review

Global market 
indicators

Introduction
Hunting’s performance is closely linked to the macro-
economic drivers of the oil and gas industry, including the 
WTI crude oil and natural gas price, as well as regional 
drivers such as drilling spend and average rig counts.

Commodity Prices
The WTI crude oil price started 2018 at $60.4 per barrel 
and ended the year at $45.4 per barrel, following the 
concerns of oversupply in the global market, which 
adversely impacted the sector during Q4 of the year.

The average WTI price was c.$65 per barrel in the year, 
which represents a 30% increase over 2017, and 
supported the continued increase in drilling and 
production spend, particularly across North America.

WTI Crude Oil Prices ($/barrel)

90.0

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

01/18 02/18 03/18 04/18 05/18 06/18 07/18 08/18 09/18 10/18 11/18 12/18

The Henry Hub natural gas price has averaged $3.05 per 
mmBtu in 2018 compared to $3.04 per mmBtu in the prior 
year. This meant that gas drilling was maintained in the year.

Henry Hub Natural Gas Price ($/mmBtu)

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Industry Spend
On the back of an improving oil price towards the end of 
2017 and the average oil price through 2018, the oil and 
gas industry increased global drilling and production 
spend by 15% to $231.2bn (2017 – $201.2bn). Of this 
increase, $27.4bn was allocated to new US onshore 
drilling and production expenditure, underpinning the 
activity levels reported across the US market, with c.45% 
of US rig activity being located in the Permian basin.

Global Drilling and Production Expenditure ($bn)

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

US

Rest of World

f = forecast

This increase in spend had a positive impact on the 
Hunting Titan and US operating segments, which both 
reported double-digit increases in revenue and were both 
profitable at the underlying and reported levels.

Outlook
At the time of publication, industry commentators are 
projecting 2019 to be similar to 2018 in terms of global 
drilling and production spend, with offshore activity 
offsetting the marginal decline in onshore spend.

Rig Count
Driven by the increasing average oil price and drilling 
spend, global rig counts averaged 9% higher in the year 
at 2,190 units compared to 2,008 units in 2017. This 
contributed to a generally higher level of industry stability 
in the year, albeit remaining focused on the US, where 
the additional spend was mostly allocated.

Global Average Rig Count

01/18 02/18 03/18 04/18 05/18 06/18 07/18 08/18 09/18 10/18 11/18 12/18

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Offshore

Onshore

f = forecast

Outlook
The global average rig count is projected to marginally 
decline in 2019 to 2,159 units given the projected slowing 
in the US onshore market.

08 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
Regional market 
indicators

US – Onshore
As noted previously, Hunting’s performance in 2018 has 
been positively impacted by the continued increase in 
activity within the US onshore shale basins and, in 
particular, the Permian basin where nearly 45% of US 
domestic rig activity is focused.

The average onshore rig count increased 18% to 1,013 
active units, with the average drilling spend increasing 
26% from $106.1bn in 2017 to $133.5bn in 2018.

This data supports the continued increase in revenue 
and profits within the Group’s Hunting Titan and US 
operating segments.

Outlook
Given the lower oil price in late 2018, which extended into 
early 2019, the average rig count and projected production 
and drilling spend are both forecast to decline by 7% and 
4% respectively, based on lower completion activity being 
projected and oil off-take constraints in the Permian basin. 
Onshore industry spend is still forecast to be c.$128.7bn, 
in the year ahead.

US – Offshore
In contrast to the US onshore market, the US offshore 
market remained subdued during the year, aside from 
those companies with remaining drilling commitments 
in the region. 

The average rig count was 19 in the year compared to 
20 in the prior year, with drilling and production spend 
declining 7% to $4.1bn. 

This data led to the Group’s businesses, which are more 
focused on the offshore market, remaining generally quiet 
in the year.

Outlook
Market commentators are forecasting an improving 
US offshore market in 2019, with the average rig count 
expected to reach 22 and drilling spend increasing 
17% to $4.8bn.

Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

09

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Market review continued

Regional market 
indicators continued

Canada
The Canadian market remains a highly competitive and 
challenging market environment, with the realised price for 
domestic western Canada crude oil selling at a material 
discount to the WTI crude oil price, which generally 
deterred clients from major new drilling programmes.

In the year, drilling and production spend increased 9% to 
$18.1bn, which supported an increase in revenue for the 
Group’s Canada segment and a narrowing of operating 
losses. In 2018, however, the average rig count declined 
6% to 194 active units.

Outlook
The market environment in Canada is not anticipated 
to improve during 2019, with commentators forecasting 
a decline in the average rig count by 8% to 179 units 
and drilling spend declining at a similar rate to $16.6bn, 
which reflects a similar level to 2017.

Europe
The European oil and gas market in 2018 was, for the 
most part, unchanged from 2017. The average rig count 
declined by 3% to 67 active units across the year, while 
drilling spend was flat at $13.2bn. In the UK region of the 
North Sea, the average rig count declined by 11% from 
27 to 24 units in the year, as operators continued to divest 
assets, which slowed activity on key development projects. 
This deteriorating market has led to lower revenues and 
larger regional losses for the Group in the year.

Outlook
The average rig count across Europe is projected to 
increase to 72 units, or 7%, compared to 2018, of which 
three units are due to return to the North Sea. Average 
drilling spend is forecast to increase by 8% to $14.3bn.

Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

250

200

150

100

50

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

25

20

15

10

5

0

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

10 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

Spend ($bn)/Average Rig Count

50

40

30

20

10

0

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019f

Spend

Average rig count
f = forecast

Asia Pacific (inc. China)
The Asia Pacific region reported an overall increase in 
the regional rig count of 7% in the year to 902 units and 
a 2% increase in spend to $49.8bn. The Far East region, 
i.e. excluding China, reported an increase in the average 
rig count of 8% in the year to 216 units, as drilling across 
the region embraced the higher average oil price in the 
year. However, drilling spend actually declined by 10% to 
$17.8bn. In China, rig counts increased 6% and drilling 
spend increased 9%.

Outlook
2019 is projected to show low, single-digit growth for rig 
counts and spend to 927 units and $52.8bn respectively. 
This will remain predicated on the average oil price 
remaining at levels seen in 2018.

Middle East and North Africa
In 2018, activity across the region increased marginally 
compared to 2017, although activity levels have notably 
increased in Iraq following the improving security situation 
in the country. The average rig count across the Middle 
East increased 1% to 367 units and drilling spend 
increased 4% to $22.5bn. In Iraq the average rig count 
increased 20% from 49 to 59 units, which supported the 
Group’s increased revenues from operators in the country. 
Saudi Arabia’s average rig count was 117 in the year, a 
decline of 1%. For the Middle East and North Africa 
regions as a whole, the average rig count increased 
4% to 491 active units, with a total spend of $30.0bn 
in the year.

Outlook
Going into 2019, for the Middle East and North Africa 
region, both the average rig count and drilling spend is 
forecast to increase in the year ahead, with the rig count 
averaging 511 (+4%) and industry spend approaching 
$32.2bn (+7%).

Sources – commodity prices have been collected from 
Bloomberg. Average rig count and drilling and production 
expenditure data are based on Spears & Associates 
Drilling and Production Outlook Report – December 2018.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

11

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Key performance indicators

A number of key performance indicators are 
used to compare the business performance 
and position of the Group. These are regularly 
reviewed to ensure they remain appropriate. 
For details on the movements of these metrics 
please refer to the Group Review on pages 
14 to 18.

Revenue ($m)

2018

2017

2016

911.4

724.9

455.8

Financial performance is measured on an 
underlying basis from operations and, other 
than revenue, are non-GAAP measures 
(further information on financial Non-GAAP 
Measures (“NGM”) can be found  
on pages 161 to 165).

IFRS 15 – Contracts with Customers, has been applied to financial 
data for 2017 and 2018.

12 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Revenue is earned from products and services sold to 
customers from the Group’s principal activities (see notes 
2 and 3).

Underlying EBITDA* (Loss) ($m)

2018

2017

2016

142.3

56.0

(48.9)

Underlying results before share of associates’ post-tax 
results, interest, tax, depreciation, impairment and 
amortisation (see NGM A).

Underlying Profit (Loss) from Operations* ($m)

2018

2017

2016

Underlying profit (loss) from operations before net 
finance costs and tax (see consolidated income 
statement and note 2).

Underlying Operating Margin* (%)

2018

2017

2016

104.7

14.3

(92.2)

11

2

(20)

Underlying profit (loss) from operations as a percentage 
of revenue.

Underlying Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share* (cents)

2018

2017

2016

49.6

8.0

(45.3)

Underlying earnings (loss) attributable to Ordinary 
shareholders, divided by the weighted average number 
of Ordinary shares in issue during the year adjusted for 
all potentially dilutive Ordinary shares (see note 11).

*  Non-GAAP measure (“NGM”) (see pages 161 to 165).

Capital Investment* ($m)

Countries with active  
operations

Operating footprint  
(Million sq ft)

2018

2017

2016

30.1

11.4

17.2

Cash spend on tangible non-current assets (see NGM J). 

Inventory Days* 

2018

2017

2016

185

167

221

Inventory at the year-end divided by underlying cost of 
sales for the last three months of the year multiplied by 
92 days (see NGM D).

Return on Average Capital Employed* (%)

11 (2017 – 12)

Countries in which Hunting 
has an active operating site or 
distribution centre. This does 
not include countries that only 
have a sales presence.

2.9 (2017 – 3.0)

Operation and distribution site 
square footage at year-end. 
This closely corresponds to 
“roofline” and includes 
administrative space within 
operating units.

Year-end employees

ISO 9001 (Quality) 
accredited operating 
sites 

2,772 (2017 – 2,610) 71% (2017 – 64%)

The December headcount for 
Hunting employees, including 
part-time staff (see note 8).

Percentage of operating sites 
with ISO 9001 accreditation.

2018

2017

2016

No. of recordable 
incidents

Incident rate 
(OSHA method)

9

1

(8)

46 (2017 – 24)

An incident is recordable if it 
results in death, days away 
from work or transfer to 
another job, medical treatment 
beyond first aid or loss of 
consciousness, or if significant 
injuries or illnesses are 
diagnosed by relevant medical 
authorities.

1.49 (2017 – 0.89)

The US Occupational Safety 
and Health Administration 
(“OSHA”) incident rate is 
calculated by multiplying the 
number of recordable incidents 
by 200,000 and then dividing 
that number by the number of 
labour hours worked.

CO2 intensity factor  
(kg/$k of revenue)

Internal manufacturing  
reject rate

38.6 (2017 – 43.6)

Scope 1 and 2 carbon 
dioxide equivalent metric, 
reported as kilogrammes 
per $k of revenue.

0.2% (2017 – 0.3%)

Percentage of parts rejected 
during manufacturing 
processes.

Underlying profit (loss) before interest and tax, adjusted for 
the share of associates’ post-tax results, as a percentage 
of average gross capital employed (see NGM O).

Free Cash Flow* ($m)

2018

2017

2016

80.7

49.3

52.9

All cash flows before transactions with shareholders and 
tangible and intangible capital investment (see NGM L).

Net Cash (Debt)* ($m)

2018

2017

2016

61.3

30.4

(1.9)

Net cash (debt) comprises cash at bank and in hand, 
short-term deposits and Money Market Funds less 
bank overdrafts, current and non-current borrowings 
(see note 23).

*  Non-GAAP measure (“NGM”) (see pages 161 to 165).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

13

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Group review

The focus of the Group during the year has 
been to meet the demand for US onshore 
products and services, while retaining a solid 
financial footing.

Jim Johnson 
Chief Executive 

Peter Rose
Finance Director

Group Results Summary

Revenue
Gross Profit
EBITDAi 
Profit (loss) from operations
Profit (loss) before tax
Profit (loss) for the year

Diluted EPS – cents

i.  Non-GAAP measure.

Underlying

Reported

2018
$m
911.4
275.1
142.3
104.7
104.0
82.0

49.6

2017
$m
724.9
175.4
56.0
14.3
11.5
10.5

8.0

2018
$m
911.4
275.1
141.3
75.4
74.7
85.7

52.3

2017
$m
724.9
165.4
53.6
(24.8)
(27.6)
(28.6)

(16.0)

14 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction
2018 has been a year of record performance for the 
Hunting Titan operating segment, together with an 
improving performance by the Group’s US operating 
segment, both driven by US onshore completion activity 
levels. Both segments contributed to the profitability of 
the Group for the year as a whole, as the US market 
environment remained stable and buoyant, particularly for 
operators within the major shale basins. Hunting’s other 
international operating segments, with the exception of 
Europe, reported improving revenues and narrowing 
losses in the year, as the higher oil price reported in the 
first half of the year led to new activity.

Market Summary
The average WTI crude oil price was c.30% higher in the 
year at $65 per barrel, compared to an average price of 
$50 per barrel in 2017. This encouraged operators to 
increase drilling and production expenditure within the 
lower-cost shale basins, with this additional investment 
focused almost entirely on the US onshore market.

Market commentators have estimated that global drilling 
and production expenditure increased by c.15% in the 
year to $231.2bn (2017 – $201.2bn), of which $27.4bn 
of this increase was from US onshore drilling activity.

This result has led to the strong performance of the 
Group’s US orientated businesses.

Operational Initiatives
The focus of the Group during the year has been to meet 
the demand for US onshore products and services, as 
shale basins such as the Permian, Marcellus and Utica 
accelerated activity in the first half of the year, while 
retaining a solid financial footing. 

Hunting Titan has reported record results in the year, due 
to strong demand for its perforating guns, energetics and 
instruments. Higher utilisation of its manufacturing facilities 
has been reported and, as a consequence of this, the 
Group began two major capital investment programmes 
at its Pampa and Milford facilities to expand production 

capacity and, at the same time, reduce manufacturing 
costs and increase efficiency through the implementation 
of automated production for certain product lines. These 
projects are expected to complete by Q2 2019 and will 
significantly enhance capacity for the production of 
perforating guns and energetics charges. 

Production of perforating guns has also increased at 
the Group’s other facilities in Canada, China and the US, 
with these facilities contributing to c.44% of the total gun 
production reported in the year. Other Hunting Titan 
products have been manufactured by the Group’s business 
units in the year, including Hunting Electronics, Hunting 
Specialty and US Manufacturing.

The Group has continued to launch new products and 
technology to customers during the year, as the industry 
continues its drive for better efficiencies and increased 
safety. Hunting Titan launched new release tools and new 
charges to customers in the year, which has supported its 
strong performance across the period. Hunting has also 
continued to launch new premium and semi-premium 
connections in the year. The Group has expanded its 
WEDGE-LOCK™ product family with the introduction of 
new sizes in the year. Hunting has also seen good market 
acceptance of its TEC-LOCK™ semi-premium connection, 
as onshore-focused customers increased their drilling 
plans in the shale basins across the US. Efforts to 
introduce the TEC-LOCK™ connection to Hunting’s 
international customer base have begun in the year, 
with interest being shown in Canada and Asia Pacific 
for onshore projects.

At the end of the year, the Group reported 34 operating 
sites compared to 35 in 2017, following the closure of 
Hunting’s facility in Mombasa, Kenya. Hunting’s distribution 
centres numbered 18 at the end of 2018 (2017 – 21 centres) 
following the closure of two centres in Canada and one 
in the US. 

Group Segment Summary

Business Unit
Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Inter-segment elimination
Group segment total

2018
Underlyingii
result from 
operations
$m
106.9
15.6
(1.8)
(10.9)
(0.8)
(2.9)
(1.4)
–
104.7

Segment
revenue
$m
418.2
327.1
44.8
86.2
107.0
24.2
2.6
(98.7)
911.4

Reported 
result from 
operations
$m
80.8
12.4
(1.8)
(10.9)
(0.8)
(2.9)
(1.4)
–
75.4

2017

Underlyingii 
result from 
operations
$m
66.4
(22.9)
(3.3)
(13.7)
(4.4)
(6.7)
(1.1)
–
14.3

Segment 
revenue 
$m
312.8
218.9
36.5
89.2
88.1
18.6
3.3
(42.5)
724.9

Reported
result from 
operations
$m
40.5
(26.1)
(3.3)
(13.7)
(4.4)
(16.7)
(1.1)
–
(24.8)

ii.  Results for the year, as reported under IFRS, adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination 

and exceptional items.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

15

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Group review continued

Results from Operations
The Group has adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments as of 
1 January 2018. The 2017 financial statements have been 
restated for the adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 has been 
adopted without restating comparative information (see 
note 38).

The Group reports an increase in revenue of 26% to 
$911.4m (2017 – $724.9m). Performance in the year was 
equally balanced between the first and second half, with 
revenue in H1 2018 of $442.8m (H1 2017 – $318.1m). 
Revenue in the second half of the year was $468.6m 
(H2 2017 – $406.8m). Hunting Titan’s segment revenue 
increased by 34% in the year to $418.2m (2017 – $312.8m) 
and the Group’s US segment increased revenue by 49% 
to $327.1m (2017 – $218.9m) due to the strong activity 
within the US onshore market. All other segments, with 
the exception of Europe, also improved revenues and 
reduced operating losses in the year. Further details can 
be found in the Segmental Review on pages 20 to 27.

Of the total deferred tax asset recognised, $25.3m has 
been shown as a credit against amortisation and 
exceptional items consistent with our treatment of tax on 
amortisation in prior years. In addition, a further $1.3m has 
been recognised and credited to underlying operations. 
Management believe that the strong US performance in 
the year and the projections over the next two to three 
years support this recognition of deferred tax in full. The 
reported tax credit is $11.0m (2017 – $1.0m charge). The 
Group’s underlying effective tax rate (“ETR”) for 2019 is 
expected to be in the range of 24% to 26% depending on 
the regional mix of results. The ETR for 2019 is expected 
to increase over 2018 because the 2018 ETR benefited 
from the recognition of US tax losses from prior periods.

Underlying profit after tax was $82.0m (2017 – $10.5m) and 
reported profit after tax was $85.7m (2017 – $(28.6)m 
loss). Underlying diluted earnings per share was  
49.6 cents in the year (2017 – 8.0 cents). Reported diluted 
earnings per share was 52.3 cents (2017 – (16.0) cents 
loss).

With the increase in sales volumes and some price 
increases being implemented, underlying gross profit 
improved to $275.1m in the year (2017 – $175.4m) with 
underlying gross margin improving to 30% (2017 – 24%). 
Reported gross margins improved in line with the 
underlying measures.

Given the performance of the Hunting Titan and US 
segments, the Group overall has reported a strong 
increase in underlying profit from operations to $104.7m 
(2017 – $14.3m), with the underlying operating margin 
also increasing from 2% in 2017 to 11%.

The charge in the year for the amortisation of intangible 
assets recognised as part of a business combination 
totalled $29.3m, compared to $29.1m in 2017. The net 
impact from exceptional items recorded in the year was 
$nil. A $2.0m reversal to impairment, relating to the 
Group’s disposal of its facility in South Africa, was credited 
in the first half of the year. At the same time, $2.0m of 
closure costs were charged in respect of the Group’s 
Kenyan joint venture. In 2017, exceptional items totalled 
$10.0m in relation to the closure of the Cape Town 
operation in South Africa.

The underlying net finance expense during the year was 
$0.7m (2017 – $1.5m), predominantly related to lower debt 
levels and bank fees. 

The underlying profit before tax was $104.0m 
(2017 – $11.5m). After charges for intangible asset 
amortisation acquired as part of a business combination 
and exceptional items, the reported profit before tax 
was $74.7m (2017 – $(27.6)m loss).

The underlying tax rate was 21% (2017 – 9%). Deferred tax 
assets of $26.6m in respect of US operations have been 
recognised in the year. This includes $24.9m in respect of 
previously unrecognised US tax losses. 

Cash Flow

Summary Group Cash Flow
Underlying EBITDA (NGM A)
Share-based payments

Working capital movements (NGM I)
Interest paid and bank fees
Net tax (paid) received 
Proceeds from disposal of PPE
Pension scheme refund
Disposal of business
Other operating cash and 
non-cash movements (NGM K)
Free cash flow (NGM L)
Capital investment (NGM J)
Intangible assets investment
Dividends paid to equity 
shareholders
Purchase of treasury shares
Other
Movement in net cash

2018
$m
142.3
13.2
155.5
(96.6)
(2.0)
(2.6)
16.4
10.6
–

(0.6)
80.7
(30.1)
(6.6)

(6.6)
(5.7)
(0.8)
30.9

2017
$m
56.0
11.9
67.9
(39.9)
(2.4)
6.5
6.2
9.7
1.8

(0.5)
49.3
(11.4)
(5.5)

–
–
(0.1)
32.3

The strong performance of Hunting Titan and improved 
performance of the Group’s US operating segment has 
led to EBITDA increasing in the year to $142.3m compared 
to $56.0m in 2017. The underlying EBITDA margin for the 
year was 16% compared to 8% in the prior year. When 
adjusted for non-cash share-based payment charges of 
$13.2m (2017 – $11.9m), operating inflow of $155.5m was 
recorded in the year compared to $67.9m in 2017. 

The increase in demand for the Group’s products, 
coupled with some forward purchasing of materials to 
mitigate the impact of international trade tariffs, has led 
to working capital outflow of $96.6m (2017 – $39.9m). 
At 31 December 2018, inventory days were 185 
compared to 167 in 2017. Receivable days were 78 
in 2018 compared to 72 in the prior period.

16 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Net interest paid was $2.0m in 2018 reducing from $2.4m 
in 2017, due to the lower levels of net borrowing in the 
year. Net tax paid in the year was $2.6m, and mainly arose 
in the UK and Asia, as no US federal tax was paid due to 
tax losses from previous years. In 2017, a US tax refund 
of $7.9m was received, reflecting the carry-back of prior 
period losses. 

Proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and 
equipment were $16.4m (2017 – $6.2m), and include 
$8.0m received on the sale of the Cape Town facility. 
During the year, the Group received a further $10.6m 
refund of pension surplus (2017 – $9.7m) from the 
Company’s UK pension scheme. This receipt fully realises 
the surplus that had arisen in the scheme and no further 
refunds will occur as the scheme has now been wound 
up. Free cash flow in the year was $80.7m compared to 
$49.3m in the prior period, which includes other items 
totalling $0.6m cash outflow (2017 – $1.3m net inflow).

Capital investment increased to $30.1m in 2018 
(2017 – $11.4m) mainly relating to the capacity expansion 
programmes underway at the Group’s Milford and Pampa 
facilities. Investment in intangible assets increased to 
$6.6m from $5.5m in 2017, mainly in relation to increased 
levels of technological development in the Group.

Following the recommencement of dividend distributions 
during the year, a $6.6m outflow was recorded following 
the payment of the 2018 interim dividend in October 2018, 
which equates to 4.0 cents per share. No dividends were 
paid in 2017. Further, the Group purchased 750,000 
Ordinary Hunting PLC shares, for a total consideration of 
$5.7m, through its employee share trust. These shares 
will be used to partially satisfy future awards under the 
Group’s long-term incentive plan. Other items in the year 
totalled $0.8m (2017 – $0.1m).

As a consequence of the above cash flows, the Group 
generated a net inflow of $30.9m in the year, which 
resulted in a net cash position of $61.3m as at 
31 December 2018.

Balance Sheet

Summary Group Balance Sheet
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Working capital (NGM C)
Taxation (current and deferred)
Provisions
Other net assets (NGM F)
Capital employed (NGM G)
Net cash
Net assets
Non-controlling interests
Equity attributable to owners 
of the parent

2018
$m
360.2
229.9
99.8
436.5
13.7
(14.2)
3.9
1,129.8
61.3
1,191.1
(14.0)

2017
$m
383.3
230.3
125.4
344.0
(6.0)
(18.0)
22.7
1,081.7
30.4
1,112.1
(18.8)

1,177.1

1,093.3

Property, plant and equipment has decreased by $23.1m. 
Additions of $30.0m and the reversal of impairment of 
$2.0m in relation to the closure of the South Africa facility 
were offset by disposals of $16.2m, depreciation of 
$35.0m, an impairment charge of $1.0m following the 
decision to close the Kenya joint venture and foreign 
exchange movements of $2.9m. Goodwill was materially 
unchanged at $229.9m. Other intangible assets have 
decreased by $25.6m, with the amortisation charge for 
the year of $31.9m and foreign exchange movements of 
$0.3m being partly offset by the capitalisation of 
technology and software development costs of $6.6m.

Working capital has increased by $92.5m, mainly driven 
by increased inventories within Hunting Titan and other US 
businesses focused on onshore drilling in North America. 
Foreign exchange had a $4.6m adverse impact on working 
capital, but this was offset by $0.5m of adjustments.

Deferred tax assets have increased due to the recognition 
of assets in the US during 2018, as a result of the improved 
trading environment. Tax balances show net assets of 
$13.7m (2017 – $(6.0)m net liabilities). This is made up of 
net current tax liabilities of $(11.1)m and net deferred tax 
assets of $24.8m. 

Other net assets have reduced by $18.8m during the year, 
mainly due to the cash refund of the Group’s UK pension 
scheme surplus. 

As a result of the above changes, capital employed in the 
Group has increased by $48.1m to $1,129.8m. Net assets 
at 31 December 2018 were $1,191.1m, which, after 
non-controlling interests of $14.0m, result in equity 
shareholders’ funds of $1,177.1m (2017 – $1,093.3m). This 
is an increase over 31 December 2017 and reflects the 
reported profits for the year attributable to equity 
shareholders of $89.3m, a net $12.3m credit in relation to 
share awards and other credits of $1.7m being offset by 
foreign exchange losses of $7.2m, dividends paid of 
$6.6m and the purchase of treasury shares of $5.7m.

With the Group’s greater level of profitability in the year, 
the underlying return on average capital employed 
improved to 9% in 2018 compared to 1% in 2017.

Financial Capital Management
Hunting ended 2018 with a robust balance sheet and net 
cash of $61.3m (31 December 2017 – $30.4m net cash). 
In January 2018, the Group exited its revised bank 
covenants and terms, which were put in place on 20 July 
2016, and reverted to its original facility covenants and 
terms, which include:

 – The ratio of net debt to consolidated EBITDA permitted 
under the revolving credit facility must not exceed a 
multiple of three times.

 – Consolidated EBITDA must also cover relevant finance 

charges by a minimum of four times.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

17

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Group review continued

For covenant testing purposes, the Group’s definition of 
EBITDA is adjusted to exclude exceptional items, include 
the share of associates’ post-tax results and exclude the 
fair value charge for share awards. Similarly, net cash/debt 
and finance expenses are adjusted to accord with the 
definition within the facility agreement. EBITDA, for 
covenant test purposes, is based on the previous 
12-month period, measured twice yearly at 30 June and 
31 December. At 31 December 2018, both these 
covenants were met.

In December 2018, the Group concluded an exercise to 
“amend and extend” its committed revolving credit facility. 
The quantum of the facility reduced to $160.0m from 
$200.0m, and the maturity date has been extended to 
2022. The amended facility arrangements include an 
accordion feature that allows for the facility to be increased 
to $235.0m, subject to the approval of its bank lending 
group, with the facility maturity date extending to 2023. 
As part of the exercise, the bank lending group reduced 
to four banks. The Group’s funding position remains 
robust, with total borrowing facilities of $164.9m in place 
(2017 – $205.0m), of which $159.5m (2017 – $200.0m) is 
committed. Further details of the facility, including the 
terms and conditions, are in note 27.

Total equity
Net cash
Capital employed

2018
1,191.1
(61.3)
1,129.8

2017
1,112.1
(30.4)
1,081.7

Capital employed is managed in order to ensure an 
appropriate level of financing is available for the Group’s 
day-to-day operations. The balance of debt and equity is 
managed having due regard to the respective cost of 
funds and their availability. The Group operates a 
centralised treasury function, with policies and procedures 
approved by the Board. These cover funding, banking 
relationships, foreign currency and interest rate exposures 
and cash management, together with the investment of 
surplus cash.

The Group operates in a number of geographic territories 
and results are generated in a number of different 
currencies. The US dollar is the most significant functional 
currency; however, where this is not the case, the Group is 
subject to the effects of foreign exchange rate fluctuations 
with respect to currency conversions. Individual entities 
are generally required to borrow from the central treasury 
function in their functional currency. The treasury function’s 
strategy is to manage its own currency exposure by using 
currency swaps to convert US dollars into the different 
currencies required by the entities. Spot and forward 
foreign exchange contracts are also used to cover the 
exposure of purchases and sales in non-domestic 
currencies. The Group’s liquidity is monitored by the 
central treasury function on a daily basis and a variety of 
cash forecasts, looking at different time horizons, are 
prepared on a periodic basis. 

18 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Management’s judgement is that the level of headroom 
available under the Group’s total credit facilities provides 
ongoing flexibility and continues to support the business 
as outlined in this Strategic Report. Further detail on 
financial risks is provided within note 27.

Dividends
Each dividend proposal considered by the Board is 
determined on its own merits taking into account the 
considerations outlined below. This flexible approach is 
influenced by the cyclical nature of the oil and gas sector 
which, as recent history demonstrates, can produce 
significant swings in activity levels and cash generation. 
Dividends will, therefore, reflect business performance 
over time and will not necessarily be progressive.

In assessing the level of dividend that is appropriate, the 
Board considers not only the results and position of the 
business for the financial year in question, but reviews 
mid-term projections and downside sensitivities for a 
three-year period as used in the Viability Assessment.

A company’s dividend capacity is typically constrained 
either by distributable reserves or by liquidity. Hunting PLC 
has in excess of $200m of distributable reserves and 
Hunting Energy Holdings Limited, a direct UK subsidiary 
of Hunting PLC, which directly or indirectly controls the 
operating businesses of the Group, has distributable 
reserves in excess of $600m. 

The Board considers that these distributable reserves are 
capable of servicing dividends for the foreseeable future 
and that any dividend constraints will be driven by liquidity.

On behalf of the Board

Jim Johnson
Chief Executive

Peter Rose
Finance Director

28 February 2019

Hunting’s Subsea business completes 
stringent quality assurance procedures on all 
hydraulic valves and couplings. This hyperbaric 
test chamber replicates the high pressure 
environment of deep water drilling.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

19

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSegmental review

Hunting Titan

Market indicators*
US onshore – average rig count
Canada – average rig count
Drilled-but-uncompleted wells

Revenue
Perforating guns and hardware
Energetics
Instruments
Perforating Systems
Other product lines
External revenue
Inter-segment revenue
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating profit
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating margin

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Service and distribution centres
Operating footage

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

#
#
#

$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m

$m

$m
$m
%

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
#
Kft2

2018

2017

1,013
194
8,594

123.2
140.6
134.6
398.4
12.9
411.3
6.9
418.2

80.8

26.1
106.9
26

12.6
52.4
140.0

659
646
5
16
660

856
206
6,578

102.0
111.8
87.5
301.3
7.4
308.7
4.1
312.8

40.5

25.9
66.4
21

2.6
45.8
87.8

587
491
5
19
655

Introduction
Hunting Titan’s business focuses predominantly on the US 
and Canadian onshore drilling and completion markets. 
The segment has five operating sites, with four in the US 
and one in Mexico. The business has a network of 
distribution centres throughout the US and Canada, from 
which the majority of the business’ sales are derived. 
Hunting Titan utilises the global manufacturing footprint of 
the Hunting group to assist in meeting customer demand. 
In the year, perforating guns were manufactured in 
Canada, China and in the US, while other components 
were manufactured by the Group’s Hunting Electronics, 
Hunting Specialty and the US Manufacturing facility in 
Houma, Louisiana.

A key feature of the onshore shale industry has been the 
drive for “plug and play” technology, to increase efficiency 
and reduce completion time. Hunting Titan has addressed 
this demand by the introduction of technology, including 
the H-1 perforating system and other tools, which have 
contributed to the success of the business in the year.

onshore drilling spend increased 26% to $133.5bn. This 
increase in key market indicators has led to the strong 
improvement in performance of the segment during the 
year. In Canada, while the average rig count fell in the 
year by 6%, industry spend increased by 9%.

Further to these market KPIs, the industry continued to 
evolve throughout the year, with hydraulic fracturing 
processes increasing the number of completion stages 
per well drilled, which led to a commensurate increase 
in the number of perforating guns used per completion 
stage. This development also contributed to the increase 
in demand for Hunting Titan’s perforating guns, energetics 
and instruments.

Segment Performance and Development
2018 has been a record year for the segment in terms 
of revenue and gross profit generated by the business, 
driven by strong onshore US drilling and completion 
markets. Segment revenue increased 34% to $418.2m 
(2017 – $312.8m) with underlying operating profit 
increasing 61% from $66.4m in 2017 to $106.9m in 2018. 
As demand for certain product groups increased in the 
year, selective price increases were also implemented, 
which supported the growth reported in the year.

While the segment’s revenue is predominantly generated 
in the US and Canada, international growth in South 
America and Asia Pacific has been recorded in the year, 
with sales outside of North America growing by 26% 
compared to the prior year.

Hunting Titan’s revenue streams are divided into four 
sub-groups: (i) perforating guns and hardware;  
(ii) energetics; (iii) instruments; and (iv) other.

Perforating Guns and Hardware
During the year, the number of perforating guns 
manufactured increased compared to 2017, leading to 
revenue improving 21% from $102.0m to $123.2m. Gun 
volumes incorporate Hunting Titan’s conventional 
perforating guns and the H-1 perforating system. In the 
year, the number of conventional guns manufactured 
increased by 58%, while the number of H-1 systems 
manufactured increased by 400% as customers further 
embraced the safety and reliability features of the H-1 
perforating system.

Hunting Titan manufactures H-1 perforating guns and 
conventional guns across a number of its facilities in the 
US and Mexico. Hunting’s Canada and China facilities also 
manufacture conventional perforating guns on behalf of 
Hunting Titan as well as the Group’s facility in Houma, 
Louisiana, US. As noted earlier, the business is investing 
in new manufacturing capacity at its Pampa facility, with 
automated manufacturing cells being commissioned.

Market Overview
2018 has seen a further year of market expansion in the 
US and Canada, in terms of average rig counts and drilling 
spend. As noted in the Market Review, average US 
onshore rig counts increased 18% to 1,013 units, while US 

Energetics
In 2018, Hunting Titan manufactured a similar number of 
energetics charges compared to 2017; however, revenue 
increased to $140.6m (2017 – $111.8m), as new products 
were introduced to customers in the year. 

20 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Sales volumes of the EQUAfrac™ charge increased 
by 300%, as customers demanded more consistent 
perforating within completion operations.

To meet demand, automated manufacturing lines for 
charge production have been installed at the business’ 
Milford facility, which will provide 48% of additional 
capacity.

Instruments
The segment’s instruments business incorporates Hunting 
Titan’s ControlFire™ panels, EBFire™ and ControlFire™ 
addressable switches and other tools used in the 
completion of onshore shale wells. Revenue in the year 
increased 54% from $87.5m in 2017 to $134.6m in 2018, 
reflecting the strong demand for the segment’s hardware, 
as customers migrated to the Group’s higher performance 
addressable switch product lines. The business also 
reported renewed orders for cased hole logging tools as 
older fleets were retired in the year.

Other Revenue
Hunting Titan also manufactures other tools and 
equipment for use in onshore basins. In the year, demand 
increased for these product lines, leading to an increase 
in revenue of 74% to $12.9m compared to $7.4m in 2017.

New Technology
Hunting Titan has a strong pipeline of new technologies, 
which will support its position in the market in the 
medium term. 

The H-2 Perforating System™ was developed throughout 
2018 and was launched to the market in February 2019 to 
address a broader segment of the perforating gun market, 
while complementing the addressable market of the H-1 
Perforating System™. The new system is the shortest 
“plug and play” system available and allows for a higher 
number of guns per stage within hydraulic fracturing 
operations.

In 2018, Hunting Titan progressed its autonomous tool 
project with its partner ExxonMobil. In August 2018 a 
prototype tool was tested in the field. The project has 
been extended into 2019, with plans to launch a self-
locating cutting tool. New charges and release tools are 
also to be introduced to customers in 2019.

Manufacturing and Distribution
The segment’s manufacturing footprint has remained 
materially unchanged during the year, with five operating 
sites in the US and Mexico, supported by perforating gun 
manufacturing across the wider Group. The manufacture 
of electronics components continued at the segment’s 
Wichita Falls facility, with further production outsourced 
to the Group’s Electronics business.

The segment had 16 distribution centres at the year-end 
(2017 – 19), as three centres were closed across North 
America, to better align with market demand.

Depending on the implementation of trade tariffs between 
the US and China, a proportion of the manufacturing of 
perforating guns may be relocated to the US in the year 
ahead.

Other Financial Information
During the year, Hunting Titan recorded capital investment 
of $12.6m (2017 – $2.6m) mainly relating to the capacity 
expansion programmes at the segment’s Pampa and 
Milford facilities.

Inventory increased by $52.2m to $140.0m in the year, 
reflecting demand for certain product groups.

With the increase in production at all the segment’s facilities, 
headcount increased by 12% to 659 at the year-end.

1  The new H-2 

Perforating 
System™.

The H-2 Perforating System™ was launched in February 2019  
to address a broader segment of the market. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

21

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSegmental review continued

US

Market indicators*
US onshore – average rig count
US offshore – average rig count
US E&P spend

#
#
$bn

Revenue
OCTG & Premium Connections $m
$m
Advanced Manufacturing
$m
Subsea
$m
Drilling Tools
$m
Intervention Tools
$m
Other product lines
$m
External revenue
$m
Inter-segment revenue
$m
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating profit (loss)
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
$m
Underlying operating profit (loss) $m
%
Underlying operating margin

$m

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Service and distribution centres
Operating footage

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
#
Kft2

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

2018

2017

1,013
19
137.6

104.2
91.9
30.0
27.6
14.2
16.2
284.1
43.0
327.1

12.4

3.2
15.6
5

15.2
247.1
110.4

1,227
1,145
15
1
1,334

856
20
110.5

78.5
58.1
20.6
25.7
8.1
13.8
204.8
14.1
218.9

(26.1)

3.2
(22.9)
(10)

5.9
255.8
90.3

1,071
957
15
1
1,358

Introduction
Hunting’s US operations are the most diverse in the 
Group, generating revenues from OCTG and Premium 
Connections, Advanced Manufacturing, Subsea, Drilling 
Tools and Intervention Tools product lines. In addition, the 
segment includes the Trenchless business, which mainly 
services the telecommunications sectors.

The main area of focus for most businesses in the 
segment is the domestic US market, which accounts for 
c.85% of external revenues, with Subsea and Advanced 
Manufacturing more internationally orientated. In addition, 
the US segment manufactures perforating guns and 
switches for sale to Hunting Titan.

Market Overview
The activity and performance of the segment remains 
linked to average onshore and offshore rig counts and 
industry spend.

During 2018, the US onshore average rig count 
increased by 18% to 1,013 units, which positively 
impacted the performance of the segment’s OCTG, 

Advanced Manufacturing, Drilling Tools and Intervention 
Tools product lines. Onshore spend also increased by 
26% during the period to $133.5bn, as well completion 
activities further increased demand.

Offshore activity, however, remained subdued during the 
period with average rig counts declining by 5% to 19 
active units and industry spend reducing 7% to $4.1bn.

Segment Performance and Development
Segment revenue increased 49% from $218.9m in 2017 
to $327.1m in 2018, as the onshore market increased 
demand across most product groups. The average WTI oil 
price in the year also generated more stability across the 
Group’s US businesses, leading to all units reporting 
monthly operating profits by the year-end. Underlying 
operating profit for the segment was $15.6m compared 
to an operating loss of $(22.9)m in 2017.

A success in the year has been the continued insourcing 
of production, in particular the increase in the manufacture 
of Hunting Titan perforating guns at the Group’s Houma 
facility in Louisiana and also addressable switches at the 
Hunting Electronics business. This has led to inter-
segment revenue increasing from $14.1m to $43.0m in 
the year.

OCTG and Premium Connections
This business incorporates the manufacturing and sale of 
OCTG including proprietary connections, casing, tubing 
and accessories. A success in 2018 has been the further 
commercialisation of Hunting’s semi-premium TEC-
LOCK™ connection. The connection has three variants, all 
of which are utilised in the onshore drilling market. During 
the year, approximately 49,000 TEC-LOCK™ connections 
were sold compared to approximately 1,000 in 2017. 

Hunting’s premium connection product portfolio includes 
the SEAL-LOCK™ and WEDGE-LOCK™ families. During 
the year, WEDGE-LOCK™ product lines were increased 
with the development and certification of four new sizes 
including 10, 14 and 18 inch variants for use in deep water 
applications. Key clients in the year included Walter Oil 
and Gas, Anadarko, Chevron and LLOG. While the 
offshore US rig count has declined in the year, these 
clients completed drilling activities in the region, which 
led to increased facility utilisation within the segment.

The Group’s pipe sales and trading business has seen a 
marked increase in activity during the year, with 0.7 million 
feet of two-step tubing sold to customers compared to 
0.4 million feet in 2017. The business has also increased 
sales of pipe thread protectors in the year, as the 
commercialisation of the TEC-LOCK™ connection 
increased.

In the year, revenue increased 33% from $78.5m in 2017 
to $104.2m in 2018.

22 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Advanced Manufacturing
Advanced Manufacturing products are manufactured by 
the Hunting Electronics, Hunting Dearborn and Hunting 
Specialty businesses, together with some parts of our US 
Manufacturing operations. In the year there was a notable 
increase in demand for new MWD/LWD measurement 
tools, as clients increased their replacement programmes 
following the recent market downturn.

Hunting Electronics reported a strong increase in the 
demand for MWD/LWD printed circuit boards in the year, 
as major international service groups placed new orders. 
The business continued to receive orders from Asia Pacific 
for new components and reported renewed interest in the 
supply of integrated MWD/LWD tools, utilising the Group’s 
electronics expertise and precision machining capabilities 
in Hunting Dearborn and US Manufacturing.

Hunting Dearborn has also reported increased demand 
in the year as both oil and gas, naval and military clients 
increased orders. Of note has been the increase in orders 
for rotor shafts for aerospace applications, in addition to 
a strong increase in new orders for MWD/LWD 
measurement tools.

Hunting Specialty has also benefited from the continued 
increase in the demand for onshore drilling components.

Both Hunting Electronics and Hunting Specialty have 
supported the strong increase in demand for Hunting 
Titan’s product lines. Hunting Electronics assisted with 
the manufacture of firing switches during the year, while 
Hunting Specialty manufactured components for Titan’s 
perforating gun products.

In the year, revenue increased 58% from $58.1m in 2017 
to $91.9m in 2018.

Subsea
Hunting Subsea has benefited from the increase in the 
average WTI oil price during the year, which encouraged 
client spending. Subsea completed orders for hydraulic 
couplings and valves and chemical injection systems for 
a number of US and international clients in the period. 

Of note has been the increase in sales into the international 
energy markets, including West Africa and Asia Pacific. 

In the year, revenue increased 46% from $20.6m in 2017 
to $30.0m in 2018.

Drilling Tools
Hunting’s Drilling Tools business reported growth in the 
year, driven by the increasing US onshore rig count, which 
has led to higher demand for its mud motor fleet. In the 
year, revenue increased 7% from $25.7m in 2017 to 
$27.6m in 2018 as the oil price stabilised, allowing for 
some rental rate increases to be implemented within the 
busier onshore basins. 

A key initiative in the year has been the further roll out of 
mud lube motors and higher torque motors which have 
reduced refurbishment costs and improved reliability, 
leading to a higher level of profitability in the year. By 
year-end, 60% of the Group’s mud motor fleet utilised the 
new mud lube configuration and the higher torque motors 
are increasingly being employed by customers in the 
major land basins.

Intervention Tools
Well intervention tools sales improved in the year mainly 
due to the market momentum in the US onshore arena. 
As demand accelerated, some price increases were 
implemented, contributing to revenue increasing 75% 
from $8.1m in 2017 to $14.2m in 2018.

Other Financial Information
During the year, the US had capital investment of $15.2m 
(2017 – $5.9m), primarily due to the purchase of new mud 
lube motors and new machinery at Hunting Dearborn and 
US Manufacturing. Inventory increased by $20.1m to 
$110.4m mainly due to higher levels of intervention and 
MWD tools at US Manufacturing and raw materials at 
Hunting Electronics. 

The year-end headcount increased to 1,227 (2017 – 1,071), 
as onshore drilling activity increased demand for products 
and services.

1  Quality 

assurance 
checks are 
completed on 
all downhole 
tools.

2  Hunting 

Subsea’s 
products are 
deployed 
to US and 
international 
markets.

Demand for high pressure/high temperature 
circuit boards has increased in the year as 
clients replaced their downhole tool fleets.

During the year, demand for Subsea’s deep 
water valves and couplings also started to 
increase.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

23

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSegmental review continued

Canada

Market indicators*
Canada – average rig count
Canada E&P spend

#
$bn

Revenue
OCTG & Premium Connections $m
$m
External revenue
$m
Inter-segment revenue
$m
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating loss
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
Underlying operating loss
Underlying operating margin

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Service and distribution centres
Operating footage

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

$m

$m
$m
%

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
#
Kft2

2018

2017

194
18.1

35.2
35.2
9.6
44.8

(1.8)

–
(1.8)
(4)

0.9
2.7
22.8

123
133
1
1
113

206
16.6

27.6
27.6
8.9
36.5

(3.3)

–
(3.3)
(9)

0.7
3.4
23.2

140
118
1
1
113

24 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction
The Group’s Canadian business comprises an OCTG 
threading and accessories manufacturing facility in 
Calgary, Alberta and a service facility in Nisku, Alberta. 
Canada’s external sales are almost exclusively to its 
domestic market, however, as noted in the Hunting Titan 
segment review, the Calgary facility has been modified 
to support the manufacture of perforating guns for 
distribution across Canada and into the US.

Market Overview
During 2018, the average rig count declined to 194 active 
units, or 6%, compared to 206 units in 2017. Despite this, 
drilling spend increased 9% in the year to $18.1bn as the 
oil price stabilised in the early part of the year, which 
supported the improving revenue within the segment.

As reported in 2017, a key market constraint in Western 
Canada is that oil production outstripped export pipeline 
capacity. This limitation has led to an average discount for 
Western Canada Select to the WTI oil price across the year 
of c.$27 per barrel, which has curtailed activity in Canada.

Segment Performance and Development
Revenue from OCTG and Premium Connection product 
lines improved 28% from $27.6m in 2017 to $35.2m, as 
new customer wins throughout the year enabled the 
business to outperform the regional market. Further, the 
Group’s domestic business also increased OCTG sales as 
new distribution channels were implemented, leading to 
new revenue streams for the segment. Inter-segment 
revenue also increased in the year from $8.9m in 2017 to 
$9.6m in 2018, as increased manufacturing capacity for 
perforating guns was brought online.

Segment revenue therefore increased 23% in the year to 
$44.8m (2017 – $36.5m). This increase in revenue has 
enabled the segment to narrow its losses from $3.3m in 
2017 to $1.8m in 2018.

In the year, the segment introduced the semi-premium 
TEC-LOCK™ connection to customers, which has seen 
good acceptance. 

Other Financial Information
Equipment purchases of $0.9m were made in the year, 
predominantly to support the increased manufacturing 
capability of perforating guns and to renew threading 
machinery.

Further, the year-end headcount declined in the year to 
123 from 140 in 2017, as cost-containment initiatives 
continued.

Europe

Market indicators*
North Sea – average rig count
North Sea – spend
Total Europe – well count

#
$bn
#

Revenue
OCTG & Premium Connections $m
$m
Intervention Tools
$m
Perforating Systems
$m
Other product lines
$m
External revenue
$m
Inter-segment revenue
$m
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating loss
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
Underlying operating loss
Underlying operating margin

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Operating footage

$m

$m
$m
%

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
Kft2

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

2018

2017

24
10.8
636

46.3
16.0
3.0
9.2
74.5
11.7
86.2

27
11.1
649

59.7
15.1
2.9
5.6
83.3
5.9
89.2

(10.9)

(13.7)

–
(10.9)
(13)

–
(13.7)
(15)

0.4
10.4
39.3

247
254
7
200

1.0
13.5
49.0

268
276
7
229

Introduction
Hunting’s European operations comprise operating 
businesses in the UK, Netherlands and Norway. These 
businesses provide OCTG (including threading, pipe 
storage and accessories manufacturing) and well 
intervention products in the UK; OCTG and well testing 
equipment manufacture in the Netherlands; and well 
intervention services and distribution in Norway. The 
region also has a perforating systems storage facility 
in Aberdeen, UK.

Market Overview
The average rig count in the North Sea declined from 27 
to 24 active units, despite the rising average Brent Crude 
oil price in the year. Industry investment was generally flat 
compared to the prior year, as was the total number of 
wells drilled. With this market environment backdrop, 
including stagnant investment, the segment continued to 
report losses in the year.

Segment Performance and Development
Revenue from OCTG and Premium Connections reduced 
in the UK and the Netherlands as the general market 
continued to be subdued. In 2017, the business group 
completed a number of large non-recurring orders for 
customers in the US and Egypt, and which contributed to 
the reported year-on-year decline in revenue. In the year, 
segment revenue declined 3% from $89.2m to $86.2m.

Despite this, Hunting’s well intervention and well testing 
business lines reported top-line growth in the year, as the 
global market environment stabilised, with the rising 
average price for crude oil leading to increased sales of 
Hunting’s light weight pressure control equipment. The 
well intervention group increased sales by 6% to $16.0m 
in the year, while the well testing group increased sales by 
70% to $9.1m. 

In the year, a notable improvement in sentiment has been 
reported in the Norwegian oil and gas market, with new 
tenders being issued. Hunting has focused its efforts on 
well intervention sales in Norway, with some success 
being reported. A new leased facility is planned to be 
commissioned in early 2019 to meet the anticipated 
increase in business. The UK business group has also 
launched a new venture in Aberdeen to assist with the 
commercialisation of third-party technology into the 
European market. The Group’s “TEK-HUB” has 
progressed new enhanced oil recovery technology and 
other high-potential projects during the year, generating 
customer interest.

Inter-segment sales, primarily attributed to the Group’s 
well intervention product lines, also increased in the year 
from $5.9m to $11.7m.

Other Financial Information
During the year, there was limited investment in property, 
plant and equipment as activity levels remained subdued. 
Efforts to reduce inventory were successful, leading to a 
net reduction of $9.7m in the year to $39.3m. 

To further reduce costs, the headcount was reduced by 
8% to 247 by the year-end.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

25

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationIn China, both average rig counts and drilling spend 
increased in the year, 6% and 9% respectively, as 
operators continued to accelerate gas drilling in-country 
as part of the environmentally focused drive to move 
power generation plants from coal to gas-fired facilities. 

Segment Performance and Development
The segment reported an increase in revenue for its OCTG 
product lines as drilling in China, Vietnam and Thailand 
showed modest improvement, leading to year-on-year an 
increase of 21% to $107.0m (2017 – $88.1m). 

Of note has been the higher sales of OCTG into the 
domestic Chinese market as activity increased; however, 
these sales were generally at a lower average gross 
margin.

Enquiries and drilling activity in Australia and New Zealand 
have increased in the year, with orders being secured for 
a number of clients in these countries. In the second half 
of the year, a major tender was won in Australia for a well 
programme led by Santos that will lead to orders being 
completed in the year ahead. 

Despite the improvement in sales, the business continued 
to report losses as volumes remained below the levels 
required to cover the fixed cost base.

Of note was the increase in the Group’s perforating gun 
manufacturing in the year, leading to a 216% increase in 
inter-segment sales to $26.2m. In 2019, depending on the 
international trade tariffs being discussed by the US and 
China, regional production of perforating guns may be 
relocated to North America.

Other Financial Information
Inventory increased during the year to $34.7m 
(2017 – $28.7m), primarily related to contracts in China 
and Middle East. Additions to PPE in the year were 
negligible.

The headcount was broadly unchanged compared to 
the prior year.

Segmental review continued

Asia Pacific

Market indicators*
Far East – average rig count
Far East – spend
Central Asia – spend

#
$bn
$bn

Revenue
OCTG & Premium Connections $m
$m
Other product lines
$m
External revenue
$m
Inter-segment revenue
$m
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating loss
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
Underlying operating loss
Underlying operating margin

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Operating footage

$m

$m
$m
%

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
Kft2

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

2018

2017

216
17.8
2.0

80.6
0.2
80.8
26.2
107.0

(0.8)

–
(0.8)
(1)

0.2
12.3
34.7

420
415
4
533

200
19.7
1.8

79.5
0.3
79.8
8.3
88.1

(4.4)

–
(4.4)
(5)

0.5
17.2
28.7

424
399
4
533

Introduction
Hunting’s Asia Pacific business covers four operating 
facilities across China, Indonesia and Singapore. In China, 
the Group operates from a facility in Wuxi, which has OCTG 
threading and perforating gun manufacturing capabilities. 
In Indonesia and Singapore, Hunting manufactures OCTG 
premium connections and accessories. 

Market Overview
Due to the increase in the average WTI oil price in the year, 
activity levels have stabilised, but these increases have 
tended to be on a country-by-country basis rather than 
an increase throughout the whole region. Operators and 
major service groups remain focused on competitive 
pricing from suppliers.

In addition, Hunting’s Asia Pacific businesses are also 
driven by average rig counts and drilling spend in the Far 
East and Central Asia, given the spread of its customer 
base and the general location of drilling activity.

In the Far East, key market indicators were mixed, with 
average rig counts increasing 8% year-on-year to 216 
active units, while drilling spend actually declined 10% to 
$17.8bn. Central Asia spend increased to $2.0bn in the 
year, as the oil price increased in the early part of the year.

26 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Middle East, Africa and Other

As the political situation improved in Kurdistan, DNO 
recommenced new drilling activity, with Hunting supplying 
OCTG and Thru-Tubing well intervention services. 
Further, OCTG sales into Oman also increased as new 
orders were won and completed in the year.

In-country product sourcing in Saudi Arabia has led to the 
increase in revenue as clients, including Halliburton, won 
new tenders for work, which includes servicing and 
re-certification of pressure control equipment. The facility 
has seen good improvement in its order-book as the year 
has progressed and anticipates this will continue in the 
year ahead.

The region has seen a good increase in customer interest 
in the Group’s perforating systems products, which 
generated new sales for Hunting Titan.

In the year, the Group completed the sale of its 
manufacturing facility in Cape Town, South Africa, but 
has maintained a sales office to support the sub-Sahara 
region. Further, Hunting closed its Kenyan joint venture 
in the year, as clients pushed out drilling and capital 
expenditures, due to generally subdued international 
drilling sentiment.

Other Financial Information
Capital expenditure was kept to a minimum in the year, 
as the segment remained loss-making. In 2018, $0.1m 
was spent on new Thru-Tubing rental tools, which were 
deployed throughout the region during the year. Inventory 
increased from $3.6m to $5.1m, as some sales were 
completed in January 2019.

The year-end headcount also reduced from 79 to 60, 
as cost control measures were also implemented. This 
incorporates the facility closures in Africa. 

During 2019, the Middle East and Africa segment will be 
merged into the Group’s Europe segment, following a 
planned restructuring to be completed in the first half of 
the year.

Market indicators*
Middle East – spend
Sub-Sahara Africa – spend
Central Asia – spend

$bn
$bn
$bn

Revenue
Intervention Tools
$m
OCTG & Premium Connections $m
$m
Perforating Systems
$m
Other revenue
$m
External revenue
$m
Inter-segment revenue
$m
Segment revenue

Profitability
Reported operating loss
Acquisition amortisation 
and exceptional items
Underlying operating loss
Underlying operating margin

Other financial measures
Capital investment
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory

Operational
Headcount (year-end)
Headcount (average)
Operating sites
Operating footage

$m

$m
$m
%

$m
$m
$m

#
#
#
Kft2

*  Source – Spears and Associates.

2018

2017

22.5
4.6
2.0

13.4
7.4
2.0
0.1
22.9
1.3
24.2

21.6
3.3
1.8

9.4
6.7
1.2
0.1
17.4
1.2
18.6

(2.9)

(16.7)

–
(2.9)
(12)

0.1
3.2
5.1

60
72
2
37

10.0
(6.7)
(36)

0.3
12.6
3.6

79
83
3
69

Introduction
Hunting’s Middle East and Africa manufacturing operations 
are located in Dubai, UAE and Dammam, Saudi Arabia. 
The Group also retains a sales office in Cape Town, South 
Africa. The Group’s operations in Saudi Arabia are through 
a 60% joint venture arrangement with Saja Energy.

Market Overview
Drilling spend in the Middle East has risen 4% in the year 
to $22.5bn as general operating stability improved. The 
average rig count also increased marginally to 367 or 1%, 
as drilling plans were maintained throughout the region.

Segment Performance and Development
Hunting’s Middle East revenues have benefited from the 
recommencement of drilling and work-over operations in 
Northern Iraq, which created renewed demand for 
Hunting’s products and services and added to momentum 
within the Group’s joint venture operation in Saudi Arabia.

In 2018, segment revenue totalled $24.2m (2017 – $18.6m), 
of which 11% (2017 – 3%) was generated from the Saudi 
joint venture.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

27

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model

How we create, distribute 
and sustain value

Oil and gas extraction cycle

Resources  
we use

1

Our operating  
segments

2

Our products  
and services

3

Financial

Health, safety and 
environment (“HSE”)

Oil Country Tubular  
Goods (“OCTG”)

Intellectual Property

Operational

Employees

Stakeholder  
Relationships

Hunting Titan

United States

Canada

Europe

Asia Pacific

Perforating Systems

Middle East, Africa and Other

Advanced Manufacturing  

Exploration and Production

Quality and operational 
excellence

 See pages 30 to 34

 See pages 35 to 37

 See pages 38 to 39

28 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Oil and gas extraction cycle

Resources  

we use

Our operating  

segments

Our products  

and services

Our customers  
and channels  
to market

4

Sustainable  
value creation  
for our stakeholders

-

Drilling Tools

Operators

Intervention Tools 

Service Companies 

Subsea

Steel Mills and Other

 See pages 30 to 34

 See pages 35 to 37

 See pages 38 to 39

 See page 40

Employees

At year-end

2,772

Shareholders

Headcount increased 
in the year, as demand 
in the US accelerated.

See page 32

Dividends declared

9.0 cents

In 2018, the Group 
recommenced dividend 
distributions.

See page 5

Customers and Suppliers

For the full year

80%

Oil service groups 
remain our primary 
route to market at 
c.80% of sales.

See page 40

Communities and Environment

Intensity factor

38.6

kg CO2/$k

Our intensity factor 
decreased in the year 
due to more efficient 
facility utilisation. 

See page 37

Governments

Tax paid

$2.6m

With profits generated 
in the year, corporation 
taxes paid increased.

See page 17

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

29

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model continued

1Resources  

we use

Financial

Net cash  
at 31.12.18

Annualised 3-year TSR 
ending 31.12.18

$61.3m

16.7%

Market capitalisation  
at 31.12.18

Net bank fees & interest 
paid year to 31.12.18

 £0.8bn

$2.0m

Intellectual Property

No. of patents granted

No. of new patents 
granted in year

485

63

No. of patents pending

No. of new patents 
pending in the year

205

53

Operational

Operating sites

Distribution centres

34

Operating footprint 
(million sq ft)

2.9

Net book value of PPE

18

Machines

1,188

% of ISO 9001 
accredited facilities

$360.2m

71

30 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Financial
Hunting PLC is a Premium Listed public company quoted 
on the London Stock Exchange and, as such, adheres to 
the UK’s highest standards of regulation and corporate 
governance, as published by the Financial Conduct 
Authority and Financial Reporting Council. Equity 
shareholders receive returns in the form of dividends and 
through capital appreciation, which can be measured as 
total shareholder return.

Financial capital is provided to the Group through equity 
invested by shareholders, cash reserves and debt facilities, 
provided by the Group’s relationship banks. The balance 
of cash, debt and equity is managed with due regard to 
the respective cost of funds and their availability.

The Group has provided guidance on its approach to 
dividend distributions, which is detailed on page 18. Each 
dividend proposal will be assessed by the Board, based 
on the merits of actual and projected financial 
performance of the Company for the relevant period. 
Given the cyclical nature of the oil and gas industry, the 
Board remains committed to maintaining a low level 
of gearing and committing sufficient resource to working 
capital to maintain the Group’s operational flexibility.

The Group has a $160.0m committed multi-currency 
borrowing facility provided by four banks. The facility is 
available until December 2022, with an option to increase 
the facility size to $235.0m and lengthen the maturity date 
to December 2023. The committed facilities have 
profit-based covenants linked to EBITDA/net interest and 
net debt/EBITDA ratios. The facility also includes security 
arrangements provided over certain trade receivables, 
inventories and specific properties, plant and equipment. 
During the year, the Group was fully compliant with all of 
its facility covenants.

Intellectual Property
Following the market downturn between 2014 and 2017, 
there is now a strong focus in the industry on technological 
improvement and process innovation, which can help 
deliver cost efficiencies for customers while maintaining 
or improving margins for suppliers. The use of technology 
in our business illustrates the different ways we partner 
with participants in the supply chain:

Hunting Proprietary Technology
Developing our own proprietary technologies has been 
a strategic focus for the Group. Through developing our 
technologies and proprietary know-how, we are well 
positioned to secure market share by protecting our 
intellectual property (“IP”). Our substantial IP portfolio 
provides us with a competitive advantage and allows us 
to enjoy better margins and more operational flexibility. 
In 2018 we filed 53 new patent applications, with 63 new 
patents granted in the year, bringing the total number of 
fully-registered patents owned by the Group to 485. 

Jointly Developed Technology
Some innovations involve collaborating with other partners 
within the industry. Hunting continues to work with 
ExxonMobil to develop an autonomous perforating tool 
with on-board navigation. This project has progressed 
well in 2018, with a new cutting tool targeted for launch to 
customers in 2019 based on this technology.

Third-Party Technology
In some cases, we make use of third-party proprietary 
technologies in our operations. For certain product lines 
we are engaged as a specialist manufacturer using our 
customers’ IP. In other areas we license technologies from 
third parties, such as non-Hunting thread forms for OCTG.

Operational
We have an established global network of operating sites 
and distribution centres located close to our customers 
and within the main global oil and gas producing regions 
(see page 2).

Over the years, we have continued to refine our operating 
and manufacturing processes, established a highly 
specialised workforce and built considerable know-how 
to enable our business to evolve and meet changing 
customer needs.

Our operating sites are used for the manufacture, rental, 
trading and distribution of products. The manufacture of 
goods and the provision of related manufacturing services 
is, by far, the main source of income for the Group. 

The bulk of our manufacturing occurs in high-end 
specialist facilities utilising sophisticated CNC machines.

In Hunting’s rental businesses, it is critical that an 
appropriate range of equipment is stored and maintained. 
Generally this must be configured to meet specific 
customer requirements.

In certain product lines, particularly OCTG, Hunting holds 
inventory to support our customers’ specific requirements 
and to take advantage of particular market opportunities.

Our distribution centres are primarily used in the Hunting 
Titan, Intervention Tools and Drilling Tools business groups, 
where close proximity to drilling operations is important.

Management principles

Our approach to managing the Group’s operations 
is based on four core principles:

Develop Our People
People are at the heart of our business. Our broad 
product portfolio demands experienced machining 
and production engineers across our many 
manufacturing disciplines and facilities.

Empower Our Business Units 
The oil and gas industry is a fast-paced sector where 
product requirements and customer demands can 
operate on short lead-times. Our business leaders 
are empowered to react quickly to local market 
conditions as and when opportunities arise.

Apply Unified Operating Standards 
and Procedures 
Demanding health, safety and quality policies 
are developed centrally and then applied locally. 
We continually monitor and raise our operating 
standards.

Maintain a Strong Governance Framework 
The Group’s senior managers and their teams operate 
within a tight framework of controls, monitored and 
directed at both a regional and central level but 
ultimately under the direction of the Board.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

31

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model continued

1Resources  

we use

Employees

Employees (year-end)

Total remuneration

2,772

(2017 – 2,610)

$254.5m 

(2017 – $215.3m)

Employees receive regular HSE training 
with programmes in place at all the 
Group’s facilities. 

32 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Employees 
Hunting’s employees are key in fulfilling the Group’s 
strategic objectives.

Hunting’s reputation, which has been built over many 
years, is underpinned by our highly skilled workforce.

At 31 December 2018, the Group had 2,772 employees 
(2017 – 2,610) across its global operations. As US onshore 
activity levels continued to improve during the year, those 
businesses addressing this market continued to hire new 
staff to meet demand. Elsewhere within the Group, 
controls over recruitment remain in place. 

Responsibility for our employees lies with local 
management, to enable local cultural differences to be 
taken into account, with all businesses complying with the 
Group’s ethical employment and human rights policies as 
published in the Hunting PLC Code of Conduct (located at 
www.huntingplc.com). 

The Group is committed to training and developing all 
employees, which includes health and safety training, 
professional development and general career 
development initiatives. In February 2018, Hunting rolled 
out a Group-wide Code of Conduct e-learning training 
programme for employees, to ensure awareness of our 
published ethics-focused policies. The programme 
incorporates anti-bribery and corruption, modern slavery, 
fraud and tax modules to ensure our employees 
understand their responsibilities on joining the Group.

Hunting targets full compliance with all relevant regional 
laws covering employment and minimum wage legislation. 
As a responsible employer, full and fair consideration is 
given to applications for positions from disabled persons. 
The Group’s ethics policies support equal employment 
opportunities across all of Hunting’s operations. The 
Group’s gender diversity profile for 2018 is detailed on 
page 64. 

Employees are offered benefits on joining the Group, 
including healthcare cover, post-retirement benefits and, 
in certain instances, when Group outperformance in terms 
of operational or financial targets has been delivered, 
participation in bonus arrangements. 

Employees are encouraged to further their development 
and network of contacts within the global energy industry 
by membership of industry groups. In 2018, the following 
organisations were supported by Hunting’s employees: 
American Petroleum Institute, Society of Petroleum 
Engineers and the Intervention and Coiled Tubing 
Association.

The Board of Hunting has established procedures in place 
whereby employees can raise concerns in confidence, by 
contacting the Chairman or Senior Independent Director. 
The Group also uses an independent whistleblowing 
service operated by SafeCall. Contact information for both 
these lines of reporting are published on staff 
noticeboards across the Group’s facilities and within the 
Group’s magazine published twice yearly – the Hunting 
Review – and available to all employees.

Stakeholder Relationships

Number of shareholders

1,516

 (2017 – 1,618)

Stakeholder Relationships 
While the consideration of stakeholders, including 
employees, customers, suppliers, governments and the 
environment is a statutory duty of the Directors, the 
Hunting Board believe it is good business practice to 
nurture strong relationships with all participants, as it 
promotes the Group’s standing in the industry, leads to 
better growth opportunities and develops benefits for all. 
Hunting constantly evaluates ways to strengthen links with 
investors, employees, customers, suppliers, governments 
and the communities in which its businesses operate.

Board Oversight
The Hunting Board receives regular feedback from the 
Chief Executive on relationships with key customers and 
suppliers at each Board meeting. A Health, Safety and 
Environment report is also submitted to each Board 
meeting. Further, shareholder feedback is regularly 
considered as reports from the Head of Investor Relations 
and the Company’s brokers are discussed at most Board 
meetings. Through the work of the Audit Committee, 
Hunting’s communication with customers and suppliers 
on the Group’s ethical policies are monitored. Further, new 
stakeholder engagement proposals are being considered 
by the Board.

Shareholders
Communication with investors is a core activity of the 
Board, with a structured investor relations programme in 
place. The executive Directors meet existing or potential 
investors to explain our strategy and plans for future 
growth. The Chairman and Senior Independent Director 
also meet investors annually to discuss strategy and 
governance, with feedback being provided to the Board. 
Further, the Head of Investor Relations attends a number 
of investor conferences and individual investor meetings 
throughout the year, as part of the annual programme 
of work. The Company uses Stock Exchange 
announcements, the annual and half-year reports, 
webcasts and the Annual General Meeting to 
communicate and meet with shareholders.

Customers and Suppliers
Hunting’s approach to its customers and suppliers is 
based on honesty and transparency, to provide best-in-
class products and services delivered through a rigorous 
quality assurance programme. The Group’s policies 
support a strong culture of building close client 
relationships, which are based on our reputation of 
industry-leading service and delivery and our drive to 
understand the needs of each customer and supplier to 
ensure absolute client satisfaction is achieved. 

A number of our research and development programmes 
are implemented in collaboration with our customers to 
ensure industry-leading technology is developed by the 
Group. These programmes follow the stringent quality and 
safety certifications implemented by governments but also 
meet our customers’ exacting demands. As new 
customers or suppliers are considered by the Group, 
“know-your-customer” forms, credit and sanction checks 
and “end-user” due diligence is undertaken to ensure 
Hunting complies with international trading laws and 
embargoes. Further, most new customers and suppliers 
are sent key ethics documents that outline Hunting’s 
strong stance on ethical business dealings. For more 
information on our customers and channels to market see 
page 40. Our entertainment and hospitality policies ensure 
our business decisions are completed on an arms-length 
basis, with client entertaining closely monitored and 
proportionate.

Governments
Hunting is committed to developing good relationships 
with appropriate bodies within the governments of the 
countries in which we operate. Certain customers and 
suppliers of the Group are state-owned, therefore 
monitoring procedures for interaction with Public Officials 
are in place. Where appropriate, Hunting’s business units 
participate in government-supported groups and 
“think-tanks”. Hunting Titan regularly supports or has 
membership of groups that develop regulations on 
products used for hydraulic fracturing, particularly with 
regard to the handling of explosives. In line with Group 
policy, Hunting prohibits any form of political donations 
to be made. In 2018, the Group issued its “Payments to 
Governments” statement in compliance with legislation 
enacted in the UK. Further, Hunting is a signatory to the 
UK’s Prompt Payment Code. In compliance with UK 
legislation, the Group’s Tax Strategy is available on the 
Company’s website at www.huntingplc.com, and commits 
the Group and its subsidiaries to acting with integrity and 
transparency in all tax matters relating to the countries in 
which we operate.

Communities
Hunting operates in 11 countries and is committed to 
being a responsible corporate citizen. Each business 
unit across the Group is encouraged to promote good 
community relations and, where appropriate, to support 
causes including local sponsorships and communal 
events. Many of these initiatives are highlighted in the 
Hunting Review, the Company’s corporate magazine 
published twice a year.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

33

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSupply Chain
As a participant in the global oil and gas industry, Hunting 
is part of a complex supply chain of customers and 
suppliers, whereby certain partners can also be 
competitors if there is overlap in the product and service 
offering. This necessitates appropriate due diligence to 
ensure we understand the nature of each commercial 
relationship. It also requires appropriate employee training 
and third-party communication of our ethical policies, to 
ensure all our partners understand the high standards 
expected by the Group. A number of our customers are 
state-owned enterprises and additional monitoring 
procedures are in place to ensure compliance with the 
UK’s Bribery Act.

Our business model continued

1Resources  

we use

Stakeholder Relationships continued 

Code of Conduct
The Group’s Code of Conduct is the basis of its 
commitment to stakeholders. Hunting’s policies on 
anti-bribery and corruption, ethical employment, 
responsible business partnerships and proportionate 
client entertaining are key commercial principles. The 
Code of Conduct is sent to the Group’s major customers 
and suppliers to promote our values within our known 
supply chain. Hunting’s policies on human rights and its 
approach to the issues of modern slavery and trafficking 
continue to be enhanced, to ensure our stance on 
responsible corporate behaviour is shared with our 
business partners. Every two years, each business unit 
within the Group sends to key customers and suppliers a 
summary of our modern slavery and human trafficking 
policies, along with our Code of Conduct, to ensure 
Hunting’s clear stance on this subject is communicated.

Anti-Bribery and Corruption (“ABC”)
In line with the Group’s ABC Policy, each business unit 
within the Group completes a twice-yearly ABC risk 
assessment, which is consolidated and reviewed by the 
Audit Committee. Where appropriate, the internal audit 
function reviews this assessment and provides feedback 
to the Committee on this risk profile. Mitigating controls 
are in place to ensure each business seeks approval for 
a new commercial relationship, which may increase the 
Group’s ABC risk. In addition to these assessments, all 
high value entertainment is monitored, both locally and 
centrally, to ensure the Company is not seen to be unduly 
influencing a partner, with senior management and Board 
approvals required for all significant expenditures. All 
employees are made aware of the Group’s ABC policies 
through its Code of Conduct training course, which is 
completed on induction to the Group, together with 
periodic updates.

1 Perforating 

gun 
production 
at Pampa.

2   Sand 

filters 
being 
checked 
prior to 
shipping.

H-1 Perforating Systems in Pampa, Texas, are 
subject to quality assurance checks, throughout the 
manufacturing cycle. 

The same rigorous assurance regime applies to the 
fabrication of Cyclone Wellhead Desanders at the 
Velsen Noord facility in the Netherlands. 

34 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

2 Our operating 

segments

Hunting reports its performance based on its key 
geographic operating regions. Hunting Titan, as a large, 
separate business group is reported as a stand-alone 
segment. A description of each segment is noted below.

Hunting Titan
Hunting Titan manufactures and distributes perforating 
products and accessories. The segment’s products 
include the H-1 Perforating System™ and the EQUAfrac™ 
shaped charge technology. The business has four 
manufacturing facilities in the US and a facility in Mexico, 
supported by 16 distribution centres, primarily located in 
Canada and the US. 

US
The US businesses supply OCTG and Premium 
Connections, Drilling Tools, Subsea equipment, 
Intervention Tools, Electronics and complex deep hole 
drilling and precision machining services for the US and 
overseas markets. The US segment has 15 operating 
facilities mainly located in Texas and Louisiana. 

Europe
The segment derives its revenue primarily from the supply 
of OCTG and Intervention Tools to operators in the North 
Sea. The Group has operations in the UK, Netherlands 
and Norway. 

Asia Pacific
Revenue from the Asia Pacific segment is primarily from 
the manufacture of Premium Connections and OCTG 
supply. Manufacturing is located in China, Indonesia and 
Singapore. The facility in China also manufactures 
perforating guns for Hunting Titan.

Middle East, Africa and Other
Revenue from the Middle East and Africa is generated 
from the sale and rental of intervention tools across the 
region, with the operations also acting as sales hubs for 
other products manufactured globally by the Group, 
including OCTG and Perforating Systems.

In 2019, the segment will be integrated into the Europe 
segment, following an internal restructuring.

Canada 
Hunting’s Canadian business manufactures Premium 
Connections and accessories for oil and gas operators in 
Canada, often focused on heavy oil plays, which require 
specialist tubing technologies. Canada also manufactures 
perforating guns for Hunting Titan.

Exploration and Production
The Exploration and Production business comprises the 
Group’s exploration and production activities in the 
Southern US and offshore Gulf of Mexico. The segment is 
being wound down, with no further investment planned.

3   OCTG 

manufacturing 
in the US.

A new range of TEC-LOCK™ connections led to strong 
growth in sales to the US onshore market.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

35

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model continued

2 Our operating 

segments

Health and Safety

Incident rate (OSHA method)

1.49

(2017 – 0.89)

Incident rate

2018

2017

2016

1.49

0.89

1.15

Quality and Operational Excellence

Internal manufacturing reject rate

0.2%

 (2017 – 0.3%)

Quality assurance – internal manufacturing reject 
rate (%)

2018

2017

2016

Facilities with ISO 9001 accreditation (%)

2018

2017

2016

36 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

0.2

0.3

0.6

71

64

60

Health and Safety
Across all of its global operations, the Group is committed 
to achieving and maintaining the highest standards of safety 
for its employees, customers, suppliers and the public.

Hunting has a proven culture of aiming for best practice 
and employs rigorous health and safety practices. Health 
and safety policies include:

 – Regular audit and maintenance reviews of facilities;
 – Appropriate training and education of all staff;
 – Regular reporting to Board level;
 – Seeking accreditation and aligning long-standing 

internal programmes with internationally recognised 
standards; and

 – Publication of the Group policy on health, safety and 
environmental matters on the Company’s website at 
www.huntingplc.com.

Hunting’s Director of Health, Safety and Environment 
(“HSE”) reports directly to the Chief Executive and a report 
is considered by the Board at each meeting.

The Group’s target is to achieve zero recordable incidents. 
Each local business is required to develop tailored policies 
to suit their environment. These incorporate the Group’s 
approach to putting safety first and, at a minimum, to 
comply with local regulatory requirements. Training is 
given to employees throughout the Group.

During the year, there were no fatalities across the Group’s 
operations, with 46 recordable incidents (2017 – 24). The 
incident rate, as calculated from guidance issued by the 
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) in 
the US, was 1.49 compared to 0.89 in 2017. This incident 
rate reflects a 67% year-on-year increase, as new 
employees were hired and trained in addition to the 
number of hours worked increasing by 17% to 6.3m hours 
(2017 – 5.4m hours). The industry average incident rate in 
2018 was 4.0 (2017 – 3.6).

Quality
The Group is committed to enhancing its production 
and operational quality, with a number of facilities being 
certified ISO 9001 (quality), ISO 14001 (environment) and 
ISO 18001 (health and safety) compliant, indicating that 
globally recognised standards and systems are in place.

More facilities across the Group are working towards 
these ISO accreditations, continuing the Group’s 
commitment to monitor and reduce the environmental 
impact of its operations and improving HSE standards.

Operational and production excellence is a key driver of 
our relationship with customers. Quality assurance for 
each component manufactured is a key differentiator in 
our drive to be an industry-leading provider of critical 
components and measurement tools. In 2018, the Group 
continued its programme to introduce lean manufacturing 
processes into global operations. This resulted in 
efficiency gains in a number of key business units.

The internal manufacturing reject rate in 2018 was 0.2% 
(2017 – 0.3%).

Environment
Hunting is committed to protecting the environment, by 
developing manufacturing procedures that minimise the 
Group’s impact on the environment and communities in 
which we operate.

Hunting’s environment policy is located at 
www.huntingplc.com.

New facilities take into account environmental 
considerations, including storm and flooding protection, 
while utilising energy efficient materials, together with 
waste recycling and management initiatives.

The Group has active recycling programmes at the 
majority of its facilities for waste materials, including metal, 
plastics and wood. Nearly all manufacturing facilities 
maintain at least one recycling programme, with the 
accompanying chart noting the adherence of the Group’s 
facilities to these three core material recycling 
programmes.

To monitor the impact of Hunting’s operations on the 
environment, and in compliance with UK Company Law, 
the Group collates greenhouse gas (“GHG”) data in 
accordance with the principles of the Kyoto Protocol. 
Hunting’s 2018 Scope 1 and 2 emissions, as defined by 
reporting guidelines published by DEFRA in the UK and 
the International Energy Agency, have been collected and 
are reported in the accompanying chart.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2018 totalled 35,171 tonnes 
(2017 – 31,603 tonnes) of carbon dioxide equivalent. The 
increase in the Group’s emissions between 2017 and 2018 
is due to higher activity levels, particularly within the 
Group’s US businesses, with Scope 2 electricity usage 
increasing as additional shifts were added by our busier 
operating units. In the year, the Group consumed  
54.7 GWh of electricity (2017 – 45.2 GWh).

The Group’s intensity factor, based on total carbon dioxide 
emissions divided by Group revenue in 2018, was 38.6 kg/$k 
of revenue, compared to 43.6 kg/$k of revenue in 2017.

Water usage in the year was 221k cubic metres compared 
to 216k cubic metres in 2017.

Environmental and Waste Management Data

Carbon dioxide emissions

35,171 tonnes equivalent

(2017 – 31,603 tonnes equivalent)

Facilities with recycling programmes in place (%)

Metal

Wood

Plastics

GHG emissions (tonnes CO2 equivalent) / Intensity 
factor (kg CO2/$k revenue)

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

96

42

28

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2016

2017

2018

Scope 1

Scope 2 

 Intensity factor 

Global electricity consumption (GWh)

2018

2017

2016

UK electricity consumption (GWh)

2018

2017

2016

54.7

45.2

42.7

1.9

1.4

1.8

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

37

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Our business model continued

3Our products 

and services

Hunting’s six major product groups

Operating Basis

Overview

Differentiators

Global Operating Presence

Our business activities
Pages 35 to 40.

Related Strategic Focus Areas

Our business strategy
Pages 42 and 43.

Related Principal Risks

More information on risk management
Pages 44 to 52.

38 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Oil Country Tubular  
Goods (“OCTG”)

Perforating  
Systems

Advanced  

Manufacturing 

Drilling Tools

Intervention Tools

Subsea

Manufacturing, trading

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Equipment rental, 

Manufacturing, equipment 

Manufacturing

OCTG are steel alloy products and 
comprise casing and tubing used 
in the construction and completion 
of the wellbore. Hunting machines 
threads to connect OCTG using 
flush or semi-flush joints and can 
manufacture premium and 
semi-premium connections and 
accessories using our own 
technologies such as SEAL-
LOCK™, WEDGE-LOCK™ and 
TEC-LOCK™. We are licensed to 
apply a variety of third-party 
thread forms and generic API 
threads. We source OCTG products 
from a significant number of major 
global steel producers and have 
strong, long-term relationships in 
the US, Europe and Asia. Hunting 
trades pipe, which is a lower margin 
activity, to help support customer 
relationships.

Hunting is one of the largest 
independent providers of OCTG 
connection technology, including 
premium connections.

Hunting Titan manufactures 
perforating systems, energetics, 
firing systems and logging tools. 
Products are mainly used in the 
completion phase of a well. The 
production, storage and 
distribution of energetics is highly 
regulated and there are significant 
barriers for new entrants to the 
market. The business mainly 
“manufactures to stock” and hence 
uses a wide distribution network. 
Some manufacturing is done to 
order, sourced from international 
telesales.

trading

rental and trading

Advanced Manufacturing includes 

Rental of a large portfolio of 

A range of downhole intervention 

Produces high quality products 

the Hunting Dearborn business, 

downhole tools, including mud 

tools including slickline tools, e-line 

and solutions for the global 

which carries out deep hole drilling 

motors, non-magnetic drill collars, 

tools, mechanical plant, coiled 

and precision machining of 

vibration dampeners, reamers and 

tubing and pressure control 

subsea industry covering 

hydraulic couplings, chemical 

complex MWD/LWD and formation 

hole openers. Tools are configured 

equipment. This business is capital 

injection systems, specialty 

evaluation tool components, and 

the Hunting Electronics business, 

to the customers’ specifications. 

This business is capital intensive 

which manufactures printed circuit 

and results are dependent on fleet 

intensive and results are dependent 

valves and weldment services.

on asset utilisation and rental rates.

boards capable of operating in 

extreme conditions. These 

businesses work collaboratively 

with customers implementing their 

designs to their specifications.

utilisation and rental rates. In 

limited instances, rental equipment 

is sold outright.

Market-leading position in the US. 
Strong portfolio of patented and 
unpatented technology.

Hunting Dearborn is a world leader 

Leaders in progressive cavity, 

Hunting offers a comprehensive 

For more than 30 years, a 

positive displacement mud motors.

range of tools, including innovative 

provider of high quality metal-to-

and proprietary technologies.

metal sealing hydraulic coupling 

solutions to operate in the 

harshest environments with a 

strong, long-term patent base.

Hunting has extensive machining 
capacity in the US, Canada, Europe 
and Asia Pacific.

New products – Broadened 
the WEDGE-LOCK™ and 
SEAL-LOCK XD™ premium 
connection range and 
introduced the semi-premium 
TEC-LOCK™ range.

Cost control – Disposal of Cape 
Town facility and closure of 
Mombasa facility.

Commodity prices, Shale drilling, 
Competition, Product quality.

Manufacturing centres in the US, 
Canada, Mexico and China. 
Distribution centres in the US, 
Canada and Asia Pacific.

New capacity – Expansion of 
production facilities at Pampa and 
Milford in the US has commenced, 
with completion targeted for 
Q2 2019.

Cost control – Three distribution 
centres closed in North America.

New products – H-2 Perforating 
System launched in February 2019.

Commodity prices, Shale drilling.

US.

US, Europe, Asia and

Middle East.

US.

Growth – Non-oil and gas business 

Growth – Further implementation 

New products – Increased sales 

New products – Continued 

opportunities increased within 

naval, aerospace and space 

of mud-lube motors across fleet, 

of Ezi-Shear valve.

leading to lower refurbishment 

sectors. Insourcing of production 

costs and improved levels of 

development of soft metal seal 

product line for onshore drilling 

markets.

profitability.

Commodity prices, Shale drilling, 

Commodity prices, Competition.

Competition.

Commodity prices, 

Product quality.

in the deep drilling of high grade, 

non-magnetic components. As a 

Group, Hunting has the ability to 

produce fully integrated advanced 

downhole tools and equipment, 

manufactured, assembled and 

tested to the customer’s 

specifications using its proprietary 

know-how.

US.

of Hunting Titan firing switches. 

MWD/LWD tool replacement 

programmes with key oil and gas 

customers also increased in the 

year, with new interest in Hunting’s 

integrated tool manufacturing 

capability.

Commodity prices,

Product quality.

Hunting’s six major product groups

Oil Country Tubular  

Goods (“OCTG”)

Perforating  

Systems

Advanced  
Manufacturing 

Drilling Tools

Intervention Tools

Subsea

Operating Basis

Overview

Differentiators

Global Operating Presence

Our business activities

Pages 35 to 40.

Related Strategic Focus Areas

Our business strategy

Pages 42 and 43.

Related Principal Risks

More information on risk management

Pages 44 to 52.

OCTG are steel alloy products and 

Hunting Titan manufactures 

perforating systems, energetics, 

firing systems and logging tools. 

Products are mainly used in the 

completion phase of a well. The 

production, storage and 

distribution of energetics is highly 

regulated and there are significant 

barriers for new entrants to the 

market. The business mainly 

“manufactures to stock” and hence 

uses a wide distribution network. 

Some manufacturing is done to 

order, sourced from international 

comprise casing and tubing used 

in the construction and completion 

of the wellbore. Hunting machines 

threads to connect OCTG using 

flush or semi-flush joints and can 

manufacture premium and 

semi-premium connections and 

accessories using our own 

technologies such as SEAL-

LOCK™, WEDGE-LOCK™ and 

TEC-LOCK™. We are licensed to 

apply a variety of third-party 

thread forms and generic API 

from a significant number of major 

global steel producers and have 

strong, long-term relationships in 

the US, Europe and Asia. Hunting 

trades pipe, which is a lower margin 

activity, to help support customer 

relationships.

Hunting is one of the largest 

independent providers of OCTG 

connection technology, including 

premium connections.

threads. We source OCTG products 

telesales.

Market-leading position in the US. 

Strong portfolio of patented and 

unpatented technology.

Hunting has extensive machining 

Manufacturing centres in the US, 

capacity in the US, Canada, Europe 

Canada, Mexico and China. 

and Asia Pacific.

New products – Broadened 

the WEDGE-LOCK™ and 

SEAL-LOCK XD™ premium 

connection range and 

introduced the semi-premium 

Q2 2019.

TEC-LOCK™ range.

Cost control – Disposal of Cape 

Town facility and closure of 

Mombasa facility.

Distribution centres in the US, 

Canada and Asia Pacific.

New capacity – Expansion of 

production facilities at Pampa and 

Milford in the US has commenced, 

with completion targeted for 

Cost control – Three distribution 

centres closed in North America.

New products – H-2 Perforating 

System launched in February 2019.

Manufacturing, trading

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Advanced Manufacturing includes 
the Hunting Dearborn business, 
which carries out deep hole drilling 
and precision machining of 
complex MWD/LWD and formation 
evaluation tool components, and 
the Hunting Electronics business, 
which manufactures printed circuit 
boards capable of operating in 
extreme conditions. These 
businesses work collaboratively 
with customers implementing their 
designs to their specifications.

Hunting Dearborn is a world leader 
in the deep drilling of high grade, 
non-magnetic components. As a 
Group, Hunting has the ability to 
produce fully integrated advanced 
downhole tools and equipment, 
manufactured, assembled and 
tested to the customer’s 
specifications using its proprietary 
know-how.

Equipment rental, 
trading

Rental of a large portfolio of 
downhole tools, including mud 
motors, non-magnetic drill collars, 
vibration dampeners, reamers and 
hole openers. Tools are configured 
to the customers’ specifications. 
This business is capital intensive 
and results are dependent on fleet 
utilisation and rental rates. In 
limited instances, rental equipment 
is sold outright.

Manufacturing, equipment 
rental and trading

A range of downhole intervention 
tools including slickline tools, e-line 
tools, mechanical plant, coiled 
tubing and pressure control 
equipment. This business is capital 
intensive and results are dependent 
on asset utilisation and rental rates.

Manufacturing

Produces high quality products 
and solutions for the global 
subsea industry covering 
hydraulic couplings, chemical 
injection systems, specialty 
valves and weldment services.

Leaders in progressive cavity, 
positive displacement mud motors.

Hunting offers a comprehensive 
range of tools, including innovative 
and proprietary technologies.

For more than 30 years, a 
provider of high quality metal-to-
metal sealing hydraulic coupling 
solutions to operate in the 
harshest environments with a 
strong, long-term patent base.

US.

US.

US, Europe, Asia and
Middle East.

US.

Growth – Further implementation 
of mud-lube motors across fleet, 
leading to lower refurbishment 
costs and improved levels of 
profitability.

New products – Increased sales 
of Ezi-Shear valve.

New products – Continued 
development of soft metal seal 
product line for onshore drilling 
markets.

Growth – Non-oil and gas business 
opportunities increased within 
naval, aerospace and space 
sectors. Insourcing of production 
of Hunting Titan firing switches. 
MWD/LWD tool replacement 
programmes with key oil and gas 
customers also increased in the 
year, with new interest in Hunting’s 
integrated tool manufacturing 
capability.

Commodity prices, Shale drilling, 

Commodity prices, Shale drilling.

Competition, Product quality.

Commodity prices,
Product quality.

Commodity prices, Shale drilling, 
Competition.

Commodity prices, Competition.

Commodity prices, 
Product quality.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

39

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business model continued

4Our customers and 

channels to market

Hunting’s customer groupings and channels to market

Operators

Service Companies 

Steel Mills and Other

Operators are the end 
consumers of our products 
and related services. These 
include National Oil Companies, 
International Oil Companies and 
Independents. Approximately 
15% of our sales are made 
directly to operators. 

Our primary route to market 
is via other service providers, 
which generate c.80% of our 
revenue. These include “1st tier” 
service companies who can 
provide project management 
services to the operators. Key 
customers include Halliburton, 
Baker Hughes, Schlumberger 
and Weatherford.

Steel mills are key suppliers 
to our business, however, in 
some circumstances we can 
perform threading services for 
them or supply OCTG products. 
Other sales include oil and gas 
related sales through agents 
or intermediaries, together 
with non-oil and gas sector 
sales made by our Trenchless, 
Dearborn and Electronics 
operations.

Split of Group revenue

Split of Group revenue

Split of Group revenue

C.15%

C.80%

C.5%

Our top ten customers represent  
c.41% of revenue

Our largest customer represents  
c.13% of revenue

40 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Quality assurance procedures are 
central to our manufacturing processes 
and supports Hunting’s reputation 
across the oil and gas industry.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

41

Page headingStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur business strategy

Hunting’s strategic priorities are based on a business model 
designed to deliver sustainable long-term shareholder value 
while recognising our corporate responsibilities.

Strategic priority

Strategic focus areas

2018 progress

Growth

Our aim is to continue to develop 
our global presence and supply a 
comprehensive range of products for 
use in the wellbore. We will grow through 
capital investment in existing businesses 
and through acquisitions.

 – Extend global presence
 – Acquire complementary businesses
 – Enhance existing capacity
 – Develop new products

 – Expansion programmes commenced 
within Hunting Titan to increase and 
automate production capacity of 
energetics charges and perforating gun 
manufacturing.

Operational Excellence

We operate in a highly competitive and 
cyclical sector, which is high profile and 
strongly regulated. To be successful we 
must deliver high quality and reliable 
products and services cost effectively.

 – Leverage strong brand
 – Enhance quality control
 – Maintain operational flexibility
 – Leverage lean manufacturing
 – Strengthen relationships with customers 

and suppliers

 – Rationalisation of North American 

distribution centres to align with market 
activity.

 – Lean manufacturing projects continued 

throughout the Group. 

 – Patents granted over new generation 
Hunting Titan perforating gun system.

Strong Returns 

In normal phases of the oil and gas 
cycle our business has the capability 
to produce high levels of profitability, 
strong cash generation, growing 
dividends for shareholders and good 
returns on capital.

 – Introduce new and proprietary products
 – Develop sales synergies
 – Enter new geographic markets
 – Maintain close cost control

 – Gross margin improved to 30% in 2018 

compared to 24% in prior year.

 – US revenues for Hunting Titan products 
increased, as the market environment 
improved and demand for efficient and 
reliable “plug and perf” technologies 
increased.

 – Closure of manufacturing facilities in 

Cape Town and Mombasa to save costs.

Corporate Responsibility

 – Retain experienced senior management 

We are committed to act with high 
standards of integrity and to create 
positive, long-lasting relationships with 
our customers, suppliers, employees 
and the wider communities in which 
we operate.

team

 – Skilled workforce
 – Safe operations
 – Protect the environment
 – Compliance

 – As activity increased in North America, 
average employee numbers increased 
by 23% in the year to meet demand.
 – Group-wide Code of Conduct training 
course rolled out, covering all ethics 
policies.

42 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Related KPIs

Revenue

Profit before tax

Operational footprint 
(million sq ft)

Related risks

 – Geopolitics
 – Investment
 – Competition
 – Product quality
 – Commodity prices
 – Shale drilling

$911.4m

(2017 – $724.9m)

$104.0m

(2017 – $11.5m)

2.9

(2017 – 3.0)

ISO 9001 (quality) 
accredited operating sites

Internal manufacturing 
reject rate

Countries in which 
we operate

 – Product quality
 – Key executives
 – Competition

71%

(2017 – 64%)

0.2%

(2017 – 0.3%)

11

(2017 – 12)

Underlying gross margin

Free cash flow

Return on average 
capital employed

 – Commodity prices
 – Competition

30%

(2017 – 24%)

Incident rate

$80.7m

(2017 – $49.3m)

9%

(2017 – 1%)

CO2 emissions intensity 
factor (kg/$k of revenue)

CO2 tonnes equivalent 
emitted

 – Key executives
 – Health, safety and 

environment

1.49

(2017 – 0.89)

38.6

(2017 – 43.6)

35,171

(2017 – 31,603)

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

43

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk management

Risk management 
roles and responsibilities

The Board has defined risk management roles and responsibilities as illustrated below

Assurance – Internal Audit
Hunting’s internal audit department 
reviews internal controls and risk 
management processes for their 
existence, relevance and effectiveness. 
Actions are recommended and graded 
in terms of importance and timeliness 
for change.

Board

 – Determines the Group’s risk appetite and culture
 – Sets the risk management framework
 – Ensures the risk management processes and internal 

controls are effective

Audit Committee

 – Controls the Group’s risk management processes
 – Reviews business risks
 – Gains assurance that the risk management processes 

and controls are effective

Central and Regional Management

 – Establishes detailed Group policies and procedures
 – Manages centrally-controlled risks
 – Reviews local business risks

Local Management

 – Ensures Group policies and procedures are applied
 – Manages locally-controlled risks

44 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction 
The oil and gas industry is highly regulated and demands 
high specification products that meet stringent quality 
criteria, given the challenging environments in which these 
products are used. Hunting’s risk management and 
internal control processes are therefore designed to 
appropriately mitigate the operating risks inherent in this 
sector, while allowing the Group to achieve its strategic 
objectives and deliver value to shareholders.

The Board
The Board of Hunting has responsibility for developing and 
maintaining a robust risk management framework and for 
monitoring the Group’s system of internal control to ensure 
it remains effective and fit for purpose. The Board is also 
responsible for developing the Group’s strategic 
objectives. The balance between the Board’s desire to 
meet these strategic objectives and its appetite for risk 
creates the risk culture within the Group. 

Audit Committee
Local management establishes and undertakes risk 
management processes that are relevant to the risk profile 
of each business unit. The key risks are reported to central 
management three times a year from which a Group Risk 
Register is maintained covering the key risks to the Group, 
including all financial, operational and compliance matters. 
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee seeks to 
ensure that risk management processes are established 
within the framework set out by the Board and, as part of 
this assessment, it conducts a formal review of the 
Group’s Risk Register three times a year. The Group’s 
Principal Risks are disclosed on pages 49 to 52. In 
addition, once a year, the Audit Committee seeks 
assurance with regard to the effectiveness of the internal 
financial controls based on a self-assessment exercise 
carried out by local management. The appropriateness of 
the self assessments is checked by Internal Audit, on a 
sample basis, following its programme of work.

The Board’s appetite for risk is key to establishing 
effective systems of internal control and risk management 
processes. By reviewing and debating the relevant 
evidence, the Board develops an appreciation for the 
contributory factors that generate a particular risk. 
Subsequently, through delegation, the Board establishes 
the extent to which the risk should be mitigated and at 
what cost to the Group. The Board, for example, has little 
appetite for high levels of exposure to geopolitical risk 
and, consequently, the Group’s expansion strategy has 
avoided countries that are considered to be significantly 
unstable or too high risk to maintain a physical presence, 
notwithstanding the potential benefits that may be 
generated. 

Advice on risk management is sought by the Board from 
both internal and external sources. The risk management 
processes are further supported by:

 – understanding the current and evolving market 

environment;

 – challenging executive management on new growth 

opportunities; and

 – reviewing proposed new product developments and 

capital investment projects.

The Internal Audit department reports directly to the 
Audit Committee. The relationship with external audit is 
controlled by the Audit Committee, who are responsible 
for completing the review of the effectiveness of the 
external auditors.

Central and Regional Management
Hunting requires that all Group business units operate in 
accordance with the Hunting Group Manual, which sets 
out Group policies and procedures, together with related 
authority levels, and identifies matters requiring approval 
or notification to central management or to the Board. 
Included within the Group Manual are policies covering 
a range of areas, including general finance requirements, 
taxation responsibilities, information on Hunting’s internal 
control and risk management framework and governance. 
Compliance is also monitored and subject to scrutiny by 
the Internal Audit department.

Central and regional management are responsible for 
ensuring the risk management processes established by 
the Audit Committee are implemented across the Group. 
Central management is also responsible for managing 
Group-wide treasury-related risks such as currency and 
interest rate exposures and managing the global 
insurance programme.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

45

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk management continued

Local Management
Management of each business unit has the responsibility 
of establishing an effective system of controls and 
processes for their business which, at a minimum, meet the 
requirements set out in the Group Manual and complies 
with any additional local requirements. Local management 
is empowered under Hunting’s de-centralised philosophy 
to manage the risks in their market.

Assurance
The Board uses a number of functions and reporting 
procedures to provide assurance that the risks identified 
by management are appropriate and proportionate for 
the Group as a whole. Hunting’s Internal Audit function 
covers the Group’s businesses addressing the following 
operational areas, raising control improvement 
recommendations, where necessary:

 – inventory management;
 – purchasing supply chain;
 – large project risk;
 – IT controls;
 – customer credit risk; and
 – ethics compliance, including bribery and corruption.

Hunting also receives guidance from a number of 
external advisers. In particular, guidance from the Group’s 
principal insurance broker, which arranges worldwide 
credit insurance for the Group, has been implemented 
throughout the business units with respect to, for 
example, vetting new customers and maintaining 
appropriate creditworthiness data that further strengthens 
the Group’s credit management processes. Hunting’s 
external auditors provide assurance to the Board of the 
accuracy and probity of Hunting’s financial statements. 
The auditors also read all of Hunting’s non-financial 
statements, including governance disclosures included 
in the Annual Report, and provides recommendations 
on the financial controls in operation across the Group, 
based on the external audit. 

Hunting’s legal advisers assist in ensuring that Hunting 
is compliant with the UKLA’s Listing Rules, Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules sourcebook and UK 
Company Law, and that there is an understanding across 
the Group of its obligations under current sanctions 
legislation. Additionally, Hunting relies on market and 
investor advice from its corporate brokers and financial 
advisers. 

The Group’s risk management processes are further 
supported by an internal Quality Assurance department 
that is headed by a HSE and Quality Assurance Director, 
who reports directly to the Chief Executive. This 
department also undertakes periodic audits that monitor 
quality control within the Group’s product lines.

The Board is satisfied that the above sources of assurance 
have sufficient authority, independence and expertise to 
enable them to provide objective advice and information 
to the Board and also takes this into account when 
assessing the robustness of the risk management and 
control process.

46 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Risk management 
procedures

The Board has reviewed its risk management and 
internal control procedures and confirms that the 
procedures in place are robust and proportionate 
to Hunting’s global operations and position in its 
chosen market.

Hunting’s internal control system, which has been in place 
throughout 2018 and up to the date of approval of these 
accounts, is an ongoing evolutionary process designed to 
identify, evaluate and manage the significant risks to which 
the Group is exposed.

This system of internal control is designed to manage 
rather than eliminate risks, therefore it can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss in the financial statements and of 
meeting internal control objectives. 

The Directors have reviewed the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of internal control and have taken into 
account feedback from the Audit Committee for the period 
covered by the financial statements. No significant failings 
or weaknesses were identified in the review process.

The key elements to understanding, establishing and 
assessing Hunting’s internal control system are as follows: 

Business Risk Reporting
Three times a year, local management formally reviews the 
specific risks faced by their businesses, based on current 
trading, future prospects and the local market environment. 
The review is a qualitative assessment of the likelihood of 
a risk materialising and the probable financial impact if 
such an event were to arise. All assessments are performed 
on a pre- and post-controls basis, which allows management 
to continually assess the effectiveness of its internal 
controls with separate regard to mitigating the likelihood 
of occurrence and the probable financial impact. The risks 
are reported to central management. The local risks that 
have the greatest potential impact on the Group are 
identified from these assessments and incorporated into 
the Group Risk Register, which is also reviewed by the 
Audit Committee three times a year. An appropriate 
Director, together with local management, is allocated 
responsibility for managing each separate risk identified 
in the Group Risk Register.

Financial Controls Self-assessment
Local management complete an annual self-assessment 
of the financial controls in place at their business unit. The 
assessment is qualitative and is undertaken in context with 
the recommended controls identified within the Group 
Manual. Gaps between the recommended controls and 
those in place are assessed and improvements are actioned 
within a targeted time frame when these are identified as 
a necessary requirement. Results of the assessments are 
summarised and presented to the Audit Committee.

Reporting and Consolidation
All subsidiaries submit detailed financial information in 
accordance with a pre-set reporting timetable. This 
includes weekly, bi-monthly and quarterly treasury reports, 
annual budgets, monthly management accounts, periodic 
extended forecasts giving a medium-term view, together 
with half-year and annual statutory reporting.

The Group’s financial accounting consolidation process is 
maintained and regularly updated, including distribution of 
a Group Manual to all reporting units. All data is subject to 
review and assessment by management through the 
monitoring of key performance ratios and comparison to 
targets and budgets. The Group monitors and reviews 
new UK Listing Rules, the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook, accounting standards, 
interpretations and amendments, legislation and other 
statutory requirements.

Strategic Planning and Budgeting
Strategic plans, annual budgets and long-term viability 
financial projections are formally presented to the Board 
for adoption and approval and form the basis for 
monitoring performance. These are supported by regularly 
updated forecasts.

Quality Assurance 
Most of the business sectors in which the Group operates 
are highly regulated and subsidiaries invariably require to be 
accredited, by the customer or an industry regulator, to 
national or international quality organisations. These 
organisations undertake regular audits and checks on 
subsidiary procedures and practices, ensuring compliance 
with regulatory requirements. The Board monitors 
compliance by receiving Quality Assurance reports at 
each meeting from the Director of Quality Assurance who 
reports directly to the Chief Executive. The Group has 
received accreditations from many organisations including 
the American Petroleum Institute (for example API Spec 
5CT and API Spec Q1 certifications), the International 
Organization for Standardization (for example ISO 9001 
and ISO 14001 certifications) and the Occupational Health 
and Safety Assessment Series (for example OHSAS 
18001 certification).

Health, Safety and Environment (“HSE”) 
All facilities have designated HSE personnel appointed to 
ensure the Group’s policies and procedures are adopted 
and adhered to. All local HSE personnel report to the 
Group’s HSE and Quality Assurance Director, who in turn 
reports to the Chief Executive. All facilities arrange regular 
training and review sessions to ensure day-to-day risks are 
managed and shared with the wider workforce.

Expenditure Assessment and Approval Limits 
All significant capital investment (business acquisitions 
and asset purchases) and capital divestments require 
approval of the Chief Executive. Major capital investments 
or divestments require approval by the Board. Detailed 
compliance and assurance procedures are completed 
during a capital investment programme and project reviews 
and appraisals are completed to ensure each capital 
investment has delivered the forecast value for the Group. 

Updates to the Group’s policies and procedures are 
communicated to the relevant personnel by way of 
periodic revisions to the Group Manual, which is issued 
to all business units.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

47

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk management continued

Current status of the 
Group’s principal risks

The status of Hunting’s exposure to each of its principal 
risks, the movement in these risks (post-controls) during 
the year and the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls in mitigating risks are summarised in the 
accompanying two graphs.

The extent of Hunting’s exposure to any one risk may 
increase or decrease over a period of time. This 
movement is due either to a shift in the profile of the risk 
arising from external influences, or is due to a change in 
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control processes 
in mitigating the risk.

A detailed description of each principal risk, the controls 
and actions in place and the movement in the year are 
given in the following section.

UK Leaving the European Union (“Brexit”)
The Board has continued to consider the potential 
consequences to the Group of the United Kingdom’s 
decision to withdraw from the European Union and remains 
of the opinion that, given its limited exposure to this market, 
Brexit will not have a material impact on the business. 
Consequently, this is not a principal risk to the Group.

Movement in risks (post-controls) during the year

h
g
H

i

t
c
a
p
m

I

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

5

2

3

1

3

4

6

7

6

w
o
L

Low

Probability

 High

Current status

Prior year status

1

2

3

4

Competition

Commodity prices

Shale drilling

Geopolitics

5

6

7

HSE

Key executives

Product quality

Effectiveness of internal controls

h
g
H

i

t
c
a
p
m

I

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

5

5

3

3

4

6

6

7

2

1

1

2

7

4

w
o
L

Low

Probability

 High

Post-control status

Pre-control status

48 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks

The Group’s principal risks are identified below. While we have 
presented these as separately identified risks, discrete events 
will often affect multiple risks and this is considered by the 
Board when assessing the impact on the Group.

No movement in risk 

Increase in risk 

Decrease in risk 

1. Competition

2. Commodity prices

Nature of the risk
The provision of goods and services to oil and gas drilling 
companies is highly competitive. In current market conditions, 
pricing pressures remain a feature of the current trading 
environment. Competitors may also be customers and/or 
suppliers, which can increase the risk of any potential impact. 

Technological advancements in the oil and gas industry continue 
at pace and failure to keep ahead will result in lost revenues and 
market share.

Looking further ahead, advancements in alternative energy 
sources are considered a possible risk to the oil and gas market 
in the long term.

Nature of the risk
Hunting is exposed to the influence of oil and gas prices as the 
supply and demand for energy is a key driver of demand for 
Hunting’s products.

Oil and gas exploration companies may reduce or curtail operations 
if prices become, or are expected to become, uneconomical and 
therefore continuation of prices above these levels is critical to the 
industry and the financial viability of the Hunting Group.

Adverse movements in commodity prices may also heighten the 
Group’s exposure to the risks associated with shale drilling (see the 
risks associated with shale drilling).

Movement in the year
During the year, the competitive environment within the markets 
that Hunting serves remained strong and therefore Hunting’s 
exposure to this risk is unchanged since last year. The improved 
trading environment has reduced the likelihood of price reductions 
by extant competitors, however, new competitors are entering the 
market with lower pricing within certain product lines.

Movement in the year
Hunting’s exposure to this risk has remained high during the year 
due to the relative instability in spot oil prices. Although they do 
remain volatile, prices are expected to increase over the next 12 
months due to sustained growth in global demand.

Controls and actions 
Hunting has a number of high specification proprietary products 
that offer operational advantages to its customers. The Group 
continually invests in research and development that enables it to 
provide technological advancement and a strong, ever widening, 
product offering. Hunting continues to maintain its standards of 
delivering high quality products, which has gone some way in 
sheltering the pricing pressure impact on margins.

Hunting’s operations are established close to their markets, 
which enables the Group to offer reduced lead times and 
a focused product range appropriate to each region. Local 
management maintains an awareness of competitor pricing 
and product offering. In addition, senior management maintains 
close relationships with key customers and seeks to maintain 
the highest level of service to preserve Hunting’s reputation for 
quality. The Group has a wide customer base that includes many 
of the major oil and gas service providers and no one customer 
represents an overly significant portion of Group revenue.

Alternative energy sources have been considered but are not 
believed to be a threat within the short term.

Controls and actions 
Working capital, and in particular inventory levels, are closely 
managed to ensure the Group remains sufficiently adaptable to 
meet changes in demand.

The Group’s products are used throughout the life cycle of the 
wellbore and each phase within the life cycle generates demand 
for a different range of products and services. The Board and 
management closely monitor market reports on current and 
forecast activity levels associated with the various phases of the life 
cycle of the wellbore in order to plan for and predict improvements 
or declines in activity levels. 

In addition, management has reduced production costs and 
developed new technologies that would help mitigate the impact 
of any further downturn in commodity prices in the future.

  The Group’s operating activities are described in detail 
on pages 35 to 39.

  Further information on the movement in commodity prices 
during the year is detailed on page 8.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

49

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk management continued

Principal risks

The Group’s principal risks are identified below. While we have 
presented these as separately identified risks, discrete events 
will often affect multiple risks and this is considered by the 
Board when assessing the impact on the Group.

No movement in risk 

Increase in risk 

Decrease in risk 

3. Shale drilling

4. Geopolitics

Nature of the risk
The Group provides products to the oil and gas shale drilling 
industry. Although shale drilling is now an established activity 
in the US, significant sections of the public continue to view 
it as high risk. Any consequent moratorium or new laws may 
unfavourably impact shale drilling activity levels and subsequently 
reduce demand for the Group’s products that service the 
operators in this industry. In addition, oil and gas produced from 
shale remains a relatively expensive source of hydrocarbons, 
despite recent advances in technology that have reduced these 
costs. Consequently, shale drilling is more sensitive to a decline 
in commodity prices compared with conventional sources so it is 
more likely to be curtailed and therefore negatively impact what 
has become a steadily increasing revenue stream for the Group 
(see the risks associated with commodity prices).

Nature of the risk
The location of the Group’s markets are determined by the location 
of Hunting’s customers’ drill sites – Hunting’s products must go 
where the drilling companies choose to operate. To compete 
effectively, Hunting often establishes a local operation in those 
regions, however, significantly volatile environments are avoided.

The Board has a strategy to develop its global presence and 
diversify geographically. 

Operations have been established in key geographic regions around 
the world, recognising the high growth potential these territories 
offer. The Group carefully selects which countries to operate from, 
taking into account the differing economic and geopolitical risks 
associated with each geographic territory.

Movement in the year
Geopolitical issues remain a feature of the modern world in which 
the Hunting Group operates. The Board monitors geopolitical 
events around the world through media channels and assesses 
these relative to Hunting’s operations. 

The Group has relatively little exposure to the European market and 
consequently the Board believes that the economic uncertainties 
associated with Brexit will not have a material adverse impact 
on the Group’s trading activities. Consequently, the Board has 
concluded that there has been no reportable movement in the 
Group’s geopolitical risk.

Controls and actions 
Areas exposed to high political risk are noted by the Board and are 
strategically avoided. Management and the Board closely monitor 
projected economic trends in order to match capacity to regional 
demand.

Movement in the year
Hunting’s exposure to this risk has reduced from last year due 
to the continued drive in completion activity within the US shale 
basins and the more stable oil price.

Controls and actions 
The Board monitors public and political opinion and maintains an 
awareness of the potential for changes to legislation, especially 
with regard to the US where the Group is mainly exposed.

The Group maintains a diverse portfolio of products that extends 
beyond supplying the shale drilling industry, including products 
for conventional drilling and the manufacture of high-precision 
and advanced technology components for both the onshore and 
offshore markets.

Many of the Group’s facilities have the flexibility to reconfigure 
their manufacturing processes to meet a change in the pattern of 
demand.

  The Group’s operating activities are described in detail 
on pages 35 to 39.

  The Group’s exposure to different geographic regions is described 
on page 2.

50 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

5. Health, safety and the environment (“HSE”) 

6. Key executives

Nature of the risk
Due to the wide nature of the Group’s activities, it is subject to a 
relatively high number of HSE risks and the laws and regulations 
issued by each of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

The Group’s exposure to risk therefore includes the potential for 
the occurrence of a reportable incident, the financial risk of a 
breach of HSE regulations, and the risk of unexpected compliance 
expenditure whenever a law or regulation is renewed or enhanced.

Nature of the risk
The Group is highly reliant on the continued service of its key 
executives and senior management, who possess commercial, 
engineering, technical and financial skills that are critical to the 
success of the Group.

Movement in the year
The Group’s manufacturing and other operating processes 
have not materially changed during the year. Consequently, the 
Group’s potential exposure to HSE incidents remains materially 
unchanged. The Group experienced a number of minor HSE 
incidents in the year, which is significantly below the industry 
average and is similar to the Group’s record in prior years.

Movement in the year
This risk has decreased from last year due to the improving results 
of the Group, which has enabled the Company to end the Group-
wide pay freeze programme and to procure new incentives for key 
employees to remain with the Group. 

Controls and actions 
The Board targets to achieve a record of nil incidents and full 
compliance with the laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in 
which the Group operates.

Controls and actions 
Remuneration packages are regularly reviewed to ensure that key 
executives are remunerated in line with market rates. External 
consultants are engaged to provide guidance on best practice.

Every Group facility is overseen by a health and safety officer with 
the responsibility for ensuring compliance with current and newly 
issued HSE standards.

Senior management regularly reviews the availability of the 
necessary skills within the Group and seeks to engage suitable staff 
where they feel there is vulnerability.

The Board receives a Group HSE compliance report at every 
Board meeting.

  The Group’s HSE performance is detailed on page 36.

  Details of executive Director remuneration are provided 
in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 68 to 85.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

51

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRisk management continued

Principal risks

The Group’s principal risks are identified below. While we have 
presented these as separately identified risks, discrete events 
will often affect multiple risks and this is considered by the 
Board when assessing the impact on the Group.

No movement in risk 

Increase in risk 

Decrease in risk 

7. Product quality 

Nature of the risk
The Group has an established reputation for producing high 
quality products capable of withstanding the hostile and corrosive 
environments encountered in the wellbore.

A failure of any one of these products could adversely impact the 
Group’s reputation and demand for the Group’s entire range of 
products and services.

Movement in the year
The risk of poor product quality or reliability has remained 
unchanged during the year with no significant issues raised by 
the Group’s customers or during the Board’s internal monitoring 
process.

Controls and actions 
Quality assurance standards are monitored, measured and 
regulated within the Group under the authority of a Quality 
Assurance Director, who reports directly to the Chief Executive.

  The Group’s commitment to product quality is detailed on page 36.

52 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Viability Assessment 
and Going Concern Basis

Viability Assessment
Hunting has a wide, global customer base underpinned 
by strong, long-term relationships. The Group provides 
a large range of products and services through its 
manufacturing and distribution facilities, which are located 
in a number of countries across the globe.

In considering the Group’s long-term viability, the Board 
regularly assesses the risks to its business model, 
strategy, future performance, solvency and liquidity. These 
assessments are supported by the risk management 
processes described on pages 44 and 47 and include a 
review of the Group’s exposure to the oil and gas industry, 
competitor action, customer plans and the robustness of 
the supply chain.

Assessment Period
The Group’s customers are principally involved in the 
exploration for and production of oil and gas. Given the 
nature of the industry and the planning cycles involved, 
these activities can cover periods of no more than several 
weeks up to several years from start to end. Hunting’s 
management works closely with its customers over this 
period, discussing their operational plans and reviewing 
their longer-term capital expenditure programmes. The 
outlook for the Group beyond this period is generated 
from management’s assessment of industrial data and 
projections published by industry commentators and 
analysts, including statistics on exploration and production 
expenditure, footage drilled and rig activity. The Board 
believes that a three-year forward-looking period, 
commencing on the date the annual accounts are 
approved by the Board, is the appropriate length of time 
to reasonably assess the Group’s viability. The Group’s 
annual budget process and mid-term projections cover 
this period and help to support the Board’s assessment.

Consideration of Principal Risks
The nature of the Group’s operations expose the business 
to a variety of risks, which are noted on pages 48 to 52. 
The Board regularly reviews the principal risks and 
assesses the appropriate controls and further actions as 
described on pages 44 and 45, given the Board’s appetite 
for risk as disclosed on page 45. The Board has further 
considered their potential impact within the context of the 
Group’s viability.

Assumptions
In assessing the long-term viability of the Group, the 
Board made the following assumptions:

 – Demand for energy service products continues to 

improve in the medium to long term, given the global 
outlook for oil and gas demand, which is driven 
by growth within emerging markets and sustained 
demand from developed markets. These are the 
fundamental drivers of Hunting’s core business of 
manufacturing, supplying and distributing products and 
services that enable the extraction of oil and gas.
 – The Group’s reduced cost base enables the business 
to remain competitive within the weaker sectors of the 
global energy markets, particularly within the offshore 
and international markets.

 – North American onshore well completion activity 

levels, particularly those requiring Hunting perforating 
systems, continue to improve.

 – The Group will continue to have a medium to low 

exposure to higher risk countries given the proportion 
of its current revenues and profits derived from stable 
regions such as North America, Europe and South 
East Asia.

In addition, the three-year financial projections were stress 
tested to simulate a further deterioration in market conditions. 

Conclusion
The Board believes that the Group’s strategy for growth, 
its diverse customer and product base, and the improving 
outlook for the oil and gas industry in the medium term 
provide Hunting with a strong platform on which to 
continue in business. The Directors therefore have a 
reasonable expectation that Hunting will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the three-year period of their assessment.

Going Concern Basis
The Group’s principal cash outflows include capital 
investment, labour costs and inventory purchases. The 
timing and extent of these cash flows are controlled by 
local management and the Board. The Group’s principal 
cash inflows are generated from the sale of its products 
and services, the level of which is dependent on the 
overall market conditions, the variety of its products and 
ability to retain strong customer relationships. Cash 
inflows are further supported by the Group’s credit 
insurance cover against customer default that, at 
31 December 2018, covered the majority of its trade 
receivables, subject to certain limits. Current and forecast 
cash/debt balances are reported on a weekly basis by 
each of the business units to a centralised treasury function 
that uses the information to manage the Group’s day-to-
day liquidity and longer-term funding needs. 

The Group continues to have access to sufficient financial 
resources including the $160m secured committed bank 
borrowing facility which was undrawn at 31 December 
2018. The Group’s internal financial projections indicate 
that the Group will retain sufficient liquidity to meet its 
funding requirements over the next 12 months. 

Review
In conducting its review of the Group’s ability to remain as 
a going concern, the Board assessed the Group’s recent 
trading performance and its latest forecasts and took 
account of reasonably predictable changes in future 
trading performance. The Board also considered the 
potential financial impact of the estimates, judgements 
and assumptions that were used to prepare these financial 
statements. The Board is satisfied that no material 
uncertainties have been identified.

Conclusion
The Board is satisfied that it has conducted a robust 
review of the Group’s going concern and has a high level 
of confidence that the Group has the necessary liquid 
resources to meet its liabilities as they fall due. 
Consequently, the Board considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing 
these consolidated financial statements. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

53

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate governance overview

Hunting’s governance procedures 
have remained robust, with the 
Company becoming fully compliant 
to the 2016 UK Corporate Governance 
Code in the year. Further, a number 
of improvements were implemented 
during 2018, including the formation 
of an Executive Committee, 
comprising senior operational 
managers of the Group.

After a relationship extending nearly 
30 years, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
will retire as external auditors at the 
Company’s AGM in April 2019, with 
Deloitte being proposed as new 
auditors, following completion of a 
tender process in 2017. The Board 
wish to record their thanks to PwC 
for their many years of service.

The Board has evaluated the new 
2018 version of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and is currently 
reviewing proposals for compliance. 
New stakeholder engagement 
initiatives are planned, with reporting 
to commence in 2019.

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chairman

54 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Introduction
Hunting’s governance framework has remained strong 
during 2018, with key initiatives to enhance the Group’s 
structure being put in place in the second half of the year, 
including the formation of an Executive Committee. This 
Committee was formed on 30 August 2018 as part of 
Hunting’s strategic planning. The Committee reports 
directly to the Board and its members align with the 
reporting segments introduced in 2017. Members of the 
Executive Committee are noted on page 58.

Governance Framework – Company Board 
and Committees

Board of Directors

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Executive  
Committee

The Executive Committee meets four times a year 
and members of the Committee periodically present to 
the Board, providing a detailed overview to the Directors 
on the business strategy for each region of the Group.

Board Composition and Diversity
During the year, two non-executive Directors retired from 
the Board after nine years of service to the Company. 
John Nicholas retired in April, also stepping down as Chair 
of the Audit Committee. John Hofmeister retired as Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee in August.

Recruitment of new Directors commenced in H2 2017. 
The Board was keen to maintain the very strong industry 
knowledge and representation within the skills profile of 
the Directors, which led to the appointment of Keith 
Lough, who sits on the boards of a number of UK listed 
exploration and production companies. Following John 
Hofmeister’s retirement, Keith has been appointed Senior 

29%

Percentage of female Directors 
on the Board

Independent Director. Carol Chesney was appointed 
alongside Keith in April 2018 and was appointed Chair of 
the Audit Committee, following John Nicholas’s retirement. 
Carol is a qualified Chartered Accountant and Chairs the 
Audit Committees of two other FTSE 350 companies and 
brings strong financial and UK governance expertise to 
the Board. Additionally, Annell Bay has been appointed 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee, following John 
Hofmeister’s retirement. Annell has been a member of the 
Committee since 2015.

100%

Compliance with the 
2016 Code

New Governance Developments
With the publication of the new UK Corporate Governance 
Code in July 2018, the Board of Hunting is considering 
new governance procedures to enhance stakeholder 
engagement and comply with the new requirements. As 
part of these new arrangements, Annell Bay has been 
appointed the designated non-executive Director for 
employee engagement, as recommended by section 1, 
provision 5, of the new 2018 Code. Annell will be working 
with the Group’s Chief Executive and Chief Human 
Resources Officer to develop initiatives and appropriate 
Board reporting to address this important area. Further, 
new disclosures in the 2019 Annual Report are planned, 
to enable the Company to report its compliance with the 
new Code.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank all shareholders 
and stakeholders for their support over the past year.

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chairman

28 February 2019

The Company’s Directors now include two female 
members, representing 29% of the Board.

Board Evaluation
During the year, the Board undertook its third externally 
facilitated performance and effectiveness evaluation. 
Recommendations raised from the process have been 
discussed by the Board for implementation. 

External Auditors Rotation
After nearly 30 years, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP will 
retire as auditors to the Group at Hunting’s AGM on 
17 April 2019, following an audit tender completed in 2017 
which led to the selection of Deloitte LLP. Deloitte’s 
appointment will be tabled for shareholders’ approval at 
the AGM. Deloitte has attended a number of meetings 
of the Audit Committee during 2018 as transition 
arrangements were implemented. On behalf of the 
Directors of the Company and its shareholders we thank 
PwC for their excellent work over this long period of time.

99%

Shareholder approval for 2018 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Policy
On 18 April 2018, shareholders approved, with a 99% 
vote in favour, a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy, 
incorporating changes which better align Hunting’s 
remuneration framework with best practice UK 
governance principles. The annual bonus for the executive 
Directors now incorporates a bonus deferral mechanism 
by share retention, while the Hunting Performance Share 
Plan has a two-year mandatory holding period for all 
vested shares for awards granted from 2018, giving a total 
of a five-year cycle from grant to final award.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

55

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationBoard of Directors and Company Secretary

John (Jay) F. Glick
Non-executive Chairman

Arthur James (Jim) Johnson
Chief Executive

Nationality
American.
Length of service 
4 years; appointed to the Board as a non-executive 
Director in 2015. In 2017, Jay was appointed non-
executive Chairman. 
Skills and experience
Jay was formerly the president and chief executive officer 
of Lufkin Industries Inc and, prior to that, held several 
senior management roles within Cameron International 
Corporation.
External appointments
Jay is currently a non-executive director of TETRA 
Technologies Inc.
Committee membership
Nomination Committee (Chair) and by invitation.

Nationality
American.
Length of service
27 years; appointed to the Board as a Director and Chief 
Executive in 2017. 
Skills and experience
Jim held senior management positions within Hunting 
from 1992 up to his appointment as Chief Operating 
Officer of the Group in 2011. In this role he was 
responsible for all day-to-day operational activities of the 
Company. Jim is a member of, and Chairs, the Executive 
Committee.
External appointments
None.
Committee membership
By invitation.

Peter Rose
Finance Director

Annell Bay
Non-executive Director 

Nationality
British.
Length of service
22 years; appointed to the Board as Finance Director 
in 2008.
Skills and experience
Peter is a member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of Scotland. Before joining Hunting he held 
senior financial positions with Babcock International and, 
prior to that, spent several years with PwC working in the 
UK and Hong Kong. Peter is a member of the Executive 
Committee.
External appointments
None.
Committee membership
By invitation.

Nationality
American.
Length of service
4 years; appointed to the Board as a non-executive 
Director in 2015 and was re-appointed for a second 
three-year term in February 2018. On 30 August 2018, 
Annell was appointed Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee.
Skills and experience
Annell was formerly a vice-president of global exploration 
at Marathon Oil Corporation and, prior to that, vice-
president of Americas Exploration at Shell Exploration 
and Production Company.
External appointments
Annell is currently a non-executive director of Apache 
Corporation and Verisk Analytics Inc.
Committee membership
Nomination Committee.  
Remuneration Committee (Chair). 
Audit Committee. 

56 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Carol Chesney
Non-executive Director

Richard Hunting C.B.E.
Non-executive Director

Nationality
Joint American and British citizenship.
Length of service
1 year; appointed to the Board as a non-executive Director 
and Chair of the Audit Committee on 23 April 2018. 
Skills and experience
Carol is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. Mrs Chesney was 
formerly the Group Financial Controller and, latterly, the 
Company Secretary, of Halma PLC.
External appointments
Carol is currently a non-executive director of Renishaw plc 
and Biffa plc.
Committee membership
Nomination Committee.  
Remuneration Committee. 
Audit Committee (Chair). 

Nationality
British.
Length of service
46 years; elected an executive Director in 1989 and was 
Chairman from 1991 to 2017. In 2017, Richard retired 
as Chairman, and remains on the Board as a non-
independent, non-executive Director. 
Skills and experience
Richard has previously held a variety of management 
positions around the Hunting Group.
External appointments
None.
Committee membership
By invitation.

Keith Lough
Senior Independent Non-executive Director

Ben Willey
Company Secretary

Nationality
British.
Length of service
1 year; appointed to the Board as a non-executive Director 
on 23 April 2018 and appointed Senior Independent 
Director on 30 August 2018. 
Skills and experience
Keith was formerly the non-executive Chairman of Gulf 
Keystone Petroleum plc and previously held a number 
of executive positions within other energy-related 
companies including British Energy plc and LASMO plc.
External appointments
Keith is currently a non-executive director of Cairn Energy 
plc, Rockhopper Exploration plc and the UK Gas and 
Electricity Markets Authority.
Committee membership
Nomination Committee.  
Remuneration Committee.  
Audit Committee.

Nationality
British.
Length of service
9 years; joined Hunting in 2010 and was appointed 
Company Secretary in 2013.
Skills and experience
Ben is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries 
and Administrators. He was formerly a partner at 
Buchanan, a WPP company and, prior to that, worked 
in investment banking with Evolution Securities plc.
External appointments
None.
Committee membership
Audit Committee (Secretary).  
Nomination Committee (Secretary).  
Remuneration Committee (Secretary).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

57

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationExecutive committee

Rick Bradley
Chief Operating Officer 

Randy Walliser
Managing Director – 
Canada Operations

Daniel Tan
Managing Director –  
Asia Pacific Operations

Nationality
American.
Length of service
8 years; joined Hunting in 
2011 and was appointed Chief 
Operating Officer in 2017.

Nationality
Canadian.
Length of service 
Joined Hunting and appointed 
Managing Director in February 
2019.

Nationality
Singaporean.
Length of service 
11 years; joined Hunting in 2008 
and was appointed Managing 
Director in 2011.

Jason Mai
Managing Director – 
Hunting Titan

Bruce Ferguson
Managing Director –  
Europe Operations

The Board of Directors and 
members of the Executive 
Committee are all designated 
PDMRs.

Nationality
American.
Length of service
4 years; joined Hunting in 2015 
and was appointed Managing 
Director in 2017.

Nationality
British.
Length of service 
25 years; joined Hunting in 1994 
and was appointed Managing 
Director in 2013.

Scott George
Managing Director – 
US Operations

Sean O’Shea
Managing Director –  
Middle East & Africa Operations

Nationality
American.
Length of service 
9 years; joined Hunting in 2010 
and was appointed Managing 
Director in 2011.

Nationality
Irish.
Length of service 
22 years; joined Hunting in 1997 
and was appointed Managing 
Director in 2013.

58 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Corporate governance report

Compliance
The Board of Hunting PLC has adopted governance 
principles aligned with the 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”), which can be found at 
www.frc.org.uk. The Company is reporting its corporate 
governance compliance against this Code. 

Hunting became fully compliant with all the provisions 
of the Code in the year, following changes to the 
composition of the Audit Committee in April 2018.

Following the publication of the revised UK Corporate 
Governance Code in July 2018, the Company is 
establishing initiatives to address the additional 
requirements of the Code. Hunting will be reporting its 
compliance with the new Code in its 2019 Annual Report. 

Governance Framework
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, UK 
legislation and any directions prescribed by resolution 
at a general meeting, the business of the Company is 
managed by the Hunting PLC Board. The Board is 
responsible for the management and strategic direction 
of the Company and to ensure its long-term success, 
as prescribed by UK law. 

The Board has three main committees to which it 
delegates governance and compliance procedures: the 
Nomination Committee, whose report can be found on 
pages 66 and 67, the Remuneration Committee, whose 
report can be found on pages 68 to 85, and the Audit 
Committee, whose report can be found on pages 86  
to 90. 

An Executive Committee comprising of the executive 
Directors and Managing Directors of each segment of the 
Group was formed on 30 August 2018 and details of its 
operation are noted on page 62.

Responsibilities of the Board 
The Board of Hunting PLC has clearly defined areas of 
responsibility, which are separate to those of the 
Chairman, executive management and of the Committees 
of the Board. The Directors approve the strategic aims 
and objectives of the Company, as set by executive 
management, and approves all major acquisitions, 
divestments, dividends, capital investments and annual 
budgets. 

The Board has overall leadership of the Company, setting 
the values of the Hunting Group and providing a strong 
tone from the top, to which all businesses within the 
Group and its employees are encouraged to adopt.

The Directors monitor Hunting’s trading performance, 
including progress against the Annual Budget, reviewing 
monthly management accounts and forecasts, comparing 
forecasts to current market consensus and reviewing 
other financial matters. They review and approve all public 
announcements, including financial results, trading 
statements and set the dividend policy of the Group.

The internal control and risk management framework 
and associated procedures are reviewed by the Board, 
however, key monitoring procedures are delegated to the 
Audit Committee.

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the 
Chairman and Chief Executive, as noted in the following 
tables:

Responsibilities of the Chairman
 – lead and build an effective and balanced Board;
 – chair meetings of the Board, ensuring agendas 

and materials are fit for purpose;

 – ensure the Directors are provided with accurate, 

timely and relevant information;

 – encourage good dialogue between all Directors, 
with strong contributions encouraged from all 
Board members;

 – meet the non-executive Directors without the 

executive Directors present;

 – discuss training and development with the non-

executive Directors;

 – arrange Director induction programmes; and
 – arrange an annual board evaluation and to act on 

its findings.

Responsibilities of the Chief Executive
 – manage the day-to-day activities of the Group; 
 – recommend and implement the strategic direction 

of the Group to the Board; 

 – identify and execute new business opportunities, 

acquisitions and disposals; 

 – ensure appropriate internal controls are in place; 
 – report to the Board regularly on the Group’s 

performance and position; and 

 – present to the Board an annual budget and 

operating plan.

The Board approves all key recommendations from the 
Nomination, Remuneration and Audit Committees and 
approves all appointments to these Committees.

Governance principles of the Company are set by the 
Board and key Group-level policies are reviewed and 
approved by the Directors.

Board Composition
The Board comprises the non-executive Chairman, 
Chief Executive, Finance Director, three independent 
non-executive Directors, one of whom is the Senior 
Independent Director, and one non-independent, 
non-executive Director. Profiles of each Director are 
found on pages 56 to 57.

The independent non-executive Directors are a key 
source of expertise and contribute to the delivery of the 
Company’s strategic goals. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

59

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate governance report continued

Non-executive Directors are chosen from the oil and gas 
industry and regulatory sectors in which Hunting operates. 
The expertise and competencies of the non-executive 
Directors are noted in the table below, and underpin the 
balance of skills and knowledge of the Board:

Director
Annell Bay

Carol Chesney

Jay Glick

Richard Hunting

Keith Lough

Expertise
Upstream oil and gas, US energy 
market development and US quoted 
companies.
Accounting, UK Corporate 
Governance, Ethics Compliance and 
UK quoted companies.
Oilfield services and manufacturing, 
US energy market development and 
US quoted companies.
UK Corporate Governance, Investor 
Relations.
Accounting, upstream oil and gas, 
UK energy regulation and market 
development and UK quoted 
companies.

The tenure of the Board, including both executive and 
non-executive Directors, is shown in the chart below. 
The average tenure of the Directors as at 28 February 
2019 is 7.4 years.

Board tenure (%)

43

29

28

< 3 years

3-9 years 

> 9 years 

Board Independence and Conflicts of Interest
As at 31 December 2018, excluding the Chairman, 
the Board comprised 50% independent non-executive 
Directors. Including the Chairman, 57% of the Board 
comprises independent Directors.

All the non-executive Directors, including the Chairman, 
have access to professional advisers, at the Company’s 
expense, to fulfil their various Board and Committee duties.

The Group has procedures in place to manage conflicts of 
interest. Each Director is required to declare any potential 
conflicts that exist, or may arise, which are formally 
recorded by the Company Secretary. Appropriate decision 
making, in light of this declaration, is undertaken, which 
could include a Director not participating in a Board 
decision or vote. Each Director is required to complete a 
declaration of known conflicts of interest annually.

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is appointed by the Board and 
supports the Chairman in providing all materials and 
information flows between the executive and non-
executive Directors, specifically on matters of governance 
and regulatory compliance. The Company Secretary is 
also available to the Board and all its Committees for 
advice and ensures that all procedures are followed.

Work Undertaken by the Board During 2018
The Board met six times in 2018, as regularly timetabled. 
The attendance of the Directors at Board meetings during 
2018 is detailed in the table below:

Number of meetings held
Number of meetings attended (actual/possible):
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney (from 23 April 2018)
Jay Glick
John Hofmeister (to 30 August 2018)
Richard Hunting
Jim Johnson
Keith Lough (from 23 April 2018)
John Nicholas (to 18 April 2018)
Peter Rose

6

6/6
4/4
6/6
4/4
6/6
6/6
4/4
2/2
6/6

Each Board meeting follows a prescribed agenda and 
agreed schedule of matters.

At each meeting, the Chief Executive updates the Board 
on key operational developments, provides an overview 
of the market, reports on health and safety, and highlights 
important milestones reached towards the delivery of 
Hunting’s strategic objectives. 

The Finance Director provides an update on the 
Group’s financial performance and position, banking 
arrangements, legal issues, analyst discussions and 
statutory reporting developments relevant to Hunting. 
These topics lead to discussion, debate and challenge 
among the Directors. 

60 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
During 2018, the standing items and other items for 
regular Board meetings included the following business:

More information on this process can be found in the 
Nomination Committee Report on pages 66 and 67.

Feb Apr

Jun Aug Oct Dec

Standing items
Chief Executive Update
Finance Director Report
Operational Reports
Quality Assurance and HSE 
Reports
Shareholder Report
Other items
Annual and Half-Year Report 
and Accounts
Board Evaluation
Risk Review
AGM Preparation
Trading Statement
Strategy
Organisation and Personnel 
Review, Development and 
Succession
Annual Budget
Non-executive Director 
Remuneration
Chairman/Senior Independent 
Director Investor Feedback

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
Hunting maintains insurance against certain liabilities, 
which could arise from a negligent act or a breach of duty 
by the Directors and Officers in the discharge of their 
duties. This is a qualifying third-party indemnity provision 
that was in force throughout the year.

Board Appointments
All appointments to the Board are in accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association and the Code and are 
made on recommendation of the Nomination Committee. 

In February 2018, Annell Bay was re-appointed for a 
second three-year term, following a rigorous evaluation 
in December 2017.

In April 2018, the Nomination Committee concluded a 
process to recruit two new independent non-executive 
Directors to succeed John Nicholas and John Hofmeister, 
both of whom were scheduled to retire from the Hunting 
Board in 2018 following completion of nine years’ service. 
On 17 April 2018, the Nomination Committee 
recommended to the Board the appointments of Carol 
Chesney and Keith Lough, with the Board considering 
the recommendation at its meeting on 18 April 2018. 
Mrs Chesney and Mr Lough joined the Board as Directors 
on 23 April 2018, with Mrs Chesney being appointed Chair 
of the Audit Committee on the same date, following the 
retirement of Mr Nicholas on 18 April 2018. Mr Hofmeister 
retired from the Board on 30 August 2018, with Annell Bay 
being appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and Keith Lough being appointed the Company’s Senior 
Independent Director on the same date.

For the appointment of executive Directors, the Company 
enters into a Service Contract with the Director, which 
reflects the terms of employment, remuneration and 
termination, taking into account country of residence and 
applicable local employment laws. For more information 
on the Service Contracts of the current executive 
Directors, please see the 2017 Remuneration Committee 
Report located at www.huntingplc.com.

On appointment, each non-executive Director is provided 
with a letter of appointment, outlining the time commitments, 
responsibilities and fiduciary duties required under 
Company Law and, following Company policy, are 
normally appointed for a three-year term. All appointment 
letters are available for inspection at the Company’s AGM 
or at Hunting’s registered office. Due to the small size of 
the Hunting Board, non-executive Directors are paid fees 
that are above the UK market median, reflecting a high 
level of time commitment required for Company matters.

As prescribed by the Code, all the Directors submit 
themselves for annual re-election at the Company’s AGM 
and at the 2018 AGM all Directors were re-elected by 
shareholders. John Nicholas retired from the Board at the 
AGM and did not offer himself for re-election. As prescribed 
by the Company’s Articles of Association, Carol Chesney 
and Keith Lough will automatically retire and offer 
themselves for re-appointment by shareholders at the 
2019 AGM. All other Directors will also retire and offer 
themselves for re-election, as recommended by the UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

Board Induction and Training
As part of the formal induction process for Mrs Chesney 
and Mr Lough, internal briefings were organised to 
introduce key finance personnel, following their 
appointments. In addition, facility tours to the Group’s 
operations in the UK and US were organised in the year, 
where key members of the Group’s leadership team gave 
presentations on each operating segment. 

As part of the Group’s regular programme of investor 
relations, Mr Lough’s induction to the role of Senior 
Independent Director included meeting with institutional 
shareholders in January 2019.

The Chairman also met with the non-executive Directors 
throughout the year to discuss and agree, among other 
matters, training and development.

Board Evaluation
Annually, the Directors undertake an internal annual 
evaluation of the Board and its Committees, which includes 
completion of a detailed questionnaire on the operation 
and governance responsibilities in relation to the 
Company’s governance framework. Both the executive 
and non-executive Directors are appraised collectively and 
individually, with the results of the process reported to the 
Board through the Chairman. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

61

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate governance report continued

In 2018, the Board organised its third externally facilitated 
Board effectiveness evaluation which was undertaken by 
Clare Chalmers Limited. The process involved the review 
of Board and Committee papers and individual Director 
interviews. Ms Chalmers submitted the findings from the 
process to the Chairman, which were reviewed by the 
Board at its December meeting. The Board noted these 
findings, including areas for further improvement, which 
had been noted during the external evaluation process. 
Further, this process will be repeated in 2021. Clare 
Chalmers has no other connection to the Company.

Overall, the Chairman and the Board as a whole 
concluded that each Director, the Committees of the 
Board and the Board itself remained effective. 

Furthermore, in December 2018 the Chairman’s 
performance was evaluated in a separate exercise by 
the non-executive Directors led by Keith Lough, the 
Company’s Senior Independent Director. The non-
executive Directors concluded that Mr Glick had been 
an effective and able Chairman of the Company.

Board Accountability
The Board has procedures in place to review all 
shareholder communications, including the financial 
statements and Stock Exchange announcements issued 
by the Company. Hunting’s business model and strategy 
is detailed on pages 28 to 43. The Board has delegated 
the responsibility of assessing whether the financial 
statements are fair, balanced and understandable to the 
Audit Committee. Further details of the responsibilities of 
the Audit Committee can be found within its report on 
pages 86 to 90.

Executive Committee
The Hunting Executive Committee was formed in August 
2018 comprising the executive Directors and regional 
Managing Directors of the Group. Profiles of each member 
of the Executive Committee are found on pages 56 and 
58. Under its terms of reference, which have been 
published on the Hunting website, www.huntingplc.com, 
the Committee meets four times a year. Key matters for 
consideration by the Committee include:

 – operational reports from each Managing Director, 

covering the performance of each operating segment 
during the previous quarter and capital investments 
currently being undertaken;

 – segmental financial performance in the year to date;
 – Health and Safety performance, including 

consideration of issues that have arisen and any 
reportable HSE incidents which may have occurred;

 – Quality Assurance performance;
 – Internal Control and Risk Register review;
 – Human Resources reports, including key data from the 

previous quarter; 

 – IT infrastructure performance, cyber security, data 

protection and planned investment;

 – compliance initiatives, including bribery and corruption; 

and 

 – other legal matters.

The Chief Executive and Finance Director subsequently 
report these activities to the Board of the Company and 
on any issues which arise from the Executive Committee.

As noted in the Company’s Half-Year Results, all members 
of the Executive Committee are determined to be PDMRs 
of the Group.

Going Concern Basis and Viability Statement
The Audit Committee and Board review the Going Concern 
Basis twice a year and the Group’s Viability Statement 
annually, in parallel with supporting reports from the 
executive Directors and Hunting’s central finance function. 

On 26 February 2019, the Board approved the Going 
Concern Basis and Viability Statement for the 2018 
year-end, which is detailed on page 53.

Risk Management Procedures
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for monitoring 
the Group’s principal risks and system of internal control 
and for reviewing its effectiveness as required by the 
Code, with key authorities being delegated to the Audit 
Committee. At the Board’s February 2018 meeting, the 
Directors completed a robust assessment and review of 
the Group’s risk management framework and the principal 
risks facing the Company.

Hunting’s principal risks, risk management framework and 
systems of internal control are reviewed by the Board 
annually and are detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 
44 to 52.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM of the Company will take place on Wednesday, 
17 April 2019 at The Royal Automobile Club, 89 Pall Mall, 
London SW1Y 5HS, commencing at 10.30 a.m. to which 
all shareholders are invited. Shareholder voting procedures 
follow the provisions of the Articles of Association and the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, including a separate 
resolution on each material item of business, the availability 
of voting via proxy and the offer of a “vote withheld”. At the 
2019 AGM, all resolutions will be voted on by way of a poll. 
Further details of the resolutions and voting procedures 
are set out in the Notice of AGM. 

Shareholders can vote by completing the form of proxy 
sent with the Notice of AGM, or by submitting votes 
electronically via the Registrars’ website 
www.sharevote.co.uk or via their online portfolio service, 
Shareview, if they are registered as a member. 
Alternatively, shares held in CREST may be voted through 
the CREST Proxy Voting Service. To be valid, all votes 
must be received no later than 48 hours before the time 
set for the meeting.

The Directors have been authorised to allot and issue 
Ordinary shares and to disapply statutory pre-emption 
rights. These powers are exercised under authority of 
resolutions of the Company passed at its AGM. During 
the financial year ended 31 December 2018, 900,000 
Ordinary shares were issued pursuant to the Company’s 
various share plans. 

62 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

The Company has authority, renewed annually, to purchase 
up to 14.99% of the issued share capital, equating to 
24,609,623 shares. Any shares purchased will either be 
cancelled, and the number of Ordinary shares in issue 
reduced accordingly, or held in Treasury. As noted below, 
through the Group’s Employee Share Trust, 750,000 
Ordinary shares were purchased in the year, under this 
authority.

These powers are effective for 15 months from the date of 
shareholder approval, or up to the next general meeting 
where new authorities are sought. The Directors will be 
seeking a renewal for these powers at the 2019 AGM.

Employee Share Trust
The Group operates an Employee Share Trust (the “Trust”) 
as a vehicle to satisfy share options and awards granted 
to employees who participate in the Company’s share-
based incentive schemes. At 31 December 2018, the 
Trust held 1,247,672 Ordinary shares in the Company 
(2017 – 656,808). The Trust has a policy to purchase 
shares in the market or subscribe for new shares to 
partially meet the future requirements of these incentive 
schemes. 

In April 2018, the Trust subscribed for 900,000 Ordinary 
shares at the nominal value of 25 pence per share, to 
partially satisfy vested awards under the HPSP.

Further, in November 2018 the Trust purchased 750,000 
Ordinary shares in the Company to satisfy future HPSP 
share vestings.

In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4C, the Trust has 
waived all dividends payable by the Company and voting 
rights in respect of the Ordinary shares held by it. Total 
dividends waived by the Trust in the financial year to 
31 December 2018 were $21,259 (2017 – $nil), based on 
531,482 Ordinary shares being subject to this waiver.

Non-Financial Information Directive
In compliance with the European Union’s Non-Financial 
Information reporting directive, the Group has provided 
relevant information throughout the Strategic Report. The 
Directors’ Report on page 65 provides details on the 
location of this information.

Shareholders 
The Company uses a number of processes for 
communicating with shareholders, including Stock 
Exchange announcements, the annual and half-year 
reports, webcasts, trading statements and the AGM to 
which all shareholders are invited. In addition, the Chief 
Executive and Finance Director meet on a one-to-one 
basis with principal shareholders at least twice a year, 
following the Group’s annual and half-year results, or 
when requested to update them on Group performance 
and strategy. The Board is in turn briefed by the Chief 
Executive, when appropriate, on matters raised by 
shareholders. 

In January 2019, the Chairman and Senior Independent 
Director met with a number of shareholders to discuss 
strategy, governance and other matters. Their comments 
were passed on to the Board by the Chairman. The 
non-executive Directors are also available to meet 
shareholders. 

The Company’s major shareholders, as at 31 December 
2018, are listed below:

Number of 
Ordinary 
shares

Percentage 
of issued 
Ordinary 
shares

Notes

Franklin Resources group 
of companies
Hunting Investments 
Limited
BlackRock
JP Morgan Chase & Co
Slaley Investments 
Limited
Lazard Asset 
Management
J Trafford – as trustee
Dimensional Fund 
Advisors
Barclays group of 
companies
David RL Hunting
– as trustee
– other beneficial

12,291,521

(1/4/5) 11,003,487
9,350,395
8,543,374

(6)

(5)

6,411,679

6,144,957
5,970,864

(2/5)

5,967,545

5,725,272
194,120
2,549,117
2,484,583

(5)
(2/5)
(3/5)

7.4

6.7
5.7
5.2

3.9

3.7
3.6

3.6

3.5
0.1
1.5
1.5

Notes:
1. 

Included in this holding are 9,437,743 Ordinary shares held 
by Huntridge Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hunting 
Investments Limited. Neither of these companies is owned by 
Hunting PLC either directly or indirectly. 

2.  After elimination of duplicate holdings, the total Hunting family 
trustee interests shown above amount to 5,970,864 Ordinary 
shares. 

3.  Arise because David RL Hunting and his children are or could 
become beneficiaries under the relevant family trusts of which 
David RL Hunting is a trustee. 

4.  Richard H Hunting (non-executive Director of Hunting PLC) and 
David RL Hunting are both directors of Hunting Investments 
Limited. 

5.  In 2014, Hunting Investments Limited, Slaley Investments 

Limited, certain Hunting family members, including Richard H 
Hunting and David RL Hunting and the Hunting family trusts, 
to which James Trafford is a trustee (together known as “the 
Hunting Family Interests”) entered into a voting agreement. The 
voting agreement has the legal effect of transferring all voting 
rights of Hunting PLC Ordinary shares held by the Hunting 
Family Interests to a voting committee. The beneficial ownership 
of Hunting PLC Ordinary shares remains as per the table shown 
above. At 28 February 2019, the Hunting Family Interests party 
to the agreement totalled 25,388,715 Ordinary shares in the 
Company, representing 15.4% of the total voting rights.

6.  On 7 January 2019, BlackRock notified the Company that its 
holding has decreased to 5.7% of the issued share capital. 
Further, on 10 January 2019, BlackRock notified the Company 
that its holding was less than 5% of the issued share capital.

Further information on share capital can be found in note 
30 and on page 168.

Diversity
Hunting’s approach to diversity is based on policies that 
promote prejudice-free decision making and are focused 
on ensuring the right person is attached to the right role, 
to further all stakeholder interests. The Group’s diversity 
policy is located at www.huntingplc.com/environment-
and-society/our-people.aspx. The policy commits Hunting 
to building a working environment in which all individuals 
are able to make best use of their skills, free from unfair 
discrimination, victimisation, harassment and/or bullying, 
and in which all appointments are based on merit. Further, 
the objectives of the policy focus on recruitment, training 
and development, conditions of work and disciplinary 
procedures. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

63

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate governance report continued

Further, the Board has noted the recommendations of the 
Hampton-Alexander and Parker Committees regarding 
gender diversity and ethnicity. Consideration to these 
recommendations will continue to be made as the Board 
is refreshed over the coming years. At 31 December 2018, 
the Executive Committee and direct reports to members 
of the Executive Committee (excluding the executive 
Directors) totalled 67 employees with a gender balance of 
10% female and 90% male.

Further, the Board has noted the legislation to report on 
the Gender Pay Gap and CEO pay ratios for companies 
incorporated in the UK. Hunting confirms that none of the 
Group’s UK-based companies meet the reporting 
thresholds.

Ethnicity
Hunting’s global operating footprint extends to 11 countries 
and, at 31 December 2018, employed 2,772 people. The 
Group remains North American focused with over 70% of 
employees from that region at 31 December 2018.

Group ethnicity (%)

100

80

60

40

20

0

2016

2017

2018

North America

Europe 

Asia Pacific 

Rest of World

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chairman

28 February 2019

While there are no senior management diversity targets in 
place, all recruitment policies require fair and prejudice-free 
appointments, regardless of gender.

Gender
Gender diversity data of Hunting’s Board, senior 
management and workforce is noted below:

Board

2

5

Male (71%)

Female (29%) 

(2017 – Male 86% : Female 14%)

Senior Management

21

221

Male (91%)

Female (9%) 

(2017 – Male 91% : Female 9%)

Workforce

590

2,182

Male (79%)

Female (21%) 

(2017 – Male 79% : Female 21%)

Senior management, in the context of the chart above, is 
defined as an employee holding a senior position within 
the Group, and has management oversight of a key 
operational function. For further information on the 
Group’s workforce please refer to page 32.

64 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
Directors’ report

For the purpose of section 415 of the Companies Act 
2006, the Directors present their report and the audited 
financial statements of Hunting PLC for the year ended 
31 December 2018.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and parent Company and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

The Strategic Report, incorporating the Chairman’s 
Statement, Chief Executive’s Statement and Outlook, 
Market Review, Key Performance Indicators, Group 
Review, Segmental Review, Business Model and Strategy 
and Risk Management is located on pages 4 to 53. As 
permitted by legislation, the Board has chosen to set out 
within the Strategic Report some of the matters required 
to be disclosed in the Directors’ Report, which it considers 
to be complementary to communicating Hunting’s 
performance and position, as follows:

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group and parent Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Group and parent Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

 – changes in the Group and its interests (pages 14 to 18);
 – future developments (page 7);
 – risk management, objectives and policies  

(pages 44 to 47);

 – bribery and corruption (page 34);
 – employees (page 32);
 – ethnicity and diversity (pages 63 and 64); and
 – greenhouse gas emissions and environmental matters 

(page 37).

Up to the date of this report, there have been no post-
balance sheet events that require disclosure.

In addition, information relating to the Directors’ indemnity 
provisions, substantial shareholder interests and dividend 
waivers, as required by legislation, are disclosed within 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 59 to 64. 
Investor-related information and further disclosures 
incorporated into the Directors’ Report, such as 
information relating to the AGM, dividends, Directors’ 
powers and interests, share capital, political donations, 
research and development and significant agreements, 
can be found within the Shareholders’ Information section 
located on pages 167 to 169.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation. Company Law requires the 
Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the 
European Union and parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union. Under Company Law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group 
and parent Company for that period. In preparing the 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the parent Company’s website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ Confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group and parent 
Company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy. Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed in Board of Directors confirm that, 
to the best of their knowledge:

 – the parent Company financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Company;

 – the Group financial statements, which have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

 – the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and 
the position of the Group and parent Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ Report is approved:

 – so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group and parent Company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

 – they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 

taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Group and parent Company’s auditors are aware 
of that information.

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

By order of the Board

them consistently;

 – state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union have been followed for the Company 
financial statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
 – make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and parent Company will continue in business.

Ben Willey
Company Secretary

28 February 2019

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

65

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNomination committee report
For the year ended 31 December 2018

In 2018 the Committee’s work focused 
on the recruitment of new non-
executive Directors, following the 
planned retirement of John Nicholas 
and John Hofmeister, both of whom 
were appointed in 2009. 

After a thorough search process, we 
were pleased to recommend to the 
Board the appointment of Carol 
Chesney and Keith Lough, which 
maintains the Board’s strong 
governance and industry expertise 
required for the Company as it 
continues a new growth phase.

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chair of the Nomination Committee

66 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Composition and Frequency of Meetings
The Committee currently comprises the Company 
Chairman and all the independent non-executive Directors 
of the Company and is chaired by John (Jay) Glick. 

On 18 April 2018, John Nicholas retired from the Board 
and the Committee following completion of nine years’ 
service as a Director. 

On 23 April 2018, Carol Chesney and Keith Lough joined 
the Committee following their appointments as Directors.

On 30 August 2018, John Hofmeister also retired from the 
Board and the Committee following completion of nine 
years’ service as a Director.

The Committee meets as required to discuss succession 
matters and to ensure that an orderly process of Board 
refreshing occurs. 

In 2018, the Committee met three times, in February and 
April to consider and recommend new independent 
non-executive Directors, and in December to review its 
effectiveness.

The Committee operates under written terms of reference 
approved by the Board, which are published on the 
Company’s website at www.huntingplc.com. 

Attendance at the Nomination Committee meetings during 
the year is detailed in the table below:

Number of meetings held
Number of meetings attended 
(actual/possible):
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney (from 23 April 2018)
Jay Glick (Committee Chair)
John Hofmeister (to 30 August 2018)
Richard Hunting
Jim Johnson
Keith Lough (from 23 April 2018)
John Nicholas (to 18 April 2018)
Peter Rose

Member
3

Invitation

3/3
1/1
3/3
2/2
–
–
1/1
2/2
–

–
–
–
–
3/3
3/3
–
–
3/3

Re-appointment of Non-executive Director
In February 2018, Annell Bay was re-appointed for a 
second three-year term, following an evaluation process 
completed in December 2017.

Appointment of New Non-executive Directors
In 2018, John Nicholas and John Hofmeister were both 
due to retire as Directors, following completion of nine 
years’ service.

In anticipation of this, in H2 2017 the Committee 
commenced a process to recruit new independent 
non-executive Directors to succeed Messrs Nicholas 
and Hofmeister.

Committee Effectiveness
At its December meeting the Committee reviewed its 
terms of reference and considered its effectiveness, 
concluding that its performance had been satisfactory 
during the year.

Gender Diversity
In 2012, the Company issued its gender diversity policy 
for new Director appointments. Hunting’s diversity policy 
commits the Group to:

 – an embedded culture of equal opportunities for all 

employees, regardless of gender; 

 – require external recruitment consultants to submit their 
diversity policies to the Group prior to appointment; 

 – ensure that external consultants appointed by 

Hunting provide candidate shortlists comprising of an 
appropriate gender balance for consideration by the 
Nomination Committee; 

 – a target of at least one female Director of the Company 

when practicable; and 

 – a periodic review by the Nomination Committee 
of its progress in complying with best practice 
recommendations. 

Following the appointment of Annell Bay in 2015 and Carol 
Chesney in 2018, Hunting’s Board comprises 29% of 
female Directors, which is close to the recommended UK 
gender target of 33%. 

John (Jay) F. Glick
Chair of the Nomination Committee

28 February 2019

As part of the process, the Committee reviewed the skills 
profile required for the Company as the Group commenced 
a new phase of growth, following the industry downturn 
within the oil and gas sector, and also as the Group 
contemplated new governance recommendations 
published by the UK’s Financial Reporting Council.

The Committee concluded that the Board needed to 
maintain its strong industry experience, given that the 
Group had successfully navigated the market depression 
between 2014 and 2017 and was now poised for new 
growth in its core markets. Additionally, the Committee 
reviewed the regulatory environment in which Hunting 
operated in, and also concluded that maintaining strong 
UK governance expertise was also imperative, as new 
initiatives were published in the year, to which Hunting is 
looking to comply fully over time. The Committee also 
recognised the need to maintain strong and relevant 
financial expertise, as recommended by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

The Committee engaged Boyden Associates to assist 
with the selection process, which culminated in candidate 
interviews with members of the Nomination Committee 
and with the wider Board. Boyden Associates does not 
have a connection with the Company aside from this brief.

Following a thorough process, the Nomination Committee 
recommended to the Board the appointment of Carol 
Chesney who brings strong financial and governance 
experience, given her Directorships at two other FTSE 350 
companies, namely chairing the Audit Committees of 
Renishaw plc and Biffa plc. Keith Lough was also 
recommended to the Board for appointment, given his 
strong sector and financial experience, in particular with UK 
listed oil and gas exploration and production companies.

Mrs Chesney and Mr Lough were recommended for 
appointment by the Committee to the Board at its meeting 
on 17 April 2018, with both Directors joining the Board on 
23 April 2018. Mrs Chesney assumed the role of Chair of 
the Audit Committee from this date. Mr Lough was 
appointed Senior Independent Director on 30 August 2018.

As noted elsewhere, Annell Bay was appointed Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee on 30 August 2018. 

Senior Management Development and Succession
The Group appointed a global Chief Human Resources 
Officer during 2018. The new appointment will assist the 
executive Directors in furthering senior management 
development and succession, ensuring an appropriate 
pipeline of talent exists within the Group.

The Chief HR Officer will also develop reporting 
procedures to comply with the new principles contained 
within the revised UK Corporate Governance Code.

Board Evaluation
As noted in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 
61 to 62, the Board undertook an externally facilitated 
Board evaluation in 2018. The process concluded that the 
skills and experience of the Directors was strong and 
appropriate for the size and profile of the Group.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

67

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRemuneration committee report
For the year ended 31 December 2018

In 2018 the Group received strong 
backing from shareholders for its 
revised Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy, which has been applied 
throughout the year.

The levels of remuneration paid for 
the year reflect a strong return to 
growth for the Company, given the 
market momentum in the onshore 
US shale basins, leading to a 
financial performance well ahead 
of the Board’s expectations, and 
exceeding the annual targets set 
at the start of the year.

The Committee will continue to listen 
to, and take into account, comments 
from shareholders and market 
regulators regarding management 
remuneration and seek to match 
reward with performance.

Annell Bay
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

68 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee 

Introduction
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present my first 
Remuneration Committee Report to shareholders for the 
year ended 31 December 2018. This letter provides a 
summary of the work completed by the Remuneration 
Committee (“the Committee”) in the year, including the 
major decisions taken as it monitors executive 
remuneration and provides details on how the approved 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy was implemented during 
the year. John Hofmeister retired as a Director in August 
2018 and on behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
John for his strong contribution as a Director, particularly 
over the past four years as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, where significant progress has been made in 
aligning Hunting’s compensation practices to the evolving 
UK governance environment.

Major Decisions Made by the Committee
Implementation of new Policy: At the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) in April 2018, the Directors 
tabled a revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which 
reflected a full review of the remuneration framework 
operated by the Company. New aspects of the revised 
Policy include the introduction of an annual bonus deferral 
mechanism, whereby a proportion of the annual bonus 
awarded to the executive Directors is converted into 
Ordinary shares in the Company, to be held for two years. 
The operation of the Hunting Performance Share Plan 
(“HPSP”) was also amended to incorporate a two-year 
holding period on post-tax vested shares, which now 
means that Hunting’s long-term incentive arrangements 
operate on a five-year time frame, as recommended by 
the new UK Corporate Governance Code. The Committee 
has also amended the performance conditions of both 
the annual bonus and HPSP, with a personal performance 
component being added to the annual bonus and a 
strategic scorecard being added to the HPSP. Shareholders 
gave strong support to these proposals, with the resolution 
to approve the new Policy receiving 99% votes in favour 
at the AGM.

Base salary and fee review: In April 2018 the 
Committee reviewed benchmarked base salary data, 
prepared by Mercer/Kepler (“Kepler”). Following 
discussion, the base salary of the Chief Executive 
remained unchanged and the base salary of the Finance 
Director was increased by 3%, with effect from 1 April 
2018. This change in base salary was in line with the 
changes to Hunting’s workforce pay for 2018. All future 
salary reviews will now take place in April each year. 

In December 2017, the Board reviewed the fees paid to 
the non-executive Directors and the Chairman and 
following discussion, fees remained unchanged for 2018. 
In December 2018 the Committee reviewed benchmarked 
fee data for the Company Chairman and agreed a 5% 
increase to his annual fee to £183,750, effective from 
1 January 2019. This was in line with the proposed 
average increase in workforce salaries.

Annual bonus: The Group’s results continued to improve 
during 2018, driven by high completion activity levels 
within the US onshore shale basins. These activity levels 
led to strong increases in profitability within the Hunting 
Titan and US operating segments of the Group, with the 
annual targets set in December 2017 being materially 
exceeded. For the year ended 31 December 2018, 
underlying profit before tax (“PBT”) was $104.0m and 
underlying return on capital employed (“ROCE”) was 9%. 
The annual targets agreed by the Board contained within 
the Group’s Annual Budget were PBT of $49.0m and 
ROCE of 4%. As both these key performance indicators 
exceeded the maximum targets set for 2018, a full vesting 
of these performance conditions was recorded. 

Following the introduction of the revised annual bonus 
plan arrangements in April 2018, 20% of the bonus is 
based on the delivery of personal performance objectives 
set by the Committee. In February 2019 the Committee 
met to discuss the delivery of these targets and as noted 
on pages 80 and 81 of this report, the Committee agreed 
that each executive Director had delivered on their 
respective personal objectives in full and agreed to award 
a full vesting of this portion of the annual bonus. 

Mr Johnson was therefore awarded an annual bonus of 
$1.4m and Mr Rose was awarded $651k. As required by 
the amended Directors’ Remuneration Policy, 25% of the 
post-tax value of these awards will be converted to 
Ordinary shares in the Company to be held by the 
executive Directors for a minimum of two years.

Vesting of HPSP Awards: On 25 February 2019, the 
Committee reviewed the final vesting report for the 2016 
share awards granted under the HPSP. Given the 
improved profitability of the Group through the three-year 
performance period, a full vesting of the EPS performance 
condition was recorded. Further, a nil vesting of the ROCE 
performance condition was recorded. The TSR 
performance condition was independently measured 
resulting in a top quartile ranking against Hunting’s peer 
group comprising of 14 companies leading to a full vesting 
of this portion of the 2016 grant. 

Peter Rose, as an executive Director on the date of grant, 
will be entitled to receive 111,328 Ordinary shares on 
11 March 2019, being the vesting date of the 2016 award, 
which reflects a 66.7% vesting of the performance 
conditions noted above.

Jim Johnson, serving as Chief Operating Officer below 
Board on the date of grant, was subject to a fourth 
performance condition, based on the Group’s internal 
manufacturing reject rate performance over the three-year 
period. This recorded a full vesting. Based on this 
outcome, Mr Johnson’s 2016 award will record a 75.0% 
vesting, and he will be entitled to receive 179,745 Ordinary 
shares on the vesting date.

Dividends paid by the Company during the performance 
period, totalling 8.0 cents per share, will be added to the 
final award, in line with the rules of the HPSP.

2018 AGM Result
As noted above, at the Company’s AGM held on 18 April 
2018, the Company received 99% votes in favour of the 
resolution to approve a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 

The Company also received 76% votes in favour of the 
resolution to approve the 2017 Annual Report on 
Remuneration. The Committee and the Hunting Board has 
considered the votes received in respect of the Annual 
Report on Remuneration, and given that the lower level 
of shareholder support was attributed to legacy 
remuneration arrangements in relation to the Group’s 
former Chief Executive, the Committee considers the 
matter has been fully addressed with no further actions 
planned by the Board.

Context of Remuneration Awarded in 2018
The Group’s strong performance in the year, as noted 
above, has led to an “Above Target” vesting of the annual 
bonus and HPSP. The single figure remuneration paid to 
Jim Johnson was therefore $3.7m in 2018 (2017 – $819k) 
and the remuneration paid to Peter Rose was $2.1m 
(2017 – $1.4m).

Activities Undertaken by the Remuneration 
Committee During 2018
The Committee’s principal activities and matters 
addressed during 2018 are as follows:

Feb Apr Aug Dec

Overall remuneration
Annual base salary review
Review senior management 
emoluments
Review total remuneration against 
benchmarked data
Items specific to annual bonus
Approve annual bonus including delivery 
of personal performance targets
Review Annual Bonus Plan Rules
Agree personal performance targets 
for year ahead
Items specific to long-term 
incentives
Approve HPSP vesting and new 
annual grant
Review HPSP performance conditions
Review HPSP grant performance targets
Governance and other matters
Approve Annual Report 
on Remuneration
Review and approve 
Remuneration Policy
Review governance voting reports
Review AGM proxy votes 
received for Annual Statement 
of Remuneration and Policy
Review Committee Effectiveness 
and Terms of Reference

Annell Bay
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

28 February 2019 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

69

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRemuneration at a glance

Remuneration Policy
A summary of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy is 
found on pages 72 to 76. The Policy was approved by 
shareholders on 18 April 2018, following a comprehensive 
review of Hunting PLC’s remuneration framework in 2017. 
As part of the deliberations of the Committee, feedback 
and recommendations from major institutional 
shareholders were incorporated into the revised Policy, 
particularly in respect to the weightings of KPIs within 
the short- and long-term incentive structures.

The results of the remuneration-related resolutions at the 
Company’s 2018 Annual General Meeting are noted on 
page 77 of the Annual Report on Remuneration, with a 
99% approval gained for the new Policy.

Link to Strategy and KPIs
The Group’s Key Performance Indicators are noted on 
pages 12 to 13 and include financial measures including 
profit before tax, return on capital employed and net 
earnings growth. Non-financial measures were 
incorporated into HPSP awards in 2018 and include the 
Group’s Quality Assurance and Safety performance. 
Both these metrics underpin Hunting’s standing and 
reputation in the global energy industry and supports 
the Group’s long-term strategy.

The Company’s chosen financial and non-financial KPIs 
are therefore central to measuring Hunting’s long-term 
success and are fully integrated into the remuneration 
framework approved by shareholders. The Committee 
also believes that these KPIs fully align executive 
remuneration to the broader shareholder experience.

Company Performance Summary
The performance of the Group in the year, as noted in 
the Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, 
reported a strong return to growth compared to 2017 
with results significantly exceeding the Annual Budget 
agreed in December 2017. 

This performance, coupled with a top quartile TSR 
performance when benchmarked to its industry peers 
provides the basis of the remuneration paid in the year.

Annual Bonus Policy
The annual bonus combines profit before tax, return 
on capital employed and personal performance targets 
as the basis of the short-term awards to the executive 
Directors.

Profit before tax 
(1-year)

$104.0m

212% of target

ROCE 
(1-year)

9%

207% of target

Fixed Pay 
Jim Johnson was appointed Chief Executive on 
1 September 2017, therefore his single figure 
remuneration for 2018 reflects his first, full year in the 
role. Benefits and pension arrangements for both the 
Chief Executive and Finance Director were materially 
unchanged during the year, however, the base salary of 
the Finance Director was increased 3% from 1 April 
2018, in line with changes across the wider workforce. 
Given this increase was implemented part way through 
the year, the actual period-on-period increase was 2.2%.

Annual Bonus 
The underlying target PBT and ROCE performance, as 
agreed by the Board in December 2017, was $49.0m and 
4% respectively. Achieved PBT and ROCE was $104.0m 
and 9% or 212% and 207% of budget, leading to a 
maximum vesting for the financial targets. The 
Committee set personal performance targets for both the 
Chief Executive and Finance Director and, as noted on 
pages 80 and 81 of the Annual Report on Remuneration, 
both executives achieved a full vesting. Based on these 
outcomes, the bonuses paid to the Chief Executive and 
Finance Director are $1.4m and £488k ($651k) respectively.

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Chief Executive

Finance Director

$700k

Unchanged

 £323k

+2%

$1,400k

-8%

 £488k

+3%

70 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Long-term Incentive Policy
The Group’s 2016 long-term incentive arrangements 
incorporated EPS, ROCE and TSR performance targets 
over a three-year period, divided equally into a one-third 
portion for each performance metric. 

Shareholder Experience
Total shareholder return is measured and ranked against 
a peer group of 14 companies, all focused on upstream 
oil and gas services. For the three years ended 
31 December 2018, Hunting had a top quartile ranking 
with a TSR of +79%, compared to the peer group median 
performance of 16%. 

Relative TSR  
(3-year)

Diluted EPS 
growth (3-year)

Average ROCE  
(3-year)

33%

33%

33%

Pay Scenarios

Chief Executive

Hunting Performance Share Plan 
As noted above, the 2016 awards to the executive 
Directors were based on the three performance 
conditions. The outcomes are presented below:

TSR (3-year)

EPS (3-year)

Top quartile
100% vesting

ROCE (3-year)

0.9%

0% vesting

152% growth

100% vesting

Internal manufacturing 
reject rate (3-year)*

0.4%

100% vesting

*  Jim Johnson’s 2016 HPSP was granted when he was Chief 

Operating Officer, with his award being subject to four equally 
weighted performance conditions.

On this basis, 66.7% of the share awards to Peter Rose 
will vest and he will receive 111,328 Ordinary shares. 

Jim Johnson’s 2016 award (which was granted before 
his promotion to the Board) incorporated a fourth 
performance condition, based on the internal 
manufacturing reject rate, which has vested in full. 
Mr Johnson’s award will therefore vest at 75.0% and 
he will receive 179,745 Ordinary shares.

Dividends paid by the Company during the vesting 
period, totalling 8.0 cents per share, will be added to 
the award.

Maximum

16%

26%

58%

Target

28%

22%

50%

Fixed

100%

Fixed

Annual Bonus 

HPSP 

Finance Director

Maximum

27%

31%

42%

Target

42%

24%

34%

Fixed

100%

Fixed

Annual Bonus 

HPSP 

$5,427k

$3,152k

$877k

$2,136k

$1,354k

$570k

Pay In the Year Summary
The remuneration outcomes for the executive Directors 
are therefore as follows:

Chief Executive 

Finance Director

$1,438k

$877k

$891k

$570k

$3,715k

$2,112k

$1,400k

$651k

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Fixed

Annual Bonus 

HPSP

179,745

Shares will vest

111,328

Shares will vest

This executive Director remuneration outcome is “Above Target” 
in respect to the scenarios table noted above.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

71

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration policy summary

Policy Overview
The Hunting PLC Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”), was approved by shareholders on 18 April 2018, following a comprehensive 
review of the Directors’ Remuneration framework in 2017. The full Policy can be found at www.huntingplc.com/investors/corporate-governance. 
The Policy reflects evolutionary changes consulted on with shareholders including simplification of the Annual Bonus Plan through the removal of 
the personal performance adjustor, and the introduction of best practice features such as annual bonus share deferral and a holding period on 
vested HPSP shares. The Policy is designed to comply with the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code and the Companies Act 2006 
regarding remuneration and to ensure that the Company can attract, retain and motivate talented executive Directors to promote and deliver 
long-term success for the Group. The package comprises fixed and variable incentives and is structured to link total reward to both corporate 
and individual performance. 

The remuneration structures of the Chief Executive and Finance Director are based on externally benchmarked data aimed at providing them 
with competitive levels of remuneration. The Chief Executive’s remuneration is benchmarked to global peers who are mostly headquartered in the 
US, while the Finance Director is benchmarked to UK listed companies of similar size.

Non-executive Director fees are set at levels that take into account the time commitment and responsibilities of each role. Given the small size of 
the Hunting Board, each non-executive Director is required to give an above average time commitment to Group matters. The non-executive 
Directors do not receive cash bonuses or other variable emoluments. The fees are benchmarked to other companies of a similar size, profile and 
profitability and are reviewed annually by the executive Directors. The Chairman’s fee is set by the Remuneration Committee. The Policy tables 
which follow below provide an overview of each element of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

Remuneration Committee Discretion
The Committee has defined areas of discretion within the Directors’ Policy framework. Where discretion is applied, the Committee will disclose 
the rationale for the application of discretion. The Committee will operate the Annual Bonus Plan and HPSP in accordance with the relevant plan 
rules and this Policy. The Committee retains discretion as to the operation and administration of these plans as follows: 

Annual Bonus 
 – Discretion to adjust the amount of any bonus to reflect any fact or circumstance that the Committee considers to be relevant, and to ensure 

that the outcome is a fair reflection of performance.

 – The assessment of part-year performance in the event of the exit of a Director, including but not limited to, reviewing forecast financial 

performance of the Group and the outlook of the business in the context of wider market conditions. Bonus awards for good leavers will 
generally be pro-rated for the proportion of the performance period completed.

 – The Committee may apply discretion to vary the percentage of an award settled in cash or shares.

HPSP
 – Selection of the TSR comparator group for the HPSP. The Committee reviews the comparator group annually ahead of each grant made 
to the executive Directors under the HPSP. The Committee also retains the discretion to make adjustments to the comparator group for 
subsisting awards if it believes that a constituent of the comparator group has distorted the vesting outcome if, for example, a constituent 
company has been subject to a material corporate action.

 – The Committee may amend the performance conditions applying to an award in exceptional circumstances if the new performance 

conditions are considered fair and reasonable, and are neither materially more nor materially less challenging than the original performance 
conditions when set. The oil and gas industry is a highly cyclical industry, where sentiment is driven by oil and gas commodity prices and 
activity levels across the industry. Given that these market conditions are outside management’s control, the Committee retains the discretion 
to partially adjust the performance targets of the performance conditions adopted for the HPSP, to align with the general market outlook, 
while continuing to be a demanding and stretching incentive. Any upward discretion would be subject to prior shareholder consultation.

Other
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions available 
to it in connection with such payments) that are not in line with the Policy outlined above where the terms of the payment were agreed either:

 – before the Policy came into effect; or
 – at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not 

in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

Relevance to Employee Pay
The Policy tables summarise the remuneration structure that operates within Hunting and which also applies to senior executives of the Group. 
While bonus and pension arrangements are in place for most of the Group’s employees, lower aggregate remuneration operates at below the 
executive Director and senior manager level, with total remuneration driven by market comparatives and the individual responsibilities of each role.

Consideration of Employment Conditions Elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the general basic salary increases for the broader employee population when determining the annual salary increases 
for the executive Directors. Employees have not been consulted in respect of the design of the Company’s senior executive remuneration policy.

Other Information
Details of the terms of employment of the Directors, including Service Contracts, Letters of Appointment, New Director Recruitment and Leaver 
Policies are located in the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts and on the Company’s website at www.huntingplc.com. Jim Johnson and Peter 
Rose have a one-year notice period contained within their respective Service Contracts. Further, while Mr Johnson and Mr Rose do not hold any 
external directorships, the shareholder approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy makes provision for them to retain any fees for such directorships.

72 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Performance metrics
 – Individual and Group 

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

performance are taken 
into account when 
determining appropriate 
salaries.

Maximum opportunity
 – There is no prescribed 
maximum annual 
increase. Increases will 
normally be guided by 
the general increase for 
the broader employee 
population, but on 
occasions may need to 
recognise, for example, 
development in role, 
change in responsibility, 
and/or specific retention 
issues.

Maximum opportunity
 – Pension contributions 

Performance metrics
 – None.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

vary based on individual 
circumstances. 

Executive Director Remuneration Policy Table
Fixed Emoluments

Base Salary

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To attract, retain and 

reward executives with 
the necessary skills to 
effectively deliver the 
Company strategy.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To provide normal 
pension schemes 
appropriate to the 
country of residence.

Operation
 – Base salaries are 
set at competitive 
rates, which take into 
account the individual’s 
country of residence 
and primary operating 
location as well as pay 
for comparable roles in 
comparable companies.

 – Aimed at the market 

mid-point.

 – Annual increases take 
into account company 
performance, inflation 
in the UK, US and 
increases across the 
wider workforce.
 – Relocation and 
tax equalisation 
agreements are also 
in place for employees 
working across 
multiple geographic 
jurisdictions.

Operation
 – The Group contributes 
on behalf of the Chief 
Executive (currently 
resident in the US), to 
a US 401K deferred 
savings plan and an 
additional deferred 
compensation scheme.

 – The Finance Director 
(currently resident in 
the UK) receives an 
annual cash sum in 
lieu of contributions to 
a company pension 
scheme.

 – Additional benefits may 
be provided to ensure 
the Group remains 
competitive within the 
relevant local market.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

73

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ remuneration policy summary continued

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To provide normal 

Operation
 – Each executive Director 

benefits appropriate 
to the country of 
residence.

is provided with 
healthcare insurance 
and the option of a 
company car with fuel 
benefits.

 – Additional benefits may 
be provided to ensure 
the Group remains 
competitive within the 
relevant local market.

Performance metrics
 – None.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

Maximum opportunity
 – There is no maximum 
value set on benefits. 
They are set at a level 
that is comparable to 
market practice.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

Maximum opportunity
 – The Chief Executive and 
Finance Director have a 
maximum annual bonus 
opportunity of 200% 
and 150% of salary, 
respectively.

Performance metrics
 – The annual bonus 
is based 60% on 
underlying PBT, 20% 
on underlying ROCE 
and 20% on the delivery 
of Personal/Strategic 
objectives.

 – The vesting of the 
Personal/Strategic 
component is subject 
to a financial underpin. 
Should the financial 
targets not be met, a 
50% vesting cap of 
the Personal/Strategic 
component will be 
implemented.

Variable Emoluments

Annual Bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To incentivise annual 

delivery of financial and 
operational targets.

 – To provide a high 

reward potential for 
exceeding demanding 
targets.

Operation
 – Awards are subject 
to the Annual Bonus 
Plan rules adopted by 
the Board in 2010 and 
amended in 2018.

 – Bonus begins to accrue 

when 80% of the 
Annual Budget targets 
are achieved and 
increases on a straight-
line basis to a maximum 
when 120% of Budget 
is achieved.
 – For an on-target 

performance, defined 
as actual results equal 
to the Budget, the Chief 
Executive is paid 100% 
of base salary and the 
Finance Director is paid 
75% of base salary. 
 – 25% of the post-tax 
value of the annual 
bonus is payable in 
Hunting shares. These 
shares are required to 
be held for two years 
from the vesting date.
 – Malus and clawback 

provisions are 
incorporated and 
allow the Committee 
to reduce the bonus, 
potentially down to zero, 
in cases of material 
financial misstatement, 
calculation error or 
gross misconduct. 

74 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”)

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To align the interests 
of executives with 
shareholders in 
growing the value of 
the business over the 
long term.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

Operation
 – The HPSP provides 
for annual awards of 
performance shares 
or nil cost options to 
eligible participants.
 – Vesting is based on a 

three-year performance 
period.

 – On vesting, awards are 
subject to an additional 
two-year holding period 
(subject to settlement 
of any tax charges on 
vesting).

 – Awards are subject to 
clawback and malus 
provisions.

Maximum opportunity
 – Chief Executive: 550% 

of base salary.

 – Finance Director: 450% 

of base salary.

 – The policy limit provides 
the Committee with 
flexibility in cases such 
as recruitment.

 – The Committee has set 
the current award levels 
for the Chief Executive 
and Finance Director 
of 450% and 210% 
of salary, respectively 
and does not currently 
intend to increase 
these.

 – The Committee has 

 – Achievement of a 

threshold performance 
target results in a 25% 
vesting for any portion 
of the award.

the ability to exercise 
discretion to override 
the HPSP outcome in 
circumstances where 
strict application of the 
performance conditions 
would produce a 
result inconsistent 
with the Company’s 
remuneration principles. 
Any upward discretion 
would be subject 
to prior shareholder 
consultation.

Performance metrics
 – Awards vest on 
achievement of 
financial and strategic 
performance measures, 
measured over a 
three-year performance 
period.

 – Financial measures 
include EPS, ROCE 
and TSR and receive 
an aggregate weighting 
of 85% of each award. 
A fourth measure, in 
the form of a Strategic 
Scorecard, comprising 
a number of sub-
measures, having an 
aggregate weighting of 
15% of each award.

 – HPSP awards are 

based 35% on ROCE, 
25% on EPS, 25% 
on relative TSR and 
15% on a Strategic 
Scorecard. The 
Scorecard measures 
for 2018 include 
the Group’s Quality 
Assurance and Safety 
outcome across the 
performance period.

Minimum Stock Ownership Requirement

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To encourage the 
retention of shares 
under award to the 
executive Directors.

 – To align the long-
term interests of 
the executive with 
shareholders.

Maximum opportunity
 – The target holding of 
the Chief Executive is 
equal to the market 
value of 500% of base 
salary and for the 
Finance Director 200% 
of base salary.

Operation
 – Directors have five 

years to achieve the 
required holding 
level from the date of 
their appointment to 
the Board.
 – The Board has 

discretion to extend 
this time period if 
warranted by individual 
circumstances.

Performance metrics
 – None.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

75

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirectors’ remuneration policy summary continued

Non-executive Director Remuneration Policy Table
The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is designed to reflect the time and commitment of each to their respective roles.

Chairman and Non-executive Director Fees

Maximum opportunity
 – Fees paid to the non-

Performance metrics
 – None.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

executive Directors are 
benchmarked to other 
UK companies of a 
similar size and profile 
to the Group.

 – Given the small size 
of the Board, each 
non-executive Director 
is expected to give an 
above average time 
commitment to Group 
matters and fees are 
based on this increased 
commitment.
 – The Company’s 

Articles of Association 
prescribe aggregate 
maximum fees for 
all non-executive 
Directors which is set 
at £750,000 (c.$1.0m).

Maximum opportunity
 – The target holding 

Performance metrics
 – None.

Change to policy for 2019
 – None.

for the Chairman and 
non-executive Directors 
is equal to 100% of the 
annual fee.

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To attract and retain 
high-calibre non-
executive Directors 
by offering a market 
competitive fee.

Operation
 – Fees for the Chairman 
and non-executive 
Directors are determined 
by the Board as a 
whole, following 
receipt of external fee 
information and an 
assessment of the 
time commitment and 
responsibilities involved. 
 – The Chairman is paid a 
single consolidated fee 
of £183,750 ($245,000)
for his responsibilities 
including chairing the 
Nomination Committee.

 – The non-executive 

Directors are paid a 
basic fee of £60,000 
($80,000).

 – The Directors who 

chair the Board’s Audit 
and Remuneration 
Committees and the 
Senior Independent 
Director are paid an 
additional fee of £10,000 
($13,333) to reflect their 
extra responsibilities.

 – The non-executive 

Directors and Chairman 
do not participate in the 
Group’s share plans 
and do not receive 
a cash bonus or any 
other benefits.

Minimum Stock Ownership Requirement

Purpose and link to strategy
 – To align the non-

executive Directors’ 
interests with the 
long-term interests of 
shareholders.

Operation
 – Non-executive Directors 
are required to build up 
a holding of shares in 
the Company and have 
five years to achieve 
the required holding 
level from the date of 
their appointment to 
the Board.

Annell Bay
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

28 February 2019

76 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Annual report on remuneration

Introduction
The principles set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”), approved by shareholders in April 2018, have been applied throughout 
the year. The new Policy incorporates the following changes:

 – the addition of a Personal Performance measure to the annual bonus, whereby up to 20% of the bonus is awarded, subject to the satisfactory 

delivery of objectives set by the Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) during the year;

 – the performance measures of the annual bonus have been re-weighted, following consultation with major institutional investors, with the 

2018 award based up to 60% on underlying Profit Before Tax (“PBT”); up to 20% on Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”), and up to 20% 
on Personal Performance;

 – the introduction of a share deferral mechanism to the annual bonus, whereby 25% of the post-tax value of the bonus is delivered to the 

executive Directors in Hunting shares, to be held for two years;

 – the addition of a Strategic Scorecard to the Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”), whereby key non-financial performance indicators are 

measured, with the scorecard being up to 15% of the value granted annually to the executive Directors; and 

 – the performance measures of the HPSP have been re-weighted, following consultation with major institutional investors, with the 2018 grant 
based on 25% – Total Shareholder Return; 35% – Return on Capital Employed; 25% – Earnings Per Share; and 15% – Strategic Scorecard; 
and the addition of a two-year holding period for post-tax vested shares awarded under the HPSP.

Variable emoluments granted to the executive Directors from 2018 have therefore been based on this revised framework, with the outcomes 
recorded throughout this report.

Role, Membership and Attendance
The Committee is responsible for setting the remuneration of the executive Directors and the Company Chairman. The Chairman and Chief 
Executive are consulted on proposals relating to the remuneration of the Finance Director and designated senior management. Where appropriate, 
the Chairman and other Directors are invited by the Committee to attend meetings, but are not present when their own remuneration is considered. 
The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is agreed by the Board as a whole. The full scope of the role of the Committee is set out in its 
terms of reference, which are reviewed annually, and can be found on the Group’s website at www.huntingplc.com. The Committee consists entirely 
of independent non-executive Directors. The Committee met four times during the year and attendance details are shown in the table below.

Number of meetings held
Number of meetings attended (actual/possible):
Annell Bay (Committee Chair – from 30 August 2018)
Carol Chesney (from 23 April 2018)
Jay Glick
John Hofmeister (Committee Chair – to 30 August 2018)
Richard Hunting
Jim Johnson
John Nicholas (to 18 April 2018)
Keith Lough (from 23 April 2018)
Peter Rose

Member
4

By invitation

4/4
2/2
–
3/3
–
–
2/2
2/2
–

–
–
4/4
–
4/4
4/4
–
–
4/4

John Nicholas retired as a Director and member of the Committee on 18 April 2018. Carol Chesney and Keith Lough joined the Committee 
following their appointment as Directors of the Company on 23 April 2018. John Hofmeister retired as a Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee on 30 August 2018, following completion of nine years’ service. Annell Bay succeeded Mr Hofmeister as Chair of the Committee on 
the same date. At 31 December 2018 and up to the date of signature of the accounts, the members of the Committee and their unexpired term 
of office were:

Director
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney
Keith Lough

Latest appointment date
2 February 2018
23 April 2018
23 April 2018

Unexpired term as at 28 February 2019
23 months
26 months
26 months

Shareholder Voting at the 2018 AGM
At the AGM of the Company held in April 2018, the resolutions to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Annual Report on 
Remuneration received the following votes from shareholders:

For
Against
Votes withheldi
Total votes cast

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Annual Report on Remuneration

Number of votes
134,833,215
1,466,059
517,307
136,816,581

% of votes cast
98.92
1.08
–
100.00

Number of votes
102,139,351
32,768,195
1,909,035
136,816,581

% of votes cast
75.71
24.29
–
100.00

i.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not included in the calculation of the % of votes cast.

The Committee and Board noted the number of votes against received for the resolution to approve the Annual Report on Remuneration. Given 
the feedback from shareholders, the Board believe that the reduced level of support related to the remuneration paid to the Group’s former Chief 
Executive in 2017, which were in line with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the legacy clauses contained in his Service Contract. The 
Board believes that these matters have been fully resolved, with no further actions planned.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

77

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAnnual report on remuneration continued

Director Remuneration (audited)

2018
Executives
Jim Johnson
Peter Rose
Non-executives
Annell Bayix
Carol Chesney (from 23 April)x
Jay Glickxi
John Hofmeister (to 30 August)xii
Richard Huntingxiii
Keith Lough (from 23 April)xiv
John Nicholas (to 18 April)xv
Total

2017 (restated)
Executives
Jim Johnson (from 1 September)
Dennis Proctor (to 1 September)
Peter Rose
Non-executives
Annell Bay
Jay Glick
John Hofmeister
Richard Hunting
John Nicholas
Total

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Base  

salary/
feesi
$000

700
431

84
64
233
71
80
60
28
1,751

Benefitsii 

$000

Pensioniii 
$000

Sub total 
$000

51
31

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
82

126
108

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
234

877
570

84
64
233
71
80
60
28
2,067

Annual 
cash 
bonusiv 
$000

1,400
651

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,051

HPSP 
awardsvi 
$000

Sub total 
$000

Other 

remunerationviii 

$000

Total 
remuneration 
2018 
$000

1,438
891

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2,329

2,838
1,542

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4,380

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

3,715
2,112

84
64
233
71
80
60
28
6,447

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Base  

salary/
feesi
$000

233
524
407

77
126
103
112
90
1,672

Benefitsii 
$000

Pensioniii 
$000

Sub total 
$000

16
65
32

–
–
–
–
–
113

42
120
148

–
–
–
–
–
310

291
709
587

77
126
103
112
90
2,095

Annual 
cash 
bonusv 
$000

467
1,047
610

–
–
–
–
–
2,124

HPSP 
awardsvii 
$000

Sub total 
$000

Other 
remunerationviii

$000

Total 
remuneration 
2017 
$000

61
530
191

–
–
–
–
–
782

528
1,577
801

–
–
–
–
–
2,906

–
1,688
–

–
–
–
–
–
1,688

819
3,974
1,388

77
126
103
112
90
6,689

Notes:
i.  Jim Johnson was appointed Chief Executive on 1 September 2017, with an annual base salary of $700,000. During 2018, Mr Johnson’s base salary remained 

unchanged. On 1 April 2018, Mr Rose’s base salary was increased by 3% to £325,532 ($434,032) in line with salary increases implemented across the Group. The 
average £:$ exchange rate in the year was 1.3333 (2017 – 1.2877).

ii.  Benefits include the provision of healthcare insurance, a company car and fuel benefits. 
iii.  Jim Johnson’s and Dennis Proctor’s single figure pension remuneration represents Company contributions payable to their US pension arrangements. Peter Rose’s 

pension figure represents a cash sum in lieu of Company pension contribution, which is set at 25% of his annual base salary.

iv.  As noted in the Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, the operation of the annual bonus was revised during 2018, following approval of the new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy in April 2018. The financial targets for the bonus were set in December 2017 as part of the Annual Budget process, and the personal performance 
targets were confirmed with the executive Directors in January 2018. Given the strong performance of the Company during 2018, and as noted below, all targets set 
with the executive Directors were met, leading to a maximum vesting of the annual bonus. Jim Johnson was therefore awarded a bonus of $1.4m, and Peter Rose was 
awarded $651k. Under the revised rules of the Annual Bonus Plan, 25% of the post-tax value of the bonus is to be delivered to the executive Directors in Hunting shares.
In the year, Jim Johnson received a bonus totalling $466,690, reflecting his period of service as Chief Executive from 1 September 2017 and Peter Rose received a 
bonus totalling $610,466. Dennis Proctor’s bonus reflected a maximum payout, pro-rated for his period of service to 1 September 2017, totalling $1,047,467.

v. 

vi.  The share awards granted in 2016 under the HPSP had a three-year performance period to 31 December 2018. The awards were measured on this date against the 

performance conditions, with a 100% vesting recorded for the EPS performance condition and a nil vesting for the ROCE performance condition. The TSR 
performance condition was measured by Kepler in line with the HPSP rules, which resulted in a 100% vesting of this portion of the award. As an executive Director on 
the date of grant, Peter Rose will receive 111,328 Ordinary shares based on a 66.7% vesting. Jim Johnson’s award was made when he was Chief Operating Officer 
and incorporated a fourth performance condition based on the Group’s internal manufacturing reject rate. This performance condition has also vested in full, therefore 
Mr Johnson’s 2016 award will vest at 75.0% and he will receive 179,745 shares. For the purposes of the single figure calculation, the average mid-market closing price 
of £6.16 during Q4 2018 has been applied to the number of vested shares and converted to $ using the average £:$ exchange during Q4 2018, being $1.2865. 
Further, a cash payment equalling the dividends paid during the vesting period has been added to the single figure calculation, totalling 8.0 cents per vested share. 
The vesting date of the 2016 award is 11 March 2019, when the final values of the awards will be determined.

vii.  The 2015 awards under the HPSP had a three-year performance period to 31 December 2017. The awards were measured on this date against the performance 

conditions, with a nil vesting recorded for the EPS and ROCE performance metrics. The TSR performance condition was measured by Kepler in line with the HPSP 
rules, which resulted in a 49% vesting of this portion of the award granted. On this basis, Jim Johnson received 24,733 shares; Peter Rose received 17,234 shares 
and Dennis Proctor received 47,579 shares. The vesting date of the 2015 award was 30 April 2018. The market price of a Hunting PLC Ordinary share on 30 April 
2018 was £8.00 and converted to $ using the spot rate of $1.3527. Further, a cash payment equalling the dividends paid during the vesting period was added to the 
single figure calculation, totalling 30.9 cents per vested share. The value of Jim Johnson’s 2015 HPSP award included in the single figure table has been pro-rated for 
his time as an executive Director being 1 September 2017 to the date of vesting. The 2017 single figure table has been restated to reflect the actual values of the 
awards made to the executive Directors.

viii. Following Dennis Proctor’s retirement from the Group on 1 September 2017, a payment of $1,688,350 was made reflecting a payment in lieu of notice and other legal 

entitlements due under US employment law. 

ix.  Annell Bay was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 30 August 2018, with her 2018 fees increasing to reflect this additional responsibility.
x.  Carol Chesney was appointed as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee on 23 April 2018 with an annual fee of £70,000 ($93,331).
xi.  Jay Glick was appointed Company Chairman on 1 September 2017 with his annual fee increasing to £175,000 ($233,328). Mr Glick does not receive any additional 

fee for chairing the Nomination Committee.

xii.  John Hofmeister retired as a Director, Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 30 August 2018.
xiii. Richard Hunting retired as Company Chairman on 1 September 2017, with his annual fee reducing to £60,000 ($80,000).
xiv. Keith Lough was appointed as a Director on 23 April 2018 and subsequently Senior Independent Director on 30 August 2018, with an annual fee of £70,000 ($93,331).
xv.  John Nicholas retired as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee on 18 April 2018.

78 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

The remuneration of Peter Rose and the non-executive Directors is originally denominated in Sterling and is as follows:

2018
Executives
Peter Rosei
Non-executives
Annell Bayii
Carol Chesney (from 23 April)iii
Jay Glickiv
John Hofmeister (to 30 August)v
Richard Huntingvi
Keith Lough (from 23 April)vii
John Nicholas (to 18 April)viii

2017 (restated)
Executives
Peter Rose
Non-executives
Annell Bay
Jay Glickiv
John Hofmeister
Richard Huntingvi
John Nicholas

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Base 
salary/ 
fees
£000

323

63
48
175
53
60
45
21

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Sub total
£000

Annual 
cash  

bonus
£000

HPSP 
awards
£000

Sub total
£000

Other 
remuneration
£000

23

81

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

427

63
48
175
53
60
45
21

488

692

1,180

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Base 
salary/
fees
£000

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Sub total
£000

Annual 
cash
bonus
£000

HPSP
awards
£000

Sub total
£000

Other

remunerationi

£000

316

25

115

456

474

141

615

60
98
80
87
70

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

60
98
80
87
70

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

Total 
remuneration
2018
£000

1,607

63
48
175
53
60
45
21

Total 
remuneration
2017
£000

1,071

60
98
80
87
70

In April 2018, Peter Rose’s base salary was increased to £325,532 with effect from 1 April 2018.

Notes:
i. 
ii.  Annell Bay was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 30 August 2018, with her annual fee increasing to £70,000.
iii.  Carol Chesney was appointed a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee on 23 April 2018, with her annual fee set at £70,000.
iv.  Jay Glick was appointed Company Chairman on 1 September 2017, with his annual fee set at £175,000 for this role. 
v.  John Hofmeister retired as a Director, Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 30 August 2018.
vi.  Richard Hunting retired as Chairman on 1 September 2017, with his annual fee reducing to £60,000, in line with other NEDs.
vii.  Keith Lough was appointed as a Director on 23 April 2018 and subsequently Senior Independent Director on 30 August 2018, with his annual fee set at £70,000.
viii. John Nicholas retired as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee on 18 April 2018.

Salary and Fees
On 1 April 2018, Mr Rose’s base salary was increased by 3% to £325,532 ($434,032), in line with the base salary increases implemented across 
the wider workforce of the Group. Mr Johnson’s base salary remained unchanged during the year. 

In December 2018, the Board reviewed the fee levels for non-executive Directors, which resulted in no changes being made for 2019. The 
Committee also reviewed benchmarked fee data for the Company Chairman and in line with the proposed base salary increases across the 
workforce, agreed to increase his annual fee to £183,750, effective 1 January 2019.

Pensions (audited)
Jim Johnson is a member of a deferred compensation scheme in the US, which is anticipated to provide a lump sum on retirement and 
contributes to a US 401K match deferred savings plan. Company contributions to the former arrangement were $109,500 (2017 – $42,001) in 
the year. There are no additional benefits provided on early retirement from this arrangement. In the year, the Group contributed to Mr Johnson’s 
401K saving plan, totalling $16,500 (2017 – $16,200, as Chief Operating Officer). Mr Proctor’s pension contributions for 2017 are detailed in the 2017 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

In 2018, the Company paid a cash sum in lieu of a pension contribution to Peter Rose totalling $107,717 (£80,790) (2017 – $101,485/£78,811) 
representing 25% of his annual base salary. In 2016, Peter Rose’s pension arrangements were amended following the decision by the Group to 
cease contributions to the defined benefit section of the Hunting Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) operated in the UK. As a member of the 
Scheme, Mr Rose contributed to the Scheme up to 30 June 2016, the date on which all Group contributions ceased. No further benefits were 
built up during 2018 and during the year Mr Rose transferred the value of his benefits in the Scheme to his own pension arrangement meaning 
that there are $nil benefits due from the Scheme as at 31 December 2018 (2017 – $170,000 per annum). The Group has no further responsibility 
in relation to Mr Rose’s previous pension benefits. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

79

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAnnual report on remuneration continued

Annual Performance-Linked Bonus Plan (audited)
Following the Company’s Annual General Meeting in April 2018, the executive Director annual performance-linked bonus plan was amended, 
as noted in the introduction of this report. The revised operation of the bonus plan is therefore:

Proportion of award
60%
20%
20%

Performance metric
Underlying Profit before Tax
Underlying Return on Capital Employed
Personal Performance Objectives

Delivery of Financial Objectives
The financial performance targets for the 2018 annual bonus were as follows:

Underlying Profit before Tax
Underlying Return on Capital Employed

Threshold vesting
$39.2m
3%

Target vesting Maximum vesting
$58.8m
5%

$49.0m
4%

Actual result
$104.0m
9%

The financial elements of the annual bonus start to accrue when 80% of the Annual Budget targets are met, increasing on a straight-line basis up 
to 120% of the budget target. The Target Vesting values are the basis of the 2018 Annual Budget agreed by the Board in December 2017. In 
2018, the Group delivered an underlying profit before tax of $104.0m and an underlying return on capital employed of 9%. Based on this 
outcome, the financial targets exceeded 120% of the Annual Budget target, resulting in a maximum vesting of these components of the annual 
bonus award.

Delivery of Personal Objectives
The Personal Performance objectives agreed by the Committee with the executive Directors with effect from January 2018 were as follows:

Jim Johnson (Chief Executive)
 • Strategic Planning
 • Portfolio optimisation including an M&A framework
 • Development and implementation of the succession planning 
process with agreed development plans for key individuals

Peter Rose (Finance Director)
 • Strategic Planning
 • Implementation of Investor Relations Plans
 • Implementation of systems and process standardisation plans 

across business units with timetables and milestones

During the year, the Committee was updated on the progress of the objectives noted above – and for the year ending 31 December 2018 noted 
the following outcomes:

Strategic Planning and Portfolio Optimisation
In December 2017, the Board was presented a Strategic Plan by the Group’s leadership team, which focused the direction of Hunting on targeted 
efficiencies and growth objectives. The main pillars of the Strategic Plan included focusing the Group on key product areas, which delivered 
proprietary and high value technologies, higher facility utilisation and the removal of historic business silos, to drive higher margins to increase 
profitability. 

A restructuring of the Group’s organisation was also undertaken to improve the alignment of management with these Strategic priorities. As 
noted in the Corporate Governance Report, an Executive Committee of the Board was formed, comprising the regional managing directors of the 
Group, which enabled further alignment and efficiencies to deliver the business strategy.

In addition, elements of the Strategic Plan presented to the Board in December 2017 were delivered ahead of schedule, creating a greater focus 
on key product lines and geographies, which included rationalisation of the Group’s Africa operations, including the closure of facilities in Cape 
Town and Mombasa; and a performance review of the Group’s business and products portfolio, to enhance capital allocation.

These initiatives contributed to the following outcomes:

a.  Revenue increases of 26%;

  b.  Gross margin improvement of six percentage points to 30%;
c.  Strong levels of net cash – increasing $30.9m in the year;

  d.  Disciplined capital investments; and

e.  Restoration of dividends – 9.0 cents per share declared.

Succession Planning
Mr Johnson delivered a plan to the Board, which identified key personnel for leadership development and succession. A Chief HR Officer was 
recruited to enhance the management development process, including alignment to the Strategic Plan.

Investor Relations
The executive Directors delivered an Investor Relations programme, which broadened the Group’s investor marketing initiatives. An international 
investor plan was implemented, with greater focus on the US and key European investor communities.

Process Standardisation 
 Mr Rose restructured the Group’s financial management and reporting information, delivering efficiencies with better information flows 
and transparency to the Board and the investor community.

80 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
Further, the Committee noted the strong performance of the executive Directors through the year, following the leadership changes in 2017, 
providing stability to the senior management group and the re-inforcing of the strategic direction of the Group and the corporate values, which 
led to a successful performance in 2018. The Committee concluded that all Personal Performance objectives had been met during the year. 

Based on this outcome the following bonus awards were made to the executive Directors:

Proportion of annual bonus available
60%
20%
20%

Performance metric
Underlying Profit before Tax
Underlying Return on Capital Employed
Personal Performance Objectives

Proportion of annual bonus awarded
60%
20%
20%

Mr Johnson was therefore awarded a bonus of $1.4m (200% of base salary) and Mr Rose was awarded a bonus of $651k (150% of base salary). 
In line with the revised operation of the Annual Bonus Plan rules 25% of the post-tax value of the bonus is delivered in Hunting shares, to be held 
for two years. The value of Mr Johnson’s shares is c.$212,275 and Mr Rose’s shares is c.$86,258, with the balance being delivered in cash.

In 2017 the annual bonus awards to the executive Directors were as follows: Mr Johnson – $466,690 and Mr Rose – $610,466.

2016 HPSP Vesting (audited)
On 31 December 2018, the 2016 awards under the HPSP were measured against the performance conditions following completion of the 
three-year performance period. The executive Director performance metrics were based on underlying diluted EPS; underlying ROCE; and 
relative TSR against a comparator group of 14 companies. A summary of the three-year EPS and ROCE performance is detailed below:

Underlying diluted EPS
Underlying ROCE

2015 
(Base year)
3.1c
n/a

2016
-45.3c
-7.7%

2017
8.0c
1.1%

Reported three-year 
performance
2018
152%
49.6c
9.3% Average = 0.9%

Required threshold 
vesting target
4.0%
10.0%

Required maximum 
vesting target
15.0%
17.0%

% Vesting 
outcome
100%
Nil

The EPS performance condition records a 100% vesting, based on the growth in underlying diluted EPS during the performance period. The 
average ROCE across the performance period was below the threshold vesting target, resulting in a nil vesting. The Total Shareholder Return 
performance condition was measured by Kepler in January 2019, following completion of the three-year performance period. Hunting’s TSR 
performance against the 14 comparator companies was then ranked, resulting in an top quartile position corresponding to 100% vesting of the 
TSR portion of the 2016 HPSP award. Given the full vesting of the EPS and TSR portions of the 2016 grant, the total vesting of the 2016 award is 
66.7% based on these three performance conditions. Peter Rose, as an executive Director across the whole performance period, will receive 
111,328 shares. As noted in the Letter from the Remuneration Committee Chair, Mr Johnson’s 2016 award was made when he was Chief 
Operating Officer and not an executive Director, with his award subject to a fourth performance condition based on the Group’s recorded 
average internal manufacturing reject rate across the performance period. The three-year outcome for this performance condition was 0.4%, with 
a threshold vesting target of 1.2% and a maximum vesting target of <0.6%. Based on this recorded performance, a 100% vesting has been 
recorded, equating to a 75.0% vesting for Mr Johnson’s 2016 award. On the vesting date, Mr Johnson will therefore receive 179,745 shares. A 
cash equivalent of dividends paid by the Company during the vesting period, totalling 8.0 cents per vested share, will be added to the award on 
the vesting date. The 2016 HPSP vesting has been calculated as follows: 

Jim Johnson**
Peter Rose

No. of shares 
granted in 2016
239,660
166,991

Vesting
%
75.0
66.7

No. of 
shares vested 
179,745
111,328

Value of vested 
shares at 
31 December 
2018*
$
1,423,595
881,727

Value of dividends 
at 8.0 cents 
per share
$
14,380
8,906

Total award value
$
1,437,975
890,633

*  As per the methodology for reporting the values of unvested awards, the average price of a Hunting PLC share during Q4 2018 has been applied and converted to $ 

at the average $:£ exchange rate for the period.

**  Jim Johnson’s 2016 award, as Chief Operating Officer on the date of grant, was subject to a fourth performance condition which has vested in full, equating to a 75% 

vesting of his award.

Final award values will be determined on 11 March 2019, being the vesting date of the 2016 award, and will be reported in the 2019 Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

2015 HPSP Vesting (audited)
On 31 December 2017, the 2015 awards under the HPSP were measured against the performance conditions following completion of the 
three-year performance period. The performance metrics were based on underlying diluted EPS; underlying ROCE; and relative TSR against 
a comparator group of 32 companies. A summary of the three-year EPS and ROCE performance is detailed below:

Underlying diluted EPS
Underlying ROCE

2014 
(Base year)
100.0c
13.1%

2015
3.1c
1.1%

2016
-45.3c
-7.7%

Reported three-year 
performance
2017
8.0c
Negative
1.1% Average = -1.8%

Required threshold 
vesting target
6.0%
12.0%

Required maximum 
vesting target
15.0%
17.0%

% Vesting 
outcome
Nil
Nil

The Total Shareholder Return performance condition, as set out in the award, was measured by Kepler in January 2018 following completion of 
the three-year performance period. Hunting’s TSR performance against the 32 comparator companies was then ranked, resulting in an above 
median position. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

81

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAnnual report on remuneration continued

On this basis, 49% of the TSR portion of the 2015 HPSP award vested on 30 April 2018, with Mr Johnson receiving 24,733 shares and Peter 
Rose receiving 17,234 shares. The share price on the day of vesting was 800 pence. A cash equivalent of dividends paid by the Company during 
the vesting period, totalling 30.9 cents per vested share, was added to the award in line with the plan rules. The 2015 HPSP vested awards are 
as follows: 

Jim Johnson*
Peter Rose

No. of shares 
granted in 2015
151,429
105,513

Vesting
%
16.3
16.3

No. of 
shares vested
24,733
17,234

Value of vested 
shares at  

30 April 2018
$
59,475
186,490

Value of dividends 
at 30.9 cents 
per share
$
1,698
4,722

Restated 
award value
$
61,173
191,212

*  Jim Johnson’s single figure 2017 HPSP award has been pro-rated from his appointment as Chief Executive on 1 September 2017. The gross value of the award was 

$275,279.

The final award values were determined on 30 April 2018, being the vesting date of the 2015 award, with the 2017 single figure table restated to 
reflect the share price on the day of vesting.

2018 HPSP Grant (audited)
On 19 April 2018, the Committee approved the grant of nil-cost share awards to Jim Johnson and nil-cost options to Peter Rose under the rules 
of the HPSP. Awards will vest on 19 April 2021, subject to the achievement of the performance metrics detailed on page 75 of the Policy. Details 
of the grant are as follows:

Director
Jim Johnson
Peter Rose

Award as % of 
base salary
450%
210%

Number of shares 
under grant
286,624
87,085

Face value of award 
at threshold vesting 
of 25%
$
787,500
240,753

Face value of 
maximum award 
vesting at 100%
$
3,150,000
963,012

The Remuneration Committee has adopted absolute EPS, ROCE and TSR targets for the grants to the executive Directors in 2018. Following the 
approval by shareholders of the revised operation of the HPSP, the Committee has also added a Strategic Scorecard as a fourth performance 
metric for the awards to the executive Directors which is subdivided equally between two non-financial KPIs, namely Quality Assurance and 
Safety performance metrics published by the Group during the performance period.

The targets for each performance condition are as follows:

Performance conditioni
TSR
EPS
ROCE
Strategic Scorecard
– Quality Assurance
– Safety

Proportion of award
25%
25%
35%

7.5%
7.5%

Threshold vesting target
Median
30 cents
6%

0.8
2.00

Maximum vesting target
Upper quartile
50 cents
15%

0.5
<1.00

i.  To be achieved in the three years ending 31 December 2020.

The following quoted businesses comprise the TSR comparator group for the 2018 award:

Aker Solutions
Dril-Quip
Flotek Industries
Forum Energy Technologies
Frank’s International

National Oilwell Varco
Oil States International
Schoeller-Bleckmann
Superior Energy Services
TechnipFMC

Tenaris
Vallourec
Weatherford International
Weir Group 

The face value of the 2018 award is based on the closing mid-market share price on 18 April 2018, which was 785.0 pence. 

Other Payments to Past Directors and for Loss of Office (audited)
Dennis Proctor, the Group’s former Chief Executive, retired from the Company on 1 September 2017 and was treated as a good leaver. 
With the exception of outstanding HPSP awards, no emoluments were paid to Mr Proctor in 2018. Mr Proctor’s 2015 HPSP grant vested on  
30 April 2018, where he received 47,579 Ordinary shares and a cash equivalent dividend of $14,702. The value of Mr Proctor’s award on  
30 April 2018 was $529,557. In the year there were no payments in relation to loss of office.

Executive Director Remuneration and the Wider Workforce
The changes to the remuneration of the Chief Executive in 2018 compared to 2017 and those of the total workforce are as follows:

Base salary
Bonus
Benefits

82 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Chief Executive
-8%
-8%
-25%

Average 
employee
0%
+33%
+8%

Directors’ Shareholdings, Ownership Policy and Share Interests (audited) 
The beneficial interests of the Directors in the issued Ordinary shares of the Company are as follows:

Director i
Executives
Jim Johnson 
Peter Rose
Non-executives
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney
Jay Glick
John Hofmeister
Richard Hunting
– as trustee
– as Director of Hunting Investments Limited
Keith Lough
John Nicholas

At  
31 December 
2018ii

At  
31 December 
2017ii

66,966
97,028

52,000
87,923

11,840
2,000
23,000
25,000
466,583
924,049
11,003,487
2,000
11,000

11,840
–
13,500
25,000
466,583
924,049
11,073,487
–
11,000

i.  Beneficial share interests are those Ordinary shares owned by the Director or spouse, which the Director is free to dispose of.
ii.  Or cessation date.

There have been no further changes to the Directors’ share interests in the period 31 December 2018 to 28 February 2019.

In 2014, the Group implemented a share ownership policy that requires Directors and certain senior executives within the Group to build up a 
holding in shares equal in value to a certain multiple of their base salary or annual fee. The multiple takes into account the post-tax value of 
vested but unexercised share awards or options. The required shareholding of each Director and the current shareholding as a multiple of base 
salary as at 31 December 2018 is presented below:

Director
Jim Johnson 
Peter Rose
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney
Jay Glick
Richard Hunting
Keith Lough

Required holding expressed as a multiple of 
base salary or fee
5
2
1
1
1
1
1

Value of holding in shares including the 
post-tax value of vested but unexercised 
share awards and options expressed as a 
multiple of base salary or fee as at 
31 December 2018
0.5
1.4
0.8
0.1
0.6
37.3
0.1

Requirement met?
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N

The interests of the executive Directors over Ordinary shares of the Group under the ESOP and HPSP are set out below. The vesting of options 
and awards are subject to performance conditions set out within the Policy on page 75.

Director
Jim Johnson
Sub total

Sub total
Total

Peter Rose
Sub total

Sub total
Total

Interests at 
1 January 
2018
15,169
15,169
151,429
239,660
223,533
–
614,622
629,791

21,670
21,670
105,513
166,991
115,889
–
388,393
410,063

Options/
awards 
granted 
in year
–
–
–
–
–
286,624
286,624
286,624

–
–
–
–
–
87,085
87,085
87,085

Options/ 
awards 
exercised 
in year
–
–
(24,733)
–
–
–
(24,733)
(24,733)

–
–
(17,234)
–
–
–
(17,234)
(17,234)

Options/ 
awards  
lapsed  
in year
(15,169)
(15,169)
(126,696)
–
–
–
(126,696)
(141,865)

(21,670)
(21,670)
(88,279)
–
–
–
(88,279)
(109,949)

Interests at 
31 December 
2018
–
–
–
239,660^
223,533^
286,624^
749,817
749,817

–
–
–
166,991~
115,889~
87,085~
369,965
369,965

Exercise 
price
p

Expiry date
784.5 04.03.08 04.03.11 03.03.18

Grant date

Date 
exercisable

nil 28.04.15 28.04.18
nil 11.03.16 11.03.19
nil 03.03.17 03.03.20
nil 19.04.18 19.04.21

–
–
–
–

Scheme
ESOP

HPSP
HPSP
HPSP
HPSP

784.5 04.03.08 04.03.11 03.03.18

ESOP

nil 28.04.15 28.04.18 27.04.25
nil 11.03.16 11.03.19 10.03.26
nil 03.03.17 03.03.20 02.03.27
nil 19.04.18 19.04.21 18.04.28

HPSP
HPSP
HPSP
HPSP

^   Nil-cost share awards that are not yet vested or exercisable and still subject to the performance conditions being measured in accordance with the HPSP rules.
~   Nil-cost share options that are not yet vested or exercisable and still subject to the performance conditions being measured in accordance with the HPSP rules.

On 3 March 2018, the final awards under the Hunting ESOP expired. The average exercise price for the 2015 HPSP awards was 800.0 pence.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

83

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAnnual report on remuneration continued

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay
The table below shows the relative importance of spend on employee remuneration in relation to corporate taxation, dividends and capital 
investment. The choice of performance metrics represents certain operating costs of the Group and the use of operating cash flows in delivering 
long-term shareholder value.

Employee remunerationi
Net tax (paid) receivedii
Dividends paidii
Capital investmentii

2018
$m
254.5
(2.6)
6.6
30.1

2017
$m
215.3
6.5
–
11.4

Change
+18%
n/a
n/a
164%

Includes staff costs for the year (note 8) plus benefits in kind of $32.7m (2017 – $25.9m), which primarily comprises US medical insurance costs. 

i. 
ii.  Please refer to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 102.

Executive Director Remuneration and Shareholder Returns
The following chart compares the TSR of Hunting PLC between 2008 and 2018 to the DJ Stoxx TM Oil Equipment, Services and Distribution 
and DJ US Oil Equipment and Services indices. In the opinion of the Directors, these indices are the most appropriate indices against which the 
shareholder return of the Company’s shares should be compared because they comprise other companies in the oil and gas services sector.

Total Shareholder Return
(Rebased to 100 at 31 December 2008)

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

31/12/08

31/12/09

31/12/10

31/12/11

31/12/12

31/12/13

31/12/14

31/12/15

31/12/16

31/12/17

31/12/18

 Hunting PLC

DJ US Oil Equipment & Services

DJ Stoxx TM Oil Equipment, Services & Distribution

Summary Table of Chief Executive’s Remuneration
The accompanying table details remuneration of the Chief Executive:

2018 – Jim Johnson
2017 – Jim Johnson (from 1 September)v
2017 – Dennis Proctor (to 1 September)v
2016 – Dennis Proctor
2015 – Dennis Proctor
2014 – Dennis Proctor
2013 – Dennis Proctor
2012 – Dennis Proctor
2011 – Dennis Proctor
2010 – Dennis Proctor
2009 – Dennis Proctor

Single figure 
remunerationi
$000
3,715
819
3,974
941
1,031
4,808
4,442
5,497
3,261
1,876
2,363

Annual 
cash bonus
%ii
100
33
67
Nil
Nil
57
42
75
100
100
17

ESOP/PSP/ 
HPSP 
% vestingiii
75
4
13
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
66
Nil
100
100

LTIP
% awardiv
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Nil
100
100
100
31
5
62

i.  Single figure remuneration reflects the aggregate remuneration paid to the Chief Executive as defined within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
ii.  Annual cash bonus percentages reflect the bonus received by the Chief Executive each year expressed as a percentage of maximum bonus opportunity. 
iii.  Percentage vesting reflects the % of the ESOP that vested in the financial year and the % of the PSP and HPSP where a substantial portion of the performance period 

was completed at the financial year-end. Messrs Johnson’s and Proctor’s awards have been pro-rated for their period of service as Chief Executive.

iv.  LTIP award percentage reflects the award value expressed as a percentage of maximum award opportunity received each year measured at 31 December. The LTIP 

expired in 2015, with no further awards outstanding.

v.  2017 single figure data has been restated to reflect the final vesting values of the 2015 HPSP award.

84 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
Implementation of Policies in 2019
The remuneration policies for 2019 will be applied in line with those detailed on pages 73 to 82 of the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts. 

Salary and Fees
In December 2018, the Board concluded that there would be no changes made to fees payable to the non-executive Directors for 2019. As noted 
in the letter from the Committee Chair, the Company Chairman’s fee was increased by 5% with effect from 1 January 2019 to £183,750.

As noted above, the Remuneration Committee will meet in April 2019 to consider base salary changes for the executive Directors. Any changes 
are likely to align with Group-wide base salary increases.

Annual Bonus
The annual performance-linked bonus for 2019 will operate in line with the revised Remuneration Policy. The Committee will disclose details of 
the retrospective performance against the pre-set financial and personal performance targets, as the Board believes that forward disclosure of 
these targets is commercially sensitive. The annual bonus weightings will remain unchanged from 2018, being 60% PBT, 20% ROCE and 20% 
personal performance.

HPSP
The grants to the executive Directors for 2019 will be made in March 2019. The performance conditions, weightings and targets for the HPSP 
award will generally align with the 2018 HPSP grant. The performance targets will be included in the Stock Exchange announcement to be issued 
on award of the 2019 HPSP grant. Financial targets will be based on accounting policies before the adoption of IFRS 16, with the targets to be 
re-stated after the accounting impact of IFRS 16 Leases has been finalised.

External Advisers
During the year, Kepler and Pearl Meyer and Partners were engaged by the Committee to provide remuneration consultancy services. Both firms 
were subject to a formal tender process prior to appointment and are regarded as independent, having been appointed by and acting under 
direction of the Committee. The total cost of advice to the Committee during the year to 31 December 2018, which was wholly related to services 
provided by Kepler, was $104,727 (2017 – $131,617) and includes fees paid in respect of the review of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, share 
plans and remuneration reporting disclosure requirements. 

Compliance Statement
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 2018 Annual Report on Remuneration reflect the Remuneration Committee’s reporting requirements 
under the amended Companies Act 2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013. 

The 2018 Annual Report on Remuneration, which includes the Letter from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, details how the 
approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy was applied during 2018.

Annell Bay
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

85

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAudit committee report
For the year ended 31 December 2018

2018 was a year in which the Company 
returned to underlying and reported 
profitability and restored dividend 
distributions to shareholders. While 
the Group’s US-based businesses 
reported good results, other regions 
remained subdued and loss making. 
Therefore, detailed work to monitor 
possible impairments to the carrying 
values of these assets continued 
throughout the reporting period.

2018 was the final year for PwC as the 
Group’s external auditors and the 
Committee would like to thank them 
for their professionalism and expertise 
provided to the Group over many 
years. Our relationship with Deloitte 
has started well, with oversight work 
completed in the year to ensure an 
orderly transition.

Carol Chesney
Chair of the Audit Committee

86 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Composition and Frequency of Meetings
The Committee currently comprises three independent 
non-executive Directors and is chaired by Carol Chesney. 

John Nicholas stepped down as a Director and Chair of 
the Committee on 18 April 2018. John was succeeded by 
Mrs Chesney on 23 April 2018. On the same date Keith 
Lough joined the Committee on his appointment to the 
Board, and Richard Hunting stepped down from the 
Committee, at which point the Audit Committee became 
fully compliant with provision 3.1 of the 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code. John Hofmeister also stepped down 
from the Committee on his retirement from the Board on 
30 August 2018. At the year-end, the Committee 
comprised only independent non-executive Directors.

Mrs Chesney is a qualified Chartered Accountant and is 
considered to have recent and relevant financial 
experience. Mr Lough and Ms Bay (Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee) have experience of the global 
energy industry, with particular expertise within the UK 
and US oil and gas markets. Further details of the 
Committee’s experience can be found in the biographical 
summaries set out on pages 56 and 57.

The Committee usually meets four times a year and 
operates under written terms of reference approved by the 
Board, which are published on the Company’s website at 
www.huntingplc.com. 

In 2018, the Committee met four times, in February, April, 
August and December, and the attendance record of 
Committee members during the year is noted below. 

Number of meetings held
Number of meetings 
attended (actual/possible):
Annell Bay
Carol Chesney (Committee Chair 
from 23 April 2018)
Jay Glick
John Hofmeister (to 30 August 2018)
Richard Hunting
Jim Johnson
Keith Lough (from 23 April 2018)
John Nicholas (Committee Chair to 
18 April 2018)
Peter Rose

Member
4

Invitation

4/4

2/2
–
3/3
2/2
–
2/2

2/2
–

–

–
4/4
–
2/2
4/4
–

–
4/4

The Chairman, Chief Executive, Finance Director, internal 
and external auditors are normally invited to attend 
meetings. 

Responsibilities
The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to:

 – monitor and review reports from the executive 

Directors, including the Group’s financial statements 
and Stock Exchange announcements; 

 – provide the Board with a recommendation regarding 
the Half-Year and Annual Report and Accounts, 
including whether they are fair, balanced and 
understandable; 

 – review the Company’s and Group’s Going Concern 

and Viability Statements;

 – monitor, review and assess the Group’s systems of 

risk management and internal control; 

 – review reports from the Group’s external and internal 
auditors, including details of the audit programmes 
and scope; 

 – consider and recommend to the Board the 

appointment or reappointment of the external auditors 
as applicable; 

 – agree the scope and fees of the external audit;
 – monitor and approve engagement of the external 

auditors for the provision of non-audit services to the 
Group; 

 – review the external auditors’ independence, 

effectiveness of the audit process, and assess the 
level and quality of service in relation to fees paid;

 – monitor corporate governance and accounting 

developments;

 – monitor the Group’s Bribery Act compliance 

procedures; and

 – review the procedures to comply with the UK Modern 

Slavery Act.

Work Undertaken by the Committee During 2018
The Committee discussed, reviewed and made a number 
of decisions on key areas throughout 2018, which are set 
out below:

Feb Apr Aug Dec

Financial reporting
Annual Report and Full-Year Results 
announcement
Going Concern Basis
Viability Statement
Interim Report and Interim Results 
announcement
Review Accounting Policies
Internal control and 
risk management
Risk management and internal 
control report
Key risks and mitigating controls
Effectiveness of internal controls 
and internal audit function
Internal Audit Report
Procedures for preventing bribery 
and corruption
Procedures for complying with the 
Modern Slavery Act
Internal audit programme and 
resourcing
External auditors
Auditors’ objectivity, independence 
and appointment
Full-year and Half-year report 
to the Audit Committee
Final Management Letter 
on internal controls
Auditors’ performance and effectiveness
Proposed year-end audit plan including 
scope, fees and engagement letter
Risk of auditor leaving the market
Other business
Whistleblowing and Bribery policy 
review
Committee effectiveness and Terms 
of Reference

External Auditors’ Transition Arrangements
In 2017, the Audit Committee undertook a tender process 
to appoint new external auditors to the Group, following 
the introduction of new legislation in the UK and EU, which 
required publicly listed companies to rotate its auditors, 
if they had exceeded a tenure of 20 years. 

Following the tender process, the Committee 
recommended to the Board the appointment of Deloitte 
LLP, who will be proposed for appointment at the 
Company’s AGM on 17 April 2019.

2018 is the final year for PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PwC”) 
as the Group’s auditors and, subject to Deloitte’s 
appointment being approved by shareholders at the AGM, 
PwC will retire as auditors on the same date. As part of 
the transition arrangements between the incumbent and 
new audit firms, Deloitte has shadowed the year-end audit 
process and has observed several meetings of the 
Committee.

Review of the 2018 Financial Statements
The Committee reviews final drafts of the Group’s Report 
and Accounts for both the half and full year. As part of this 
process, the performance of the Group’s major segments 
is considered, with key judgements, estimates and 
accounting policies being approved by the Committee 
ahead of a recommendation to the Board. In addition to 
briefings and supporting reports from the central finance 
team on significant issues, the Committee engages in 
discussion with the Group’s external auditors.

Significant issues reviewed by the Committee in 
connection with the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts 
were as follows:

Adoption of New Accounting Standards
During the year the Group adopted two new accounting 
standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Committee 
noted the work of the Group’s central finance function in 
addition to the work of the external auditors who 
confirmed that the current and prior year financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
new accounting standards. Following discussion, the 
Committee was satisfied with the work completed and 
the financial statements as presented.

Impairment Reviews
In the year, the Group reported improved results driven 
by increased activity levels in the US onshore market, 
including strong completion activity within the established 
shale regions. The Committee noted that while the 
Hunting Titan and US operating segments reported 
profitability, the Group’s other segments continued to 
report losses due to the subdued offshore and 
international drilling markets. Given this trading 
environment, management conducted a review for 
indicators of impairment on the carrying values of assets 
held on the Group’s balance sheet for the half-year and 
year-end. This process concluded that no impairments 
were necessary in the year.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

87

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationExceptional Items Charged to the Consolidated 
Income Statement
The Committee considered the accounting policy 
definition of exceptional items and the items included 
within the financial statements to ensure consistency 
of treatment and adherence to policy. 

Exceptional items recorded in respect of the Group’s 
operations for the full year were $nil (2017 – $10.0m). At 
the Group’s Half-Year Results in August 2018, a $2.0m 
provision was reversed, relating to the closure costs of the 
Group’s facility in Cape Town, South Africa. In addition, a 
$2.0m provision was charged in respect of closure costs 
of the Group’s Mombasa, Kenya, facility. As noted above, 
an exceptional tax credit was recorded in the year, 
predominately relating to the recognition of deferred 
tax assets.

Going Concern Basis and Viability Statement
The Committee monitored assumptions around Going 
Concern at the half and full year, as well as those around 
the Group’s Viability Statement for the full year. Driven 
by the improved profitability of the Group, led by the 
performance of the Hunting Titan and the US operating 
segments, the Committee concluded that good support 
to Hunting’s longer-term viability exists. Further, the 
assessment is supported by the year-end net cash 
position of $61.3m (2017 – $30.4m).

These factors supported the Committee’s assessment of 
the Going Concern Statement and the Viability Statement, 
as contained in the Risk Management section on page 53. 
The statements considered by the Committee were 
supported by reviews of the regular forecast updates 
provided by management and reviewing bank covenant 
compliance reports.

In the year, Hunting remained fully compliant with its 
bank covenants, with the Group reverting to its normal 
profit-based covenants in January 2018. Discussions with 
the Group’s lenders commenced in September 2018 to 
“amend and extend” the Group’s core revolving credit 
facility to 2022, which concluded in December 2018. 
Hunting agreed to the reduction in the facility from $200m 
to $160m, with an option to increase the facility by a 
further $75m to $235m and extend the facility’s maturity 
date to 2023. In addition, the participating members of 
the lending group have reduced from five to four.

On 25 February 2019, the Audit Committee approved the 
Viability Statement, detailed on page 53 of the Strategic 
Report, noting that it presented a reasonable outlook for 
the Group for the next three years.

Audit committee report continued

Property, Plant and Equipment (“PPE”)
The year-end balance sheet includes PPE of $360.2m 
(2017 – $383.3m). This represents approximately 30% 
of the Group’s net assets (2017 – 34%). No impairments 
were charged to the income statement in the year. The 
Committee reviewed the PPE impairment tests and, 
following discussion, was satisfied that the assumptions 
and the disclosures in the year-end accounts were 
appropriate. 

Goodwill
The year-end balance sheet includes goodwill of $229.9m 
(2017 – $230.3m). This represents approximately 19% of 
the Group’s net assets (2017 – 21%). Reviews for indicators 
of impairment to the carrying values of goodwill held by 
Hunting’s relevant businesses were undertaken at the half 
and full year, which confirmed that Hunting’s projections 
supported no need for impairment. The Committee 
considered the appropriateness of the assumptions and 
challenged the discount rates and the factors used in the 
review process. After discussion, it was satisfied that the 
assumptions and the disclosures in the year-end accounts 
were appropriate.

Other Intangible Assets
The carrying value of the Group’s other intangible assets 
was also reviewed resulting in no impairments (2017 – $nil) 
being recorded in the year. The amortisation charge 
recorded in the income statement was $31.9m 
(2017 – $31.2m). As with the goodwill impairment review, 
the Committee considered and confirmed the 
appropriateness of the assumptions, discount rates and 
factors used in the review process.

Inventory
At the year-end, the Group held $348.2m of inventory 
(2017 – $281.0m). The year-on-year increase is attributable 
to improved trading within Hunting’s onshore-focused 
businesses in the US, which have seen substantial 
increases in activity during the year. Due to the improving 
outlook for the industry, the carrying values have been 
assessed to be adequate. Further, the Committee 
reviewed year-end inventory carrying values and the work 
undertaken by management in assessing and supporting 
the carrying values. Given this, and together with the 
improved market conditions, the Committee concluded 
that inventory carrying values were fairly stated.

Taxation
In view of the international spread of operations, the 
Committee monitors tax risk, tax audits and provisions 
held for taxation. The Finance Director briefed the 
Committee on developments throughout the year.

As a consequence of the improved market and outlook, 
particularly in the US, the Group recognised deferred tax 
assets, which predominantly related to trading losses 
within the Group’s US business units incurred during the 
market downturn between 2014 and 2017. These deferred 
tax assets have been reported in the amortisation and 
exceptional items column of the income statement, as 
the origin of the tax losses relates primarily to impairment 
losses and the amortisation of intangible assets incurred 
in prior years. The underlying tax charge for the year 
was $22.0m and the reported tax credit for the year 
was $11.0m. 

88 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Fair, Balanced and Understandable Assessment
The Committee has reviewed the financial statements, 
together with the narrative contained within the Strategic 
Report set out on pages 1 to 53, and believes that the 
2018 Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable.

In arriving at this conclusion the Committee undertook 
the following:

 – review of early drafts of the Annual Report and 

Accounts, providing relevant feedback to the executive 
Directors; 

 – regular review and discussion of the financial results 
during the year, including briefings by Group finance 
and operational management; and 

 – receipt and review of reports from the external and 

internal auditors.

The Committee advised the Board of its conclusion that 
the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, 
was fair, balanced and understandable at a Meeting of the 
Directors on 26 February 2019.

Internal Audit
The Committee receives reports from the Internal Audit 
department and reviews the internal audit process and 
effectiveness as part of the Group’s internal control and 
risk assessment programme. An annual programme of 
internal audit assignments is reviewed and approved by 
the Committee. The Committee met with the Head of 
Internal Audit, without the presence of the executive 
Directors, on three occasions during the year. The 
effectiveness of the Internal Audit function was also 
considered by the Committee at its February meeting, 
which concluded that the function remained effective.

External Audit
The external auditors presented reports at the February, 
April, August and December meetings for consideration by 
the Audit Committee. In February 2019, a full-year report 
was considered ahead of publication of the Group’s 
Annual Report and Accounts; in April 2018 an internal 
control report was presented, following the year-end audit, 
and in August 2018 an interim report was presented, 
which included the proposed full-year audit scope and 
fees. An update to the full-year plan was presented at the 
December 2018 meeting. The Committee meets with the 
external auditors, without executive Directors present, at 
the end of each formal meeting.

During the year, the Company complied with the 
provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large 
Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Process and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014.

External Auditors’ Transition
As noted above, as part of transition arrangements agreed 
between the Company, PricewaterhouseCoopers and 
Deloitte, both firms attended Audit Committee meetings in 
August and December, ahead of finalising the 2018 Annual 
Report and Accounts at the Audit Committee meeting 
held on 25 February 2019. Deloitte also provided transition 
reports to the Audit Committee at the December 2018 and 
February 2019 meetings. 

Audit Scope
The Audit Committee considered the audit scope and 
materiality threshold. The audit scope addressed 
Group-wide risks and local statutory reporting, enhanced 
by desk-top reviews for smaller, low risk entities. 
Approximately 93% of the Group’s reported revenue and 
over 82% of the result before tax from operations, 
adjusted for the impairment of goodwill and other 
non-current assets, was audited, covering 22 reporting 
units across six countries.

Materiality
The Committee discussed materiality with the auditors 
regarding both accounting errors that will be brought to 
the Audit Committee’s attention and amounts that would 
need to be adjusted so that the financial statements give 
a true and fair view. Overall audit materiality was set at 
$4.4m (2017 – $5.0m). This equates to approximately 5% 
of the Group’s average absolute reported result before tax 
from operations, adjusted for the impairment of goodwill 
and other non-current assets, for the past five years. This 
is within the range for which audit opinions are considered 
to be reliable. Furthermore, the auditors agreed to draw to 
the Audit Committee’s attention all identified, uncorrected 
misstatements greater than $0.3m.

Audit Effectiveness and Independence
The external auditors’ full-year report includes a statement 
on their independence, their ability to remain objective and 
their ability to undertake an effective audit. The Committee 
considers and assesses this independence statement on 
behalf of the Board, taking into account the level of fees 
paid, particularly for non-audit services.

The effectiveness of the audit process is considered 
throughout the year, with a formal review undertaken at 
the April meeting of the Committee. The assessment 
considers the various matters including:

 – the auditors’ understanding of the Group’s business 

and industry sector;

 – the planning and execution of the audit plan approved 

by the Committee;

 – the communication between the Group and audit 

engagement team;

 – the auditors’ response to questions from the 

Committee, including during private meetings without 
management present;

 – the independence, objectivity and scepticism of the 

auditors; 

 – a report from the Finance Director and the Group 

Financial Controller; and 

 – finalisation of the audit work ahead of completion of the 

Annual Report and Accounts. 

In addition, the Committee reviewed and took account 
of the reports from the Financial Reporting Council on 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. After considering these 
matters, the Committee was satisfied with the 
effectiveness of the year-end audit process.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

89

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCode of Conduct
The Group’s Code of Conduct contains policies and 
procedures covering how the Group conducts business 
and maintains its relationships with business partners. 
The Code of Conduct is available on the Group’s website. 

Whistleblowing
The Company’s Senior Independent Director, Keith Lough, 
is the primary point of contact for staff of the Group to 
raise, in confidence, concerns they may have over 
possible improprieties, financial or otherwise. In addition, 
the Group engages the services of Safecall Limited to 
provide an independent and anonymous whistleblowing 
service available to staff across all of Hunting’s operations. 
All employees have been notified of these arrangements 
through the corporate magazine, Group notice boards and 
the Group’s website.

Review of Committee Effectiveness
During the year, the Committee reviewed its effectiveness 
and the Committee Chairman reported these findings to 
the Board. No issues were identified in this review process.

Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) – Review of 
Annual Report
As part of its remit, the FRC is authorised to review and 
investigate the Annual Accounts, Strategic Reports and 
Directors’ Reports of public and large private companies 
for compliance with relevant reporting requirements. 
Although these reviews are carried out by personnel 
skilled in the relevant legal and accounting frameworks, 
they are based solely on published report and accounts 
and do not benefit from a detailed knowledge of the 
company or the underlying transactions entered into. The 
FRC therefore requests companies referring to these 
reviews to make clear the limitations of the review process 
and that the review provides no assurance that the report 
and accounts are correct in all material respects. 

As part of its normal operating procedures, Hunting’s 
report and accounts for 2017 were selected for review by 
the FRC. Based on this review, the FRC had no questions 
or queries that it wished to raise and informed the 
Company of this by letter. The letter did note a number of 
areas where the FRC felt disclosures could be improved. 
The Audit Committee welcomes the constructive feedback 
from the FRC and, as a result, has enhanced disclosures 
in a number of areas of the 2018 Report and Accounts.

Carol Chesney
Chair of the Audit Committee

28 February 2019

Audit committee report continued

Non-Audit Services
The Committee closely monitors fees paid to the auditors 
in respect of non-audit services. With the exception of 
audit-related assurance services which totalled $0.1m 
(2017 – $0.1m), there were no non-audit services fees 
paid during the year (2017 – $nil). The scope and extent 
of non-audit work undertaken by the external auditors is 
monitored by, and requires prior approval from, the 
Committee to ensure that the provision of such services 
does not impair their independence or objectivity. 

The Board received copies of all reports submitted to the 
Committee.

Internal Controls
The Group has an established risk management 
framework and internal control environment, which was in 
operation throughout the year. The Committee monitors 
these arrangements on behalf of the Board and these are 
detailed in the Risk Management section of the Strategic 
Report on pages 44 to 53.

Bribery Act 
In compliance with the UK Bribery Act, Hunting has 
procedures in place, including the publication of 
Anti-bribery and Corruption policies and detailed 
guidelines on interacting with customers, suppliers and 
agents, including specific policies for gifts, entertainment 
and hospitality. Senior managers across the Group are 
required to report their compliance activities, including 
an evaluation of risk areas. The Group has completed 
a screening exercise to identify relevant employees 
who face a heightened risk of bribery, with all relevant 
personnel completing a formal training and compliance 
course, in line with the Group’s procedures. The 
Committee reviews the compliance procedures relating 
to the Bribery Act at its April and December meetings, 
which incorporates risk assessments completed by each 
business unit and gifts and entertainment disclosures 
made during the reporting period. The Group’s internal 
audit function reviews local compliance with the Bribery 
Act and reports control improvements and 
recommendations to the Committee, where appropriate.

Modern Slavery Act
The Modern Slavery Act 2015 was enacted during 2016 
and requires companies to evaluate internal and external 
risks related to human trafficking and modern slavery. 
Procedures were introduced during 2016 and continued 
in 2018, whereby each business unit across the Group 
completed due diligence on its workforce to highlight 
employment risks in relation to trafficking and slavery. 
All businesses within the Group also completed a 
risk-mapping exercise of their known supply chain to 
evaluate those customers and suppliers to the Group 
who operate in those jurisdictions where trafficking and 
slavery is more prevalent. Hunting published its second 
Modern Slavery Act report in March 2018, located at 
www.huntingplc.com. During 2018, a new “Code of 
Conduct” training course was rolled out by the Group to 
all employees that incorporates information on modern 
slavery and trafficking.

90 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Hunting PLC

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Hunting PLC’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”):
 • give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of the Group’s profit and the 

Group’s and the Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

 • have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union 

and, as regards the Company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

 • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 

4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2018; the Consolidated Income Statement and the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows, and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes 
in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the 
Group or the Company.

Other than those disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group or the Company in the 
period from 1 January 2018 to 31 December 2018.

Our Audit Approach
Overview

Materiality

 • Overall Group materiality: $4.4m (2017 – $5.0m), based on 5% of five-year average absolute profit or loss 

before tax from continuing operations adjusted for the impairment of goodwill and other non-current assets. 
We have used the absolute values for losses when calculating the five-year average as the Group has incurred 
both profits and losses for the financial year ended during the five years’ benchmark period.

 • Overall Company materiality: $7.1m (2017 – $7.1m), based on 1% of net assets.

Audit scope

 • We conducted audit work in six countries covering 22 reporting units and visited a number of audit locations, 

including one financially significant component, Hunting Titan, Inc. 

 • Components where we performed audit work accounted for approximately 93% of Group revenues and over 

82% of Group absolute adjusted profit or loss before tax from operations.

Key audit matters

 • Goodwill and non-current asset impairment assessment (Group).
 • Inventory valuation (Group).
 • Direct tax exposures and recognition of deferred tax assets (Group).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

91

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Hunting PLC continued

The Scope of our Audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, 
we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making 
assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

Capability of the Audit in Detecting Irregularities, Including Fraud 
Based on our understanding of the Group/industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to 
breaches of health, safety and environment risks and the laws and regulations issued by each jurisdiction in which the Group operates (see 
pages 49 to 52 of the Annual Report and Accounts), and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on 
the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the 
Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including 
the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase revenue 
and profitability or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates. The Group engagement team shared this risk assessment 
with the component auditors referred to in the scoping section of our report below, so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in 
response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component auditors included:
 • Discussions with management, internal audit and the Group’s legal advisers, including consideration of known or suspected instances of 

non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

 • Evaluation and testing of the operating effectiveness of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities, in particular their 

anti-bribery controls; 

 • Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s whistleblowing helpline and the results of management’s investigation of such matters;
 • Reading key correspondence with regulatory authorities in relation to compliance with emissions testing regulations;
 • Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to 

impairment of intangible fixed assets and inventory provisioning (see related key audit matter below);

 • Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations or posted by senior 

management; and

 • Review of significant component auditors’ work.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from 
the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment 
by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. 

Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

92 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill and Non-current Asset Impairment Assessment
Refer to page 87 and 88 (Audit Committee report), note 37 (principal 
accounting policies) and notes 12, 13 and 14. 

The Group holds $229.9m of goodwill on the balance sheet which is 
tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets held by the 
Group include customer relationships, unpatented technology, and 
patents & trademarks, total $99.8m and the Group has property, plant 
and equipment of $360.2m. Other non-current assets are tested for 
impairment if impairment triggers are identified. 

Determining the recoverable amount of non-current assets for 
impairment purposes is a judgemental and complex area as it 
depends on the future financial performance of the cash-generating 
unit (“CGU”) and future market performance. While there have been 
signs of improvement in the oil and gas market in 2018, there remains 
uncertainty around the market stability, primarily due to fluctuations 
in oil and gas price driven by shifts in supply and demand and also 
ongoing geopolitical and international trading headwinds. As such, 
the key risk is around auditing management’s impairment model and 
impairment trigger assessment, in particular judgemental areas such 
as the forecast revenue and margin growth rate, terminal growth rates 
and discount rates. 

Management’s calculated recoverable amounts exceed the carrying 
value of all CGUs. As a result, there have been no impairment charges 
recognised in the current year. Three CGU are sensitive to reasonably 
possible changes in key assumptions and, as such, sensitivity analysis 
has been included in notes 12, 13 and 14.

Inventory Valuation
Refer to page 88 (Audit Committee Report), note 37 (principal 
accounting policies) and note 18. 

The Group holds inventory of $348.2m. While there have been signs 
of improvement in the oil and gas market in 2018, there remains 
uncertainty around the market stability, primarily due to fluctuations 
in oil and gas price driven by shifts in supply and demand and also 
ongoing geopolitical and international trading headwinds. Pricing 
pressure continues to pose the risk of inventory being carried at an 
amount greater than its net realisable value. 

Key to these judgements is management’s expectations for future 
sales and inventory utilisation plans and the implications on the level 
of provisioning.

We tested management’s identification of the CGUs, considering 
business changes that would prompt a change to the classification 
of the CGUs. In order to test the impairment models, we challenged 
whether the future cash flow forecasts and the timing of the forecast 
recovery in performance of these forecasts for the identified CGUs 
were appropriate. More specifically, we challenged the key 
assumptions as follows:

 • Forecast revenue and margin growth rate assumptions and how 
management has incorporated the impact of the decline in oil 
prices subsequent to year end, by comparing them to historical 
results, comparing the short- and medium-term growth rates 
to independent specialist third party published reports and 
considering the impact already observed within the market;

 • Terminal growth rates by comparing them to economic and industry 

forecast; and

 • Discount rates by comparing the cost of capital assumption 
for each CGU against comparable organisations and our 
independently calculated discount rates.

We found the above assumptions to be in line with our expectations 
and that management has followed a clear process for drawing up 
the future cash flow forecasts, which was subject to oversight and 
challenge by the Directors and which was consistent with Board 
approved budgets and mid-term forecasts.

In respect of all CGUs, we sensitised each key driver of the cash flow 
forecasts, including the underlying assumptions listed above, by 
determining what we considered to be a reasonably possible change 
in the assumptions, based on current market data and historical and 
current business performance. In addition we calculated the degree to 
which the key assumptions would need to change before an impairment 
was triggered. Where CGUs are sensitive to reasonably possible 
changes in key assumptions, we tested the sensitivity disclosures 
presented in the notes to the financial statements against underlying 
inputs used in the impairment models and discussed with the Audit 
Committee and concluded that the disclosures were appropriate.

Having satisfied ourselves on the key assumptions and sensitivities, we 
assessed the likelihood of movements in key assumptions required to 
trigger an impairment and by comparison to sensitised forecasts and 
possible change in discount rates and concluded that it was unlikely.

For all categories of inventory, we have critically reviewed the basis for 
the provision recorded to reduce the carrying value of inventory below 
cost, the consistency of provisioning in line with Group’s accounting 
policy and the rationale for the recording of provisions. 

We assessed the nature of the Group’s inventory and the durability 
thereof through discussion with management, physical inspection of 
inventory and review of the utilisation of aged inventory products. We 
agreed with management that the evidence obtained demonstrated 
that the nature of the Group’s inventory is not perishable and the risk 
of technical obsolescence by age is low. Specifically, we have:

 • Considered the available support, including current sales 

transactions, used to determine an appropriate net realisable value;

 • Understood the ageing profile of the Group’s inventory and 

management’s assessment for obsolescence; and

 • Confirmed that where cost of inventory is higher than its net 
realisable value, an appropriate provision has been made.

From the procedures performed, we obtained evidence that the 
inventory was not carried at amounts higher than net realisable value 
and concluded that it was unlikely that additional inventory provision 
were required.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

93

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Hunting PLC continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Direct Tax Exposures and Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets
Refer to page 88 (Audit Committee Report), note 37 (principal 
accounting policies) and notes 10 and 17. 

We discussed potential direct tax exposures with senior Group 
management, and the basis for their positions with the Group’s 
in-house tax specialists.

The Group operates in a number of different countries and is therefore 
subject to many tax regimes around the world. Provisions are 
estimated for uncertain tax positions and disputes with tax authorities, 
including transactions between Group companies. 

In addition, following taxable losses incurred in the prior years, 
judgement and estimates are required in relation to timing and extent 
of recognition and subsequent recoverability of the deferred tax assets 
arising from such losses. 

Following continued strong performance from the Group’s US 
segment in 2018 and the 2019 budget process showing significant 
taxable profits expected to be generated from 2019 and beyond, 
management’s view is that the recognition criteria for the deferred tax 
asset have now been met. 

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets of $24.9m in respect of 
the full amount of the unutilised tax losses arising from the US segment. 
We considered this an area of focus because of the judgement required 
by management to assess matters across multiple jurisdictions and 
to determine the extent and timing of recognition, valuation and 
recoverability of assets in the future.

We evaluated the calculations of the provisions, and considered:

 • The accuracy of the calculations and ensured that appropriate tax 

rates have been used; and

 • Key judgements made by management in determining the 

probability of potential outcomes.

Our evaluation of these judgements included using our tax specialists, 
in the UK and overseas with experience in the oilfield services industry 
expertise, as well as our experience of similar challenges elsewhere. 

We evaluated the recognition of deferred tax assets in relation to tax 
losses and considered:

 • The accuracy of the calculations of total deferred tax assets 

available and ensured that appropriate tax rates have been used;

 • Key judgements made by management in determining the 

probability of future forecast taxable profits to utilise brought 
forward tax losses, consistent with the cash flow forecasts used 
for impairment assessments; and

 • Assessed the basis on which deferred tax assets have been 

recognised by comparison to forecast taxable profits.

On the basis of the substantial utilisation of the previously 
unrecognised tax losses during 2018 as supported by management’s 
approved extended forecast, we agree that the recognition criteria 
under IAS 12 has now been met. As the origin of the tax losses relates 
primarily to impairment losses and the amortisation of intangible assets 
incurred in prior years, which were presented within amortisation and 
exceptional items, we do consider the presentation of the tax credit 
within amortisation and exceptional items to be appropriate. 

Through these procedures we evaluated the level of the provisions 
recognised, the recognition of deferred tax assets and the disclosures 
included in the financial statements, which we consider to be in line 
with the Group’s policies and relevant accounting standards.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the Company to communicate in our report.

How we Tailored the Audit Scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group financial statements are a consolidation of entities covering non-trading legal entities, centralised functions and operating units, 
totalling 57 reporting units.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we considered the type of work that needed to be performed at the operating units by us, 
as the Group engagement team, or component auditors within PwC UK and from PwC network firms operating under our instruction. Where the 
work was performed by component auditors, we determined the extent of audit work needed at those reporting units to be able to conclude 
whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.

The Group’s reporting units vary significantly in size and we identified 13 operating units that were subject to a full scope reporting on their 
complete financial information, due to their size or risk characteristics. Specific audit procedures over certain balances and transactions were 
performed at a further nine operating units, to give appropriate coverage of all material balances at the Group level. In doing so we conducted 
work in six countries and the Group audit team visited certain reporting locations in Aberdeen, Dubai, Singapore and the US, including visiting 
Hunting Titan, the one financially significant component. Together, the reporting units subject to audit procedures accounted for approximately 
93% of Group revenues and 82% of Group adjusted absolute profit or loss before tax from operations. Further, specific audit procedures over 
central functions and areas of significant judgement, including taxation, treasury, pensions and impairment, were performed by the Group audit 
team centrally.

94 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risk of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we 
looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making 
assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management 
override of controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement 
due to fraud. The risks of material misstatement that has the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, 
are identified as “key audit matters” in the table above. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas to provide 
an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this context. 
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

$4.4m (2017 – $5.0m).

Group financial statements

How we determined it

5% of five-year average absolute profit or loss before 
tax from continuing operations, adjusted for the 
impairment of goodwill and other non-current assets.

Company financial statements

$7.1m (2017 – $7.1m).

1% of net assets.

Rationale for benchmark 
applied

We applied this benchmark because, in our view, 
this is an appropriate metric against which the 
performance of the Group is measured and of the 
recurring Group performance. Consistent with 
the prior year audit, we continue to use a five- 
year average which is considered appropriate to 
normalise recent profit volatility across the underlying 
business operations. As a result, overall materiality 
has been calculated at $4.4m.

The Company is a holding company, not a trading 
entity and therefore we have not used a profit 
based benchmark for determining materiality. 
Consistent with the prior year audit, we concluded 
that net assets is most appropriate given that the 
Company’s balance sheet is predominantly made up 
of intercompany balances. We also noted that most 
income and expense items relate to intercompany 
transactions and recharges.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between $0.6m and $4.0m. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality 
that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above $0.3m (2017 – $0.3m) for 
both Group and Company as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going Concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw attention to 
in respect of the Directors’ statement in the Annual Report about whether the 
Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the financial statements and the Directors’ identification of any material 
uncertainties to the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern over a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements.

We are required to report if the Directors’ statement relating to going concern in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above 
matters. 

However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee 
as to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. For example, the terms on which 
the United Kingdom may withdraw from the 
European Union, which is currently due to occur on 
29 March 2019, are not clear, and it is difficult to 
evaluate all of the potential implications on the 
Company’s trade, customers, suppliers and the 
wider economy.

We have nothing to report.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

95

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Hunting PLC continued

Reporting on Other Information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude 
whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing 
to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) 
and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below 
(required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for 
the year ended 31 December 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The Directors’ Assessment of the Prospects of the Group and of the Principal Risks that Would Threaten the Solvency or Liquidity of the Group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:
 • The Directors’ confirmation on page 47 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

 • The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.
 • The Directors’ explanation on page 53 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period 

they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit 
and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in 
alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent 
with the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 
 • The statement given by the Directors, on page 65, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the course of performing 
our audit.

 • The section of the Annual Report on pages 86 to 90 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

 • The Directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

96 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Responsibilities for the Financial Statements and the Audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 65, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but 
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditors 
responsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this Report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 
16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other Required Reporting
Companies Act 2006 Exception Reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
 • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

 • certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 • the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.  

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 7 August 1989 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 1989 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 30 years, covering the 
years ended 31 December 1989 to 31 December 2018.

Kevin Reynard 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London

28 February 2019

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

97

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationConsolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Other operating income
Operating expenses
Profit (loss) from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Share of associates’ post-tax losses
Profit (loss) before tax from operations
Taxation
Profit (loss) for the year

Profit (loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

Earnings (loss) per share

Basic 
Diluted 

2018
Amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items  

(note 6)
$m
–
–
–
–
(29.3)
(29.3)
–
–
–
(29.3)
33.0
3.7

4.5
(0.8)
3.7

Before 
amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m
911.4
(636.3)
275.1
7.8
(178.2)
104.7
2.6
(3.3)
–
104.0
(22.0)
82.0

Notes
3

4
5
7
9
9

10

84.8
(2.8)
82.0

cents

51.6
49.6

11
11

Restated
2017
Amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items  

(note 6)
$m
–
(10.0)
(10.0)
–
(29.1)
(39.1)
–
–
–
(39.1)
–
(39.1)

(39.1)
–
(39.1)

Before 
amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m
724.9
(549.5)
175.4
7.6
(168.7)
14.3
3.3
(4.8)
(1.3)
11.5
(1.0)
10.5

13.0
(2.5)
10.5

Total
$m
911.4
(636.3)
275.1
7.8
(207.5)
75.4
2.6
(3.3)
–
74.7
11.0
85.7

89.3
(3.6)
85.7

cents

cents

54.4
52.3

8.0
8.0

Total
$m
724.9
(559.5)
165.4
7.6
(197.8)
(24.8)
3.3
(4.8)
(1.3)
(27.6)
(1.0)
(28.6)

(26.1)
(2.5)
(28.6)

cents

(16.0)
(16.0)

i.  Relates to amortisation of intangible assets that arise on the acquisition of businesses (referred to hereafter as amortisation of intangible assets from business 

combinations).

The income statement for the year ended 31 December 2017 has been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Contracts with Customers 
(see note 38).

98 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Comprehensive income (expense)
Profit (loss) for the year

Components of other comprehensive income (expense) after tax
Items that have been reclassified to profit or loss:
Fair value gains and losses:
– losses transferred to income statement on disposal of cash flow hedges

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange adjustments
Fair value gains and losses:
– gains (losses) originating on fair value hedges arising during the year
– gains (losses) originating on cash flow hedges arising during the year

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes 
Other comprehensive (expense) income after tax
Total comprehensive income (expense) for the year

Total comprehensive income (expense) attributable to:
Owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

Notes

2018
$m

85.7

Restated
2017
$m

(28.6)

31

–

0.1

31
31

32

(8.4)

–
0.2
(8.2)

1.5
(6.7)
79.0

83.8
(4.8)
79.0

12.7

(0.2)
(0.2)
12.3

(1.6)
10.8
(17.8)

(17.3)
(0.5)
(17.8)

The statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2017 has been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Contracts 
with Customers (see note 38).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

99

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationConsolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Investments in associates
Investments
Retirement benefit assets
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Current tax assets
Investments
Retirement benefit assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Trade and other payables

Net assets 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium
Other components of equity
Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Notes

2018
$m

Restated 
2017
$m

Restated
1 January
2017
$m

12
13
14

15
29
16
17

18
16
21

15
29

19

22
24

22
17
24
19

30
30
31
32

360.2
229.9
99.8
0.7
1.7
–
3.5
26.0
721.8

348.2
231.0
67.9
0.1
–
–
647.2

140.9
11.2
2.7
4.7
159.5
487.7

3.9
1.2
9.5
3.8
18.4
1,191.1

66.7
153.0
75.8
881.6
1,177.1
14.0
1,191.1

383.3
230.3
125.4
0.7
1.8
–
3.3
4.2
749.0

281.0
185.7
36.4
1.1
10.4
18.6
533.2

130.9
5.1
2.1
6.4
144.5
388.7

3.9
6.2
11.6
3.9
25.6
1,112.1

66.4
153.0
91.7
782.2
1,093.3
18.8
1,112.1

419.0
229.8
150.7
3.2
10.2
18.5
2.9
7.0
841.3

255.7
116.7
63.5
9.3
0.8
14.8
460.8

70.0
7.1
54.3
4.8
136.2
324.6

11.9
12.6
10.9
12.1
47.5
1,118.4

66.3
153.0
78.8
801.0
1,099.1
19.3
1,118.4

The balance sheets at 1 January 2017 and 31 December 2017 have been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Contracts with Customers 
(see note 38).

The notes on pages 103 to 151 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 98 to 151 were 
approved by the Board of Directors on 28 February 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Jim Johnson 
Director 

Peter Rose
Director 

Registered number: 974568

100 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

At 31 December 2017 as previously 
reported
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15
At 31 December 2017 restated
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 9
At 1 January

Profit (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive (expense) income
Total comprehensive income

Hedging losses transferred to the carrying 
value of inventory purchased in the year

Dividends to equity shareholders
Shares issued
– share option schemes and awards
Treasury shares
– purchase of treasury shares
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
– taxation
Transfer between reserves
Total transactions with owners

Notes

38

38

31

33

30

32

31
31,32

Share
capital
 $m

 Share
premium
$m

Year ended 31 December 2018
Other 
components 
of equity
$m

Retained 
earnings
$m

Total
$m

Non-
controlling 
interests
$m

66.4
–
66.4
–
66.4

–
–
–

–

–

0.3

–

–
–
–
–
0.3

153.0
–
153.0
–
153.0

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

91.7
–
91.7
–
91.7

–
(7.0)
(7.0)

780.6
1.6
782.2
(0.2)
782.0

89.3
1.5
90.8

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

13.1
(9.7)
–
(12.2)
(8.8)

(6.6)

–

(5.7)

–
9.2
(0.3)
12.2
8.8

1,091.7
1.6
1,093.3
(0.2)
1,093.1

89.3
(5.5)
83.8

(0.1)

(6.6)

0.3

(5.7)

13.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
–
0.3

18.8
–
18.8
–
18.8

(3.6)
(1.2)
(4.8)

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

Total
equity
$m

1,110.5
1.6
1,112.1
(0.2)
1,111.9

85.7
(6.7)
79.0

(0.1)

(6.6)

0.3

(5.7)

13.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
–
0.3

At 31 December

66.7

153.0

75.8

881.6

1,177.1

14.0

1,191.1

At 1 January as previously reported
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15 
At 1 January restated

38

Restated loss for the year
Other comprehensive income (expense)
Total comprehensive expense

Shares issued
– share option schemes and awards
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
Total transactions with owners

30

31
31,32

Share
capital
$m 
66.3
–
66.3

 Share
premium
$m
153.0
–
153.0

Restated 
Year ended 31 December 2017
Other 
components
of equity
$m
78.8
–
78.8

Retained 
earnings
$m
800.0
1.0
801.0

Total
$m
1,098.1
1.0
1,099.1

–
–
–

0.1

–
–
0.1

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
10.4
10.4

–

11.6
(9.1)
2.5

(26.1)
(1.6)
(27.7)

–

–
8.9
8.9

(26.1)
8.8
(17.3)

0.1

11.6
(0.2)
11.5

Non-
controlling 
interests
$m
19.3
–
19.3

(2.5)
2.0
(0.5)

–

–
–
–

Total
equity
$m
1,117.4
1.0
1,118.4

(28.6)
10.8
(17.8)

0.1

11.6
(0.2)
11.5

At 31 December

66.4

153.0

91.7

782.2

1,093.3

18.8

1,112.1

The statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2017 has been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Contracts with 
Customers (see note 38).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

101

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationConsolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Operating activities
Reported profit (loss) from operations
Acquisition amortisation and exceptional items
Depreciation and non-acquisition amortisation
Underlying EBITDA 
Share-based payments expense
Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of held for sale assets
Increase in inventories
Increase in receivables
Increase in payables
Decrease in provisions
Net taxation (paid) received
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment held for rental
Purchase of property, plant and equipment held for rental
Receipt of surplus pension assets
Payment of US pension scheme liabilities
Other non-cash flow items
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investing activities
Interest received
Proceeds from disposal of held for sale assets
Proceeds from disposal of associates
Proceeds from disposal of investments
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Decrease in bank deposit investments
Net proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Financing activities
Interest and bank fees paid
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Share capital issued
Purchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from new borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net cash inflow in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rates
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year comprise:
Cash at bank and in hand
Money Market Funds
Short-term deposits
Bank overdrafts included in borrowings

Notes

6
7

33

21
21
21
22

2018
$m

75.4
29.3
37.6
142.3
13.2
(1.0)
–
(72.7)
(47.3)
23.4
(3.8)
(2.6)
3.9
(5.8)
10.6
(10.4)
2.9
52.7

0.4
–
1.3
10.4
12.5
(24.3)
(6.6)
–
–
(6.3)

(2.4)
(6.6)
0.3
(5.7)
0.9
–
(13.5)

32.9
34.3
(1.1)
66.1

32.4
26.1
9.4
(1.8)
66.1

Restated
2017
$m

(24.8)
39.1
41.7
56.0
11.9
(0.5)
(1.2)
(19.7)
(66.5)
46.3
(1.0)
6.5
4.4
(2.3)
9.7
–
2.2
45.8

0.3
1.2
–
–
1.8
(9.1)
(5.5)
0.8
0.6
(9.9)

(2.7)
–
0.1
–
–
(20.6)
(23.2)

12.7
20.3
1.3
34.3

36.4
–
–
(2.1)
34.3

The statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2017 has been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Contracts with 
Customers (see note 38).

102 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Basis of Preparation

Hunting PLC is a premium-listed public company limited by shares, with its Ordinary shares quoted on the London Stock Exchange. Hunting PLC 
was incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act and is registered in England and Wales. The address of the Company’s 
registered office is shown on page 167. The principal activities of the Group and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in note 2 and in 
the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 53. The financial statements consolidate those of Hunting PLC (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as the “Group”), include the Group’s interests in associates and are presented in US dollars, the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the Group operates. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using IFRS 
and those International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) as 
adopted by the European Union. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention as 
modified by the revaluation of the defined benefit pension asset and those financial assets and financial liabilities held at fair value. The Board’s 
consideration of the applicability of the going concern basis is detailed further in the Strategic Report on page 53.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out in note 37. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented.

Other than certain sensitivity assumptions for the purposes of impairment testing (see notes 12, 13 and 14) and judgements made regarding the 
recognition of deferred tax assets in the US (see note 17), management believe that there are no other critical judgements or estimates applied in 
the preparation of the financial statements.

Adoption of New Standards, Amendments and Interpretations
The following standards have been adopted and are effective for the financial year beginning as of 1 January 2018. The Group has changed its 
accounting policies and made retrospective adjustments as a result of adopting IFRS 15. The impact of adopting these accounting standards has 
been shown in note 38.

 • IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
 • IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 • Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

A number of amendments to other IFRS became effective for the financial year beginning on 1 January 2018, however the Group did not have to 
change its accounting policies or make retrospective adjustments as a result of adopting these amendments.

 • Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions 
 • Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014-2016 Cycle
 • IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

The following standards, amendments and interpretations are effective subsequent to the year-end, which have not been early adopted, and are 
being assessed to determine whether there is a significant impact on the Group’s results or financial position:

 • IFRS 17 Insurance Contractsi
 • Amendments to IAS 28: Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures
 • Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cyclei
 • Amendment to IAS 19: Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlementi
 • Amendment to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Materiali
 • Amendment to IFRS 3 Business Combinationsi

i.  Not yet endorsed by the European Union.

In addition to the above, IFRS 16 Leases and IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments are effective for the Group on 1 January 2019. 
An assessment of the impact of adopting IFRS 16 is shown on the following page. A preliminary assessment of the potential impact of adopting 
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments on 1 January 2019 has been carried out and there is no material impact on the Group’s results 
or financial position.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

103

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

1. Basis of Preparation continued

IFRS 16 Leases 
IFRS 16 Leases replaces IAS 17 Leases and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 establishes new principles for the recognition, measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of leases and is effective for the Group on 1 January 2019.

Throughout the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2018, all of the Group’s leases, as a lessee, were operating leases. 
Consequently, the Group recognised a lease charge in the income statement in 2018 of $13.8m (2017 – $11.9m) based on straight-line 
recognition of the lease payments payable on each lease after adjustment for lease incentives received.

IFRS 16 requires lessees to recognise a lease liability in respect of the obligation to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset in respect of 
the lessee’s right to the exclusive use and control of the asset. In the income statement, the operating lease charge as recognised under the 
current rules will be replaced with a straight-line depreciation charge on the right-of-use asset and an interest cost on the lease liability. Under 
IFRS 16, the lease payments will be charged directly against the lease liability.

The Directors have elected to apply both of the IFRS 16 exemptions that permit lessees, under pre-defined conditions, to not recognise a lease 
liability and a right-of-use asset in respect of certain leases. The exemptions, which are voluntary, will be applied to all leases:
 • that have a lease term of 12 months or less; or
 • that are in respect of assets that have a low value purchase price when new, typically US$5,000 or less.

The recognition of these “exempted” leases will therefore continue unchanged – an operating lease charge will be recognised in the income 
statement based on straight-line recognition of the lease payments payable on each lease after adjustment for lease incentives received.

The Directors have selected the modified retrospective approach for the adoption of IFRS 16. Using this approach, together with management’s 
selected practical expedients that accompany it, the Group will:
 • not restate the 2018 or earlier financial information.
 • apply IFRS 16 to leases previously identified in accordance with IAS 17 Leases and IFRIC 4 Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains 

a Lease.

 • calculate a lease liability as at 1 January 2019 based on the remaining lease payments payable after that date.
 • calculate the lease term according to management’s appetite for exercising any available extension/break/purchase options.
 • discount the remaining gross lease payments using the applicable interest rate, which will generally be the incremental borrowing rate, as at 
1 January 2019 applicable to each relevant business unit, asset type, currency of the arrangement and weighted average length of the lease 
term starting on the commencement date.

 • recognise right-of-use assets as at 1 January 2019 as if IFRS 16 had always been applied.
 • exclude any initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use assets that are recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 as at 1 January 2019.
 • recognise the net difference between the carrying values of the right-of-use assets and the lease liabilities as an adjustment to equity as at 

1 January 2019.

 • recognise an impairment charge against right-of-use assets that are impaired in value by virtue of being unused by the Group in its usual 

business operations and that generate rental income lower than the rental payments.

The expected impact on the year ended 31 December 2018 of adopting IFRS 16 as at 1 January 2018, applying the same modified retrospective 
approach as described above, would have been, approximately to:
 • recognise a right-of-use asset as at 31 December 2018 of between $37m and $43m;
 • recognise a lease liability of between $46m and $52m, with a consequent increase in net debt;
 • reduce total equity as at 31 December 2018 by between $3m and $9m;
 • increase underlying EBITDA, as defined by the Group in NGM A, for the year ended 31 December 2018 by between $7m and $11m;
 • increase operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2018 by between $1m and $3m; and
 • increase finance costs for the year ended 31 December 2018 by between $1m and $3m.

The tax effects of the adoption of IFRS 16 are still being assessed pending the finalisation of the tax treatment in certain jurisdictions.

104 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

2. Segmental Reporting

For the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group reports on seven operating segments in its internal management reports, which are used to 
make strategic decisions by the Hunting PLC Board, the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The Group’s operating segments 
are strategic business units that offer different products and services to international oil and gas companies and undertake exploration and 
production activities. 

The Board assesses the performance of the operating segments based on revenue and operating results. Operating results is a profit-based 
measure and excludes the effects of amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination and any exceptional items 
(see note 6). The Directors believe that using the underlying operating result provides a more consistent and comparable measure of the 
operating segment’s performance.

Interest income and expenditure are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity is overseen by the central treasury function, which 
manages the funding position of the Group.

Inter-segment sales are priced in line with the Group’s transfer pricing policy on an arms-length basis. Costs and overheads are apportioned to 
the operating segments on the basis of time attributed to those operations by senior executives.

Further, the Board is also provided revenue information by product group, in order to help with an understanding of the drivers of Group 
performance trends.

Hunting Titan: This segment manufactures and distributes perforating products and accessories. The segment’s products include the  
H-1 Perforating System and the EQUAfrac™ shaped charge technology. The business has manufacturing facilities in the US and Mexico, and is 
supported by strategically located distribution centres across North America. 

US: The US businesses supply premium connections, oil country tubular goods (“OCTG”), drilling tools, subsea equipment, intervention tools, 
electronics and complex deep hole drilling and precision machining services for the US and overseas markets. The segment also produces 
perforating system products for Hunting Titan.

Canada: Hunting’s Canadian business manufactures premium connections and accessories for oil and gas operators in Canada, often focused 
on heavy oil plays which require specialist tubing technologies. Canada also manufactures perforating guns.

Europe: This segment derives its revenue primarily from the supply of OCTG and well intervention equipment to operators in the North Sea.

Asia Pacific: Revenue from the Asia Pacific segment is primarily from the manufacture of premium connections and OCTG supply. Asia Pacific 
also manufactures perforating guns.

Middle East, Africa and Other: Revenue from this segment is generated from the sale and rental of in-field well intervention products across the 
region, and the operations also act as sales hubs for other products manufactured globally by the Group, including OCTG and Perforating Systems.

Exploration and Production: The Exploration and Production business comprises the Group’s exploration and production activities in the 
Southern US and offshore Gulf of Mexico.

Due to its size and nature of operations, Hunting Titan’s activities are reported separately. Hunting’s non-core Exploration and Production 
business unit is also reported separately as its activities are different in nature to the Group’s other reporting segments. Although the Canada and 
Exploration and Production segments do not meet the quantitative thresholds required by IFRS 8 for reportable segments, these segments are 
separately reported and monitored by the Board.

Accounting policies used for segmental reporting reflect those used for the Group.

The UK is the domicile of Hunting PLC.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

105

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

2. Segmental Reporting continued

The following tables present the results of the operating segments on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes to the CODM.

(a) Segment Revenue and Profit

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europei
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Total 

Net finance expense
Profit before tax from operations

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europei
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Total 

Net finance expense
Share of associates’ post-tax losses
Profit (loss) before tax from operations

Segment  
revenue
$m 
418.2
327.1
44.8
86.2
107.0
24.2
2.6
1,010.1

Inter- 
segment 
revenue
$m
(6.9)
(43.0)
(9.6)
(11.7)
(26.2)
(1.3)
–
(98.7)

Segment 
revenue
$m
312.8
218.9
36.5
89.2
88.1
18.6
3.3
767.4

Inter- 
segment  
revenue
$m
(4.1)
(14.1)
(8.9)
(5.9)
(8.3)
(1.2)
–
(42.5)

2018

Total 
external 
revenue
$m
411.3
284.1
35.2
74.5
80.8
22.9
2.6
911.4

Amortisation 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m
(26.1)
(3.2)
–
–
–
–
–
(29.3)

Underlying 
result
$m
106.9
15.6
(1.8)
(10.9)
(0.8)
(2.9)
(1.4)
104.7

Reported 
result
$m
80.8
12.4
(1.8)
(10.9)
(0.8)
(2.9)
(1.4)
75.4

(0.7)
104.0

–
(29.3)

(0.7)
74.7

Restated
2017

Total 
external  
revenue
$m
308.7
204.8
27.6
83.3
79.8
17.4
3.3
724.9

Amortisation 
and  
exceptional 
items
$m
(25.9)
(3.2)
–
–
–
(10.0)
–
(39.1)

–
–
(39.1)

Underlying 
result
$m
66.4
(22.9)
(3.3)
(13.7)
(4.4)
(6.7)
(1.1)
14.3

(1.5)
(1.3)
11.5

Reported 
result
$m
40.5
(26.1)
(3.3)
(13.7)
(4.4)
(16.7)
(1.1)
(24.8)

(1.5)
(1.3)
(27.6)

i.  Revenue from external customers attributable to the UK, the Group’s country of domicile, is $55.9m (2017 – $65.0m restated).

The information for the year ended 31 December 2017 has been restated to take into account the change in accounting policy following the 
adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see note 38) and for a change in the calculation of central costs. Previously, certain 
segmental costs had been identified as central costs.

A breakdown of external revenue by products and services is presented below:

Perforating Systems
OCTG
Advanced Manufacturing
Intervention Tools
Subsea
Drilling Tools
Other
Exploration and Production 
Total 

106 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

2018
$m
404.1
277.4
98.5
46.4
30.5
27.6
24.3
2.6
911.4

Restated
2017
$m
305.6
254.8
61.1
34.3
20.8
25.8
19.2
3.3
724.9

2. Segmental Reporting continued

(b) Other Segment Items

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Total 

Depreciation
$m
5.3
20.0
1.3
2.5
3.7
1.3
0.9
35.0

2018 charge (credit)
Amortisation
$m
26.7
4.1
–
0.9
0.2
–
–
31.9

Impairmenti
$m
1.3
2.6
–
0.9
0.5
(1.0)
–
4.3

Depreciation
$m
5.2
21.8
1.4
3.7
4.8
1.9
0.8
39.6

2017 charge (credit)
Amortisation
$m
26.4
3.6
–
0.8
0.4
–
–
31.2

Impairmenti
$m
2.1
1.3
(0.2)
2.4
–
7.8
–
13.4

i. 

Impairment comprises impairment of property, plant and equipment $1.0m (2017 – $7.6m), reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment $2.0m  
(2017 – $nil), trade and other receivables $1.1m (2017 – $0.6m) and inventories $4.2m (2017 – $5.2m).

(c) Geographical Non-current Assets
Information on the physical location of non-current assets is presented below. The allocated non-current assets below exclude deferred tax 
assets.

 Hunting Titan – US
 Hunting Titan – Canada
 Hunting Titan – Other
Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europei
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production – US

Unallocated assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets

2018
$m
311.6
1.5
0.7
313.8
307.6
4.6
49.6
12.7
3.2
4.3
695.8

26.0
721.8

2017
$m
337.6
1.7
1.0
340.3
308.4
5.3
55.1
18.2
12.8
4.7
744.8

4.2
749.0

i.  The value of non-current assets located in the UK, the Group’s country of domicile, is $42.5m (2017 – $46.1m).

(d) Major Customer
The Group received revenue of $117.1m (2017 – $67.9m) from the Halliburton Company Group, which is 13% (2017 – 9%) of the Group’s revenue 
from external customers. All of Hunting’s core operating segments have benefited from trading with Halliburton. 

3. Revenue

The Group has recognised the following amounts relating to revenue in the income statement, with revenue disaggregated by geographical 
markets. The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue with the revenue for the Group’s seven operating segments.

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Total 

Revenue 
from 
contracts 
with 
customers
$m 
411.3
254.5
35.1
69.9
80.8
17.9
–
869.5

2018

Rental 
revenue
$m 
–
29.6
0.1
4.6
–
5.0
–
39.3

Other 
revenue
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
2.6
2.6

Total  
external 
revenue
$m
411.3
284.1
35.2
74.5
80.8
22.9
2.6
911.4

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

107

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

3. Revenue continued 

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Total 

Revenue 
 from  
contracts  
with  

customers
$m 
308.7
176.9
27.4
78.1
79.8
13.6
–
684.5

2017

Rental  

Other  

revenue
$m
–
27.9
0.2
5.2
–
3.8
–
37.1

revenue
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.3
3.3

Total 
external 
revenue
$m
308.7
204.8
27.6
83.3
79.8
17.4
3.3
724.9

There is no material difference in the timing of revenue recognition between contracts with customers at a point in time and contracts with customers 
over time, as the majority of Hunting’s performance obligations are relatively short. Invoices for products are issued when the product is delivered 
and invoices for services are issued either on completion of the service or, at a minimum, monthly for services covering more than one month.

4. Other Operating Income

Operating lease rental income
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of held for sale asset
Foreign exchange gains
Other incomei 

i. 

Includes fair value gains on derivatives not designated in a hedge of $nil (2017 – $0.1m).

5. Operating Expenses

Administration expensesi before amortisationii and exceptional items
Distribution and selling costs
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Operating expenses before amortisationii and exceptional items
Amortisationii and exceptional items (note 6)

Includes foreign exchange losses of $1.1m (2017 – $1.8m) and a fair value loss on derivatives not designated in a hedge of $0.5m (2017 – $nil).

i. 
ii.  Relates to amortisation of intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination.

6. Amortisation and Exceptional Items

 Closure of South African facility
 Closure of Kenya joint venture
Charged to cost of sales
Amortisation of intangible assets charged to operating expenses
Total amortisation and exceptional items charged to profit (loss) from operations
Taxation on amortisation and exceptional items (note 10)

2018
$m
1.5
3.0
–
2.1
1.2
7.8

2018
$m
117.4
58.8
2.0
178.2
29.3
207.5

2018
$m
(2.0)
2.0
–
29.3
29.3
(33.0)

(3.7)

2017
$m
0.7
3.0
1.2
1.8
0.9
7.6

2017
$m
112.8
53.4
2.5
168.7
29.1
197.8

2017
$m
10.0
–
10.0
29.1
39.1
–

39.1

In December 2017, the Board completed a review of the Group’s operating presence in South Africa and decided to close its manufacturing 
facility in Cape Town, given the poor market outlook for the medium term and the continuing drive to reduce losses around the Group. An 
impairment of property, plant and equipment totalling $7.6m was recorded in the 2017 financial statements, together with other costs of $2.4m 
relating to the closure of the facility. 

In 2018, the Group has reversed $2.0m of the impairment provision for property, plant and equipment in relation to the closure of the South 
African facility in Cape Town. The Group received $8.0m in relation to the disposal of property, plant and equipment from the South African 
facility. Hunting will retain a small sales office for the foreseeable future.

108 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

6. Amortisation and Exceptional Items continued

Given the modest drilling activity forecast for East Africa in the medium term, the Board has made the decision to close its Kenyan joint venture in 
Mombasa. An impairment of property, plant and equipment totalling $1.0m, a loss on disposal of Kenya’s rental fleet of $0.5m and a provision for 
costs of $0.5m relating to the closure of the facility have been recognised in the year, totalling $2.0m.

7. Profit (Loss) from Operations

The following items have been charged (credited) in arriving at profit (loss) from operations:

Staff costs (note 8)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 12)
 Amortisation of intangible assets from business combinations
 Amortisation of other intangible assets 
Amortisation of intangible assets (included in operating expenses) (note 14)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment – exceptional items (included in cost of sales) (note 6)
Gain on disposal of held for sale asset
 Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment – underlying
 Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment – exceptional items (note 6)
Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment – reported
Operating lease payments (note 35)
Research and development expenditure

Fees payable to the Group’s independent auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its associates for:

The audit of these financial statements
The audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries
Total audit
Audit-related assurance services
Total audit and audit-related services

8. Employees

Wages and salaries (including annual cash bonuses)
Social security costs
Share-based payments (note 34)
Other pension costs
– defined contribution schemes (note 29)
– defined benefit schemes (note 29)
Pension income – net interest included in net finance expense (note 29)
Staff costs for the year 

Staff costs for the year are included in the financial statements as follows:

Staff costs included in profit (loss) from operations (note 7)
Staff costs included in net finance expense
Staff costs capitalised as R&D

The average monthly number of employees by geographical area (including executive Directors) during the year was: 

US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Mexico

2018
$m
221.3
35.0
29.3
2.6
31.9
1.0
–
(1.0)
0.5
(0.5)
13.8
3.4

2018
$m
1.7
0.4
2.1
0.1
2.2

2018
$m
183.7
15.1
13.2

7.6
2.5
(0.3)
221.8

2018
$m
221.3
(0.3)
0.8
221.8

2018
Number
1,798
149
274
430
76
2,727

2017
$m
189.0
39.6
29.1
2.1
31.2
7.6
(1.2)
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
11.9
3.7

2017
$m
1.8
0.4
2.2
0.1
2.3

2017
$m
156.0
13.1
11.9

7.1
1.6
(0.3)
189.4

2017
$m
189.0
(0.3)
0.7
189.4

2017
Number
1,451
133
288
425
87
2,384

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

109

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

8. Employees continued

The average monthly number of employees by operating segment (including executive Directors) during the year was:

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Central

The actual number of employees at the year-end was:

Male
Female

2018
Number
646
1,145
133
254
415
72
4
58
2,727

2018
Number
2,182
590
2,772

2017
Number
491
957
118
276
399
83
4
56
2,384

2017
Number
2,071
539
2,610

Key management comprises the Board and the Executive Committee that was formed on 30 August 2018. Their aggregate compensation in the 
year was: 

Salaries, annual cash bonuses and short-term employee benefits
Payment in lieu of notice and other legal entitlements
Social security costs
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2018
$m
5.4
–
0.3
0.3
2.7
8.7

Restated
2017
$m
3.9
1.7
0.1
0.3
0.9
6.9

The 2018 numbers for the Executive Committee are pro-rata from formation on 30 August 2018 to 31 December 2018. The 2017 numbers have been restated for the Key 
Management bonuses that were omitted in error. 

Remuneration of the Board, included as part of Key Management compensation, can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on 
page 78. The Annual Report on Remuneration disclosures do not include Executive Committee members who are not part of the Board and 
discloses share scheme remuneration on a vested rather than accruals basis. 

Short-term employee benefits comprise healthcare insurance, company cars and fuel benefits. Post-employment benefits comprise employer 
pension contributions. Share-based payments comprise the charge to the income statement.

9. Net Finance Expense

Finance income:
Bank balances and deposits
Pension interest income
Foreign exchange gains
Fair value gains on derivative financial instruments
Fair value gains on Money Market Funds
Other finance income

Finance expense:
Bank overdrafts
Bank borrowings
Bank fees and commissions
Foreign exchange losses
Other finance expensei

Net finance expense 

i. 

Includes fair value losses on derivatives not designated in a hedge of $0.1m (2017 – $nil).

110 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

2018
$m

0.2
0.4
0.9
0.9
0.1
0.1
2.6

–
(0.1)
(1.2)
(1.4)
(0.6)
(3.3)

(0.7)

2017
$m

0.3
0.5
0.6
–
–
1.9
3.3

(0.1)
(0.9)
(2.3)
(1.1)
(0.4)
(4.8)

(1.5)

 
 
 
 
10. Taxation

Current tax 
– current year charge
– adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax
– origination and reversal of temporary differences
– recognition of US deferred tax
– change in tax rate
– adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation charge (credit) 

2018

Before 
amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m

Amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m

13.4
(3.7)
9.7

17.1
(3.6)
(0.4)
(0.8)
12.3
22.0

–
–
–

(7.7)
(25.3)
–
–
(33.0)
(33.0)

Before 
amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m

2017

Amortisationi 
and 
exceptional 
items
$m

3.4
(3.8)
(0.4)

2.3
–
(0.4)
(0.5)
1.4
1.0

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
$m

13.4
(3.7)
9.7

9.4
(28.9)
(0.4)
(0.8)
(20.7)
(11.0)

Total
$m

3.4
(3.8)
(0.4)

2.3
–
(0.4)
(0.5)
1.4
1.0

i.  Relates to amortisation of intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination.

The weighted average applicable tax rate to operations before amortisation and exceptional items is 21% (2017 – 9%).

A tax credit of $7.7m (2017 – $nil) has been included in the income statement in respect of current year amortisation of intangible assets recognised 
as part of amortisation and exceptional items. A further credit of $25.3m relates to the recognition of US deferred tax and shown as a credit 
against amortisation and exceptional items consistent with our treatment of tax on amortisation in prior years. This has been recognised for the 
US due to strong performance in the year and current projections for the next two years.

The adjustment in respect of prior years of $3.7m (2017 – $3.8m) for current tax includes the release of provisions for uncertain tax positions that 
are no longer required.

The total tax credit (2017 – charge) for the year is higher (2017 – higher) than the standard rate of UK corporation tax of 19% (2017 – 19.25%) for 
the following reasons:

Reported profit (loss) before tax
Tax at 19% (2017 – 19.25%)
Permanent differences including tax credits
Higher rate of tax on overseas results
Current year losses not recognised
Tax losses recognised
Change in tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Taxation 

2018
$m
74.7
14.2
2.6
5.7
0.5
(29.1)
(0.4)
(4.5)
(11.0)

Tax effects relating to each component of other comprehensive income were as follows:

Exchange adjustments
Fair value gains (losses) originating on fair value hedge 
  arising during the year 
Fair value gains (losses) originating on cash flow hedge 
  arising during the year
Fair value losses transferred to the income 
  statement on disposal of cash flow hedges
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes

2018
Tax (charged) 
credited
$m
–

Before tax
$m
(8.4)

After tax
$m
(8.4)

Before tax
$m
12.8

2017
Tax (charged) 
credited
$m
(0.1)

–

0.3

–
1.1
(7.0)

–

(0.1)

–
0.4
0.3

–

0.2

–
1.5
(6.7)

(0.3)

(0.2)

0.1
(1.6)
10.8

0.1

–

–
–
–

Restated
2017
$m
(27.6)
(5.3)
2.4
(0.7)
9.3
–
(0.4)
(4.3)
1.0

After tax
$m
12.7

(0.2)

(0.2)

0.1
(1.6)
10.8

A number of changes to the UK corporation tax system were announced in the Chancellor’s Autumn Budget on 29 October 2018. The Finance 
Act 2019 was enacted on 12 February 2019. The Finance Bill 2016, which received Royal Assent on 15 September 2016, included reductions to 
the main rate of corporation tax to reduce the rate to 17% from 1 April 2020. The changes are not expected to have a material impact on the 
Group’s deferred tax balances.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

111

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

11. Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of outstanding Ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential Ordinary shares. The dilution in respect of share options applies where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the 
Company’s Ordinary shares during the year and the possible issue of shares under the Group’s long-term incentive plans.

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of Ordinary shares used in the calculations are set out below:

Reported earnings (loss) attributable to Ordinary shareholders
Add: amortisationi and exceptional items after taxation (note 6)
Underlying earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders

Basic weighted average number of Ordinary shares
Long-term incentive plans
Adjusted weighted average number of Ordinary shares

Reported earnings (loss) per share

Basic EPS
Diluted EPSii

Underlying earnings per share

Basic EPS
Diluted EPSii

2018
$m
89.3
(4.5)
84.8

millions
164.1
6.6
170.7

Restated
2017
$m
(26.1)
39.1
13.0

millions
163.3
6.8
170.1

cents

cents

54.4
52.3

51.6
49.6

(16.0)
(16.0)

8.0
8.0

i.  Relates to amortisation of intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination.
ii.  For the year ended 31 December 2017, the effect of dilutive share options and long-term incentive plans was anti-dilutive and, therefore, they have not been used to 

calculate diluted earnings per share.

112 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

12. Property, Plant and Equipment

Cost:
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification to inventories
Reclassification
At 31 December

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
At 1 January 
Exchange adjustments
Charge for the year
Impairment of assets (note 6)
Reversal of impairment of assets
Disposals
Reclassification to inventories
Reclassification
At 31 December

Land and 
buildings
$m

262.3
(2.7)
3.6
(13.2)
–
–
250.0

46.2
(0.8)
6.4
–
(1.9)
(4.4)
–
–
45.5

Year ended 31 December 2018
Plant, 
machinery 
and motor 
vehicles
$m

Oil and gas 
exploration 
and 
development
$m

Rental tools
$m

336.2
(4.7)
20.1
(10.3)
(0.1)
0.1
341.3

218.0
(3.8)
23.6
1.0
(0.1)
(6.8)
(0.4)
0.1
231.6

181.8
–
0.5
–
–
–
182.3

178.7
–
0.9
–
–
–
–
–
179.6

87.3
(1.2)
5.8
(9.7)
(1.2)
(0.1)
80.9

41.4
(1.1)
4.1
–
–
(5.8)
(0.9)
(0.1)
37.6

43.3

Total
$m

867.6
(8.6)
30.0
(33.2)
(1.3)
–
854.5

484.3
(5.7)
35.0
1.0
(2.0)
(17.0)
(1.3)
–
494.3

Net book amount

204.5

109.7

2.7

360.2

In 2018, the Group has reversed $1.9m of the impairment provision for the Cape Town property and $0.1m for plant and machinery, which were 
sold in 2018 following the Board’s decision to close the South African facility. The reversal of the impairment has been recorded in the 2018 
financial statements as an exceptional item (see note 6) and it is shown in the Middle East, Africa and Other operating segment (note 2).

Given the modest drilling activity forecast for East Africa in the medium term, the Board has made the decision to close its Kenyan joint venture 
in Mombasa. Plant, machinery and motor vehicles were impaired by $1.0m in the year. The impairment has been recorded in the 2018 financial 
statements as an exceptional item (see note 6) and it is shown in the Middle East, Africa and Other operating segment (note 2).

Included in the net book amount is expenditure relating to assets in the course of construction of $2.5m (2017 – $0.2m) for buildings and $7.1m 
(2017 – $3.6m) for plant and machinery.

Group capital expenditure committed for the purchase of property, plant and equipment, but not provided for in these financial statements, 
amounted to $15.0m (2017 – $0.9m).

The net book amount of land and buildings of $204.5m (2017 – $216.1m) comprises freehold land and buildings of $202.4m (2017 – $213.1m) and 
capitalised leasehold improvements of $2.1m (2017 – $3.0m).

In accordance with the amendments made to the Group’s core committed bank facility in July 2016, security has been granted over specific 
properties, plant and equipment in the UK and US, which have a carrying value of $229.6m (2017 – $230.8m).

Oil and gas productive and development assets are tested for impairment at least annually. Following a valuation of oil and gas reserves at 
31 December 2018, performed for impairment purposes, no impairment charges were required (2017 – $nil). The recoverable amount of oil and 
gas development expenditure is based on value-in-use. These calculations use discounted cash flow projections based on estimated oil and gas 
reserves, future production and the income and costs in generating this production. Cash flows are based on productive lives between one and 
15 years and are discounted using a nominal pre-tax rate of 10% (2017 – 10%). 

The carrying value of PPE assets in certain CGUs remains sensitive to reasonably foreseeable declines in future revenue growth as measured by 
changes in compound annual growth rates (“CAGRs”). These sensitivities are based on the impairment test process described in note 13. 

 • For Canada, if the CAGR for 2018 to 2023 is below 4% this will result in impairment (2017 – 11% CAGR for 2017 to 2022). An increase in 

discount rates of 60 basis points would also trigger impairment. The net book value of PPE in Canada is $2.7m (2017 – $3.4m).

 • For Aberdeen/Netherlands OCTG if the CAGR for 2018 to 2023 is below 6% this will result in impairment (2017 – 2% CAGR for 2017 to 2022). 

The net book value of PPE in Aberdeen/Netherlands OCTG is $5.7m (2017 – $7.6m).

There are no other reasonably foreseeable changes in revenue growth rates that would give rise to impairment charges in other CGUs. 

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

113

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

12. Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Cost:
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification from (to) inventories
Reclassification
At 31 December

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
At 1 January 
Exchange adjustments
Charge for the year
Impairment of assets (note 6)
Disposals
Reclassification to inventories
Reclassification
At 31 December

Land and 
buildings
$m

255.9
4.3
1.7
(0.2)
–
0.6
262.3

34.2
1.1
6.8
4.3
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
46.2

Net book amount

216.1

118.2

The net book amount of property, plant and equipment at 1 January 2017 was $419.0m.

13. Goodwill

Cost:
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
At 31 December

Accumulated impairment:
At 1 January 
Exchange adjustments
At 31 December

Net book amount

The net book amount of goodwill at 1 January 2017 was $229.8m.

(a) Impairment Tests for Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (“CGUs”) as follows:

CGU
Hunting Titan
Hunting Stafford “Subsea” (formally National Coupling Company)
Dearborn
US Manufacturing
Hunting Specialty
European Well Intervention (Welltonic acquisition)
At 31 December

114 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Year ended 31 December 2017
Plant 
machinery  
and motor 
vehicles
$m

Rental tools
$m

Oil and gas 
exploration 
and 
development
$m 

329.1
6.8
7.5
(6.8)
0.2
(0.6)
336.2

188.7
5.1
26.8
2.9
(5.6)
–
0.1
218.0

181.6
–
0.2
–
–
–
181.8

177.9
–
0.8
–
–
–
–
178.7

92.9
1.0
2.1
(7.9)
(0.8)
–
87.3

39.7
0.7
5.2
0.4
(3.5)
(1.1)
–
41.4

45.9

Total
$m

859.5
12.1
11.5
(14.9)
(0.6)
–
867.6

440.5
6.9
39.6
7.6
(9.2)
(1.1)
–
484.3

3.1

383.3

2018
$m

518.1
(3.0)
515.1

287.8
(2.6)
285.2

2017
$m

515.1
3.0
518.1

285.3
2.5
287.8

229.9

230.3

2018
$m
180.4
15.0
12.5
12.5
5.0
4.5
229.9

2017
$m
180.5
15.0
12.5
12.5
5.0
4.8
230.3

13. Goodwill continued

(a) Impairment Tests for Goodwill continued
The recoverable amount for each CGU has been determined using a fair value less costs of disposal (“FVLCD”) method, which represents the 
value of the CGU in a sales transaction on an arm’s-length basis. As there is no active market for the Group’s CGUs, the FVLCD is determined 
using discounted cash flow techniques based on the estimated future gross cash flows that are expected to be generated by the CGU and are 
discounted at a rate that is determined for each CGU in isolation by consideration of their business risk profiles. This method allows approved 
capital projects that are in progress to be included. The recoverable amount calculations use discounted pre-tax nominal cash flow projections. 
The FVLCD is a Level 3 measurement as per the fair value hierarchy as defined within IFRS 13 due to unobservable inputs used in the valuation.

The key assumptions for the recoverable amount calculations are revenue growth rates, taking into account the impact these have on margins, 
terminal growth rates and the discount rates applied.

For 2019, cash flows are based on the approved Board budget. For 2020 to 2023, management has made revenue projections using Spears and 
Associates “Drilling and Production Outlook” independent reports as a default basis, selecting the most appropriate geographic markets and 
drivers (rig count, footage drilled or E&P spend) for each CGU. Management has then applied judgemental changes to revenue growth 
expectations, if appropriate, to reflect circumstances specific to the CGU. Having determined the projected revenues, management has then 
modelled the expected impact on margins and cash flow from the resulting revenue projections.

2018 has seen a continuation of the recovery for the Group, in particular as a result of the growth of the US onshore market and has seen 
modest improvements in US offshore and some international markets. This mixed picture impacts CGUs differently depending on their exposure 
to these markets and compound annual growth rates (“CAGR”) for revenue for the CGUs from 2018 to 2023 vary between 3% and 13%  
(2017 – CAGR from 2017 to 2022 between 9% and 19%). These growth rates should be seen in the context of the year-on-year declines in 
revenue in 2015 and 2016, which were 42% and 44% respectively, and the growth in revenue during 2017 and 2018 of 59% and 26% 
respectively. After 2023, a terminal value has been calculated assuming growth of 50 basis points above assumed inflation, giving nominal 
growth rates between 2% and 3% (2017 – between 2% and 3%).

Cash flows have been discounted using nominal pre-tax rates between 10% and 11% (2017 – 9% and 11%). The discount rates reflect current 
market assessments of the equity market risk premiums, the volatility of returns, the risks associated with the cash flows, the likely external 
borrowing rate of the CGU and expected levels of leverage. Consideration has also been given to other factors such as currency risk, operational 
risk and country risk.

No impairment charges have been recorded as a result of the impairment review carried out in the year (2017 – $nil).

(b) Material CGU 
Hunting Titan – Hunting Titan represents 78% of the goodwill balance at the year-end (2017 – 78%) and has a carrying value, including amounts 
recognised on consolidation such as goodwill, of $500.8m (2017 – $459.5m). Projected annual growth rates from 2018 to 2023 vary between 2% 
and 5% (2017 – growth rates from 2017 to 2022 between 2% and 12%). Growth rates are lower following the record performance during 2018. 
Cash flows have been discounted at a nominal pre-tax rate of 11% (2017 – 10%). There is no reasonably foreseeable change in revenue growth 
rates, or terminal growth rates, or discount rates, which will give rise to impairment charges.

(c) Sensitivities 
Management has reviewed various downside sensitivities versus the base case assumptions used in our projections. These covered revenue 
growth rates, terminal revenue growth rates and discount rates. 

For our European Well Intervention CGU, if our CAGR from 2018 to 2023 is below 6% this will result in an impairment to the $4.5m goodwill 
carrying value.

For the other CGUs, management has concluded that there are no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions that will give rise to an 
impairment.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

115

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

14. Other Intangible Assets

Cost:
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Additions
At 31 December

Accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 1 January 
Exchange adjustments
Charge for the year
At 31 December

Net book amount

Cost:
At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Additions
Disposals
At 31 December

Accumulated amortisation and impairment:
At 1 January 
Exchange adjustments
Charge for the year
Reclassification
At 31 December

Net book amount

Customer 
relationships
$m

Unpatented 
technology
$m

2018
Patents and 
trademarks
$m

247.1
(0.2)
–
246.9

172.1
(0.2)
21.7
193.6

53.3

72.8
(0.3)
5.4
77.9

35.6
(0.1)
6.8
42.3

35.6

57.3
(0.1)
0.9
58.1

45.1
–
2.6
47.7

10.4

Customer 
relationships
$m

Unpatented 
technology
$m

2017
Patents and 
trademarks
$m

246.8
0.3
–
–
247.1

150.0
0.3
21.8
–
172.1

75.0

69.2
0.3
5.0
(1.7)
72.8

29.5
0.1
6.2
(0.2)
35.6

37.2

55.0
0.1
0.5
1.7
57.3

42.5
–
2.4
0.2
45.1

12.2

Other
$m

22.0
(0.3)
0.3
22.0

21.0
(0.3)
0.8
21.5

Total
$m

399.2
(0.9)
6.6
404.9

273.8
(0.6)
31.9
305.1

0.5

99.8

Other
$m

21.6
0.4
–
–
22.0

19.9
0.3
0.8
–
21.0

Total
$m

392.6
1.1
5.5
–
399.2

241.9
0.7
31.2
–
273.8

1.0

125.4

The net book amount of other intangible assets at 1 January 2017 was $150.7m.

Other intangible assets of $0.5m (2017 – $1.0m) include software of $0.4m (2017 – $0.7m).

Internally generated intangible assets have been included within unpatented technology. The carrying value at the beginning of the year was 
$17.1m (restated) (2017 – $12.8m restated). Additions during the year were $5.4m (2017 – $4.7m restated) and the amortisation charge for the 
year was $1.4m (2017 – $0.7m restated). After foreign exchange losses of $0.3m (2017 – $0.3m gains), the carrying value at the end of the year 
was $20.8m (2017 – $17.1m restated).

Internally generated intangible assets have also been included within patents. The carrying value at the beginning of the year was $4.5m  
(2017 – $3.5m). Additions during the year were $0.9m (2017 – $1.6m) and the amortisation charge for the year was $0.9m (2017 – $0.7m). After 
foreign exchange losses of $0.1m (2017 – $0.1m gains), the carrying value at the end of the year was $4.4m (2017 – $4.5m).

All intangible assets are regarded as having a finite life and are amortised accordingly. All amortisation charges relating to intangible assets have 
been charged to operating expenses.

Included in other intangible assets are balances for CGUs which may be subject to impairment sensitivities as follows: European Well Intervention 
$2.8m (2017 – $2.8m), Canada $1.9m (2017 – $1.9m) and Aberdeen/Netherlands OCTG $0.1m (2017 – $0.4m). Details of the sensitivity for the 
European Well Intervention CGU can be found in note 13 and for Canada and Aberdeen/Netherlands OCTG details can be found in note 12.

Individual Material Intangible Assets
Included in the table above are customer relationships, purchased as part of the Titan acquisition with a net book value of $51.5m 
(2017 – $70.5m). The cost brought forward and at the year-end was $190.2m (2017 – $190.2m). Following the amortisation charge of $19.0m for 
the year (2017 – $19.0m), accumulated amortisation at the year-end was $138.7m (2017 – $119.7m). The intangible asset has a remaining 
amortisation period at the year-end of 2.8 years (2017 – 3.8 years).

116 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
15. Investments

Listed equity investments and mutual funds

2018
$m
1.7

2017
$m
12.2

The listed equity investments and mutual funds are presented on the balance sheet as non-current investments of $1.7m (2017 – $1.8m) and 
current investments of $nil (2017 – $10.4m). The listed equity investments and mutual funds are equity instruments measured at fair value though 
profit or loss. Returns on the listed equity investments and mutual funds of $nil (2017 – $1.9m) have been included in other finance income in note 9.

16. Trade and Other Receivables

Non-current:
Loan note
Prepayments
Other receivables

Current:
Contract assets
Trade receivables
Accrued revenue
Gross receivables
Less: provision for impairment
Net receivables
Prepayments
Loan note
Other receivablesi
Net book amount

i.  Other receivables include a provision for impairment of $0.1m.

Current:
Contract assets
Trade receivables
Accrued revenue
Gross receivables
Less: provision for impairment
Net receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables
Net book amount

2018
$m

0.6
2.5
0.4
3.5

2018

Contracts 
with 
customers
$m

Rental 
receivables
$m

Other 
receivables
$m

11.8
172.1
5.3
189.2
(2.7)
186.5
–
–
–
186.5

–
12.6
2.6
15.2
(0.3)
14.9
–
–
–
14.9

–
0.3
–
0.3
–
0.3
22.5
0.6
6.2
29.6

Restated
2017

Contracts  
with  

customers
$m

Rental 
receivables
$m

Other 
receivables
$m

6.8
139.9
4.5
151.2
(4.4)
146.8
–
–
146.8

–
12.9
1.7
14.6
(0.4)
14.2
–
–
14.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
17.6
7.1
24.7

2017
$m

1.3
1.7
0.3
3.3

Total
$m

11.8
185.0
7.9
204.7
(3.0)
201.7
22.5
0.6
6.2
231.0

Total
$m

6.8
152.8
6.2
165.8
(4.8)
161.0
17.6
7.1
185.7

Trade receivables of $185.0m (2017 – $152.8m), accrued revenue of $7.9m (2017 – $6.2m) and the loan note of $1.2m (2017 – $1.3m) are financial 
assets measured at amortised cost. Interest income on the loan note is included within other finance income in note 9. The amount is immaterial 
in 2018 and 2017. Interest charged on the loan is based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.75%.

Other receivables generally arise from transactions outside the usual operating activities of the Group and comprise receivables from associates 
of $0.4m (2017 – $0.5m), receivable on liquidation of associate of $nil (2017 – $1.3m), tax receivables (VAT, GST, franchise taxes, and sales and 
use taxes) of $4.1m (2017 – $3.8m), derivative financial assets $0.7m (2017 – $nil) and other receivables of $1.4m (2017 – $1.8m). Receivables 
from associates, the receivable on liquidation of an associate and other receivables are financial assets measured at amortised cost. Derivative 
financial assets of $0.5m (2017 – $nil) are held for trading measured at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial assets of $0.2m 
(2017 – $nil) are designated in a hedge measured at fair value.

The Group does not hold any collateral as security and no assets have been acquired through the exercise of any collateral previously held. In 
accordance with the amendments made to the Group’s core committed bank facility in July 2016, security has been granted over certain trade 
receivables and other receivables in the UK, US and Canada, which have a gross value of $153.6m (2017 – $125.4m). For the receivables 
pledged as security, their carrying value approximates their fair value.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

117

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

16. Trade and Other Receivables continued 

Impairment of Trade and Other Receivables
The Group has chosen to apply lifetime expected credit losses (“ECLs”) to trade receivables, accrued revenue, contract assets and lease 
receivables, both short term and long term, upon their initial recognition. Each entity within the Group uses provision matrices for recognising 
ECLs on its receivables, which are based on actual credit loss experience over the past two years, at a minimum. Receivables are appropriately 
grouped by geographical region, product type or type of customer, and separate calculations produced, if historical or forecast credit loss 
experience shows significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments. Actual credit loss experience is then adjusted to reflect 
differences in economic conditions over the period the historical data was collected, current economic conditions, forward-looking information 
and the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables.

The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the ECLs at each balance sheet date associated with its loan note that is carried at amortised 
cost. The impairment methodology applied, following the adoption of the general model under IFRS 9, will depend on whether there has been a 
significant increase in credit risk. To assess whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the risk of default occurring on the loan 
as at 31 December 2018 is compared with the risk of default occurring as at the date of initial recognition, being 31 March 2015. Indications of 
a significant increase in credit risk include events that have a negative impact on the estimated future cash flows and if any payments under the 
terms of the debt are more than 30 days overdue. Macroeconomic information is also considered, including the current state of the tanker shipping 
market. The terms of the loan note were revised during 2017. There have been no breaches of the revised terms during 2018. Therefore, the 
Group does not consider there to have been a significant increase in credit risk.

During the year, the movements on the provision for impairment were as follows:

At 1 January (calculated under IAS 39)
Amounts restated through opening retained earnings (note 38(b))
At 1 January restated (calculated under IFRS 9)
Exchange adjustments
Charge to the income statement – lifetime expected credit losses
Unused provisions released to the income statement
Utilised against receivables written off

At 1 January
Charge to the income statement 
Unused provisions released to the income statement 
Utilised against receivables written off

Contracts 
 with 
customers
$m
4.4
0.2
4.6
(0.1)
0.9
(0.3)
(2.4)
2.7

Contracts  
with  

customers
$m
4.1
1.7
(1.2)
(0.2)
4.4

2018

Rental 
receivables
$m
0.4
–
0.4
–
0.6
(0.2)
(0.5)
0.3

Other 
receivables
$m
–
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
0.1

2017

Rental 
receivables 
$m 
0.3
0.1
–
–
0.4

Other 
receivables
$m
–
–
–
–
–

Total
$m
4.8
0.2
5.0
(0.1)
1.6
(0.5)
(2.9)
3.1

Total
$m
4.4
1.8
(1.2)
(0.2)
4.8

Default on a financial asset is usually considered to have occurred when any contractual payments under the terms of the debt are more than 90 
days overdue and no further deliveries are made or services provided to that customer unless there is a valid reason to do so.

Receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that receivables are generally not recoverable include 
the failure of the debtor to engage in a repayment plan, failure to make contractual payments for a period greater than 180 days past due and the 
debtor being placed in administration. Where receivables have been written off, the entity will continue to try and recover the outstanding receivable. 
Impairment losses on receivables are presented net of unused provisions released to the income statement within operating expenses.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s wide and unrelated customer base. The Group’s 
maximum exposure to any single trade debtor does not exceed $9.8m. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount of each 
class of financial assets mentioned above. The carrying value of each class of receivable approximates their fair value as described in note 26.

118 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

17. Deferred Tax
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are only offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset, when the deferred income taxes relate 
to the same fiscal authority and there is an intention to settle the balance net. The offset amounts are as follows:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

The movement in the net deferred tax asset (liability) is as follows:

At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Credit (charge) to the income statementi 
Change in tax rates
Taken direct to equity
Other movements
At 31 December

2018
$m
26.0
(1.2)
24.8

2018
$m
(2.0)
0.4
20.3
0.4
0.2
5.5
24.8

2017
$m
4.2
(6.2)
(2.0)

2017
$m
(5.6)
(0.3)
(1.8)
0.4
–
5.3
(2.0)

i.  The credit (2017 – charge) to the income statement comprises a charge of $9.4m (2017 – $2.3m charge) for the origination and reversal of temporary differences, 

a credit for the recognition of US deferred tax of $28.9m (2017 – $nil) and a credit of $0.8m (2017 – $0.5m credit) for adjustments in respect of prior years (note 10).

The change in tax rates relates to the rate at which UK deferred tax balances are recorded. Other movements of $5.5m (2017 – $5.3m) include 
$5.8m for the release of the deferred tax liability to offset tax withheld at source by the UK pension scheme following the repayment of a net 
$10.6m surplus to the Company.

Deferred tax assets of $35.4m gross and $8.1m tax (2017 – $174.0m gross and $39.8m tax) have not been recognised as realisation of the tax 
benefit is not probable. This includes $34.4m gross and $7.9m tax (2017 – $164.5m gross and $37.1m tax) in respect of trading losses, which 
have no expiry date. Deferred tax assets of $26.0m (2017 – $4.2m) are expected to be recovered after more than 12 months. Deferred tax 
liabilities of $1.2m (2017 – $6.2m) are expected to be released within 12 months.

A deferred tax asset of $19.1m (2017 – $2.8m) has been recognised in respect of tax losses in various locations on the basis of forecast future 
taxable profits against which those tax losses could be utilised. Post-retirement benefits include $nil (2017 – $6.5m) in respect of the tax that will 
be withheld at source on the future refunds of the surplus from the pension scheme.

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities, prior to taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdictions, 
are shown below:

Tax losses
Inventory
Goodwill and intangibles
Post-retirement benefits
Asset decommissioning provision
Accumulated tax depreciation
Share-based payments
Other

Tax losses
Inventory
Goodwill and intangibles
Post-retirement benefits
Asset decommissioning provision
Accumulated tax depreciation
Share-based payments
Other

At  
1 January 
2018
$m
2.8
5.2
11.7
(4.8)
1.2
(14.5)
0.8
(4.4)
(2.0)

Exchange 
adjustments
$m
0.1
–
–
0.3
–
0.1
–
(0.1)
0.4

 (Charge)  
credit to 
income 
statement
$m
11.9
6.0
10.2
–
1.1
(16.9)
3.3
4.7
20.3

Change in 
tax rates
$m
(0.1)
–
–
0.4
–
–
–
0.1
0.4

Taken 
direct to 
equity
$m
–
–
–
0.4
–
–
(0.2)
–
0.2

Other 
movements
$m
4.4
(4.9)
(11.9)
4.0
(1.2)
14.1
–
1.0
5.5

At  
31 December 
2018 
$m
19.1
6.3
10.0
0.3
1.1
(17.2)
3.9
1.3
24.8

Net 
deferred 
tax assets
$m
19.1
6.3
10.2
0.3
1.1
(16.0)
3.9
1.1
26.0

At 
1 January 
2017 
$m
5.6
7.3
19.1
(8.8)
2.1
(23.5)
0.5
(7.9)
(5.6)

Exchange 
adjustments
$m
0.3
–
–
(0.7)
–
–
–
0.1
(0.3)

(Charge) 
credit to 
income 
statement
$m
(3.2)
–
(0.5)
0.3
–
0.5
0.3
0.8
(1.8)

Change in 
tax rates
$m
0.1
–
–
0.3
–
–
–
–
0.4

Taken 
direct to 
equity
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Other 
movements
$m
–
(2.1)
(6.9)
4.1
(0.9)
8.5
–
2.6
5.3

At 
31 December 
2017
$m
2.8
5.2
11.7
(4.8)
1.2
(14.5)
0.8
(4.4)
(2.0)

Net 
deferred 
tax assets
$m
2.8
0.3
–
–
–
0.6
–
0.5
4.2

Net 
deferred 
tax 
liabilities
$m
–
–
(0.2)
–
–
(1.2)
–
0.2
(1.2)

Net 
deferred
tax
liabilities
$m
–
4.9
11.7
(4.8)
1.2
(15.1)
0.8
(4.9)
(6.2)

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

119

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

17. Deferred Tax continued 

Now that deferred tax assets have been recognised in full for the US, the net adjusted tax assets for goodwill and intangibles is shown as a net 
deferred tax asset. For 2017, deferred tax assets were not recognised in respect of assets above deferred tax liabilities and consequently is 
shown in net deferred tax liabilities.

18. Inventories

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
Gross inventories
Less: provisions for losses
Net inventories

2018
$m
113.8
67.7
191.2
372.7
(24.5)
348.2

Restated
2017
$m
98.7
47.4
163.1
309.2
(28.2)
281.0

The net inventory balance comprises $295.2m of inventory carried at cost (2017 – $226.7m restated) and $53.0m of inventory carried at net 
realisable value (2017 – $54.3m). In determining an estimate of net realisable value, management makes judgements in respect of the durability 
and general high quality of the Group’s products, which provide a degree of protection against adverse market conditions and competitor 
product development and pricing activity.

Gross inventories have increased $63.5m from $309.2m (restated) at 31 December 2017 to $372.7m at 31 December 2018. Additions to 
inventories were $670.4m (2017 – $534.2m), which were offset by foreign exchange losses of $6.8m (2017 – $8.0m gains), inventories expensed 
to cost of sales of $592.8m (2017 – $514.7m restated), inventories written off of $7.3m (2017 – $4.2m) against the inventory provision and 
inventories transferred to PPE of $nil (2017 – $0.5m). 

The inventory provision has decreased by $3.7m from $28.2m (restated) at 31 December 2017 to $24.5m at 31 December 2018, as a result of an 
impairment charge included in cost of sales of $6.2m (2017 – $6.6m), offset by foreign exchange gains of $0.6m (2017 – $0.9m losses), $7.3m 
(2017 – $4.2m) of the provision being utilised in the year against inventories written off and the reversal of previous write-downs of $2.0m  
(2017 – $1.4m) also included in cost of sales. The reversal of previous write-downs occurred when inventory was sold for an amount higher than 
its net realisable value and also where older inventories, which had previously been written off, were sold as market conditions improved in the oil 
and gas sector. Overall, Hunting’s provision for inventory losses has reduced from 9% of gross inventory balances at 31 December 2017 to 7% at 
31 December 2018, as improving market conditions have lead to a lower proportion of inventories having a recoverable value less than their cost.

In accordance with the amendments made to the Group’s core committed bank facility in July 2016, security has been granted over inventories 
in certain subsidiaries in the UK, US and Canada, which have a gross value of $234.1m (2017 – $188.9m). 

The Group expects that $290.0m (2017 – $211.9m restated) of the Group’s inventories of $348.2m (2017 – $281.0m restated) will be realised 
within 12 months of the balance sheet date and $58.2m (2017 – $69.1m) will be realised after 12 months.

19. Trade and Other Payables

Non-current:
US deferred compensation plan obligation (note 29)
Accruals
Social security and other taxes
Other payables – derivative financial liabilities

Current:
Contract liabilities
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Accruals
US deferred compensation plan obligation (note 29)
Other payables

2018
$m

1.7
1.4
0.7
–
3.8

2018
$m

5.5
62.3
8.8
59.9
–
4.4
140.9

2017
$m

1.8
1.5
0.5
0.1
3.9

Restated
2017
$m

9.1
47.3
9.3
49.9
10.4
4.9
130.9

Trade payables of $62.3m (2017 – $47.3m), accruals of $61.3m (2017 – $51.4m) and other payables of $4.3m (2017 – $3.0m) are financial liabilities 
measured at amortised cost. Other payables also include derivative financial liabilities of $0.1m (2017 – $0.4m) held for trading measured at fair 
value through profit or loss, derivative financial liabilities designated in a fair value hedge measured at fair value of $nil (2017 – $0.5m) and 
derivative financial liabilities designated in a cash flow hedge measured at fair value of $nil (2017 – $0.1m). 

120 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
20. Contract Assets and Liabilities

The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers.

Contract assets (note 16)
Contract liabilities (note 19)

Trade receivables – contracts with customers (note 16)
Loss allowance
Net trade receivables – contracts with customers

2018
$m
11.8
(5.5)

172.1
(2.7)
169.4

2017
$m
6.8
(9.1)

139.9
(4.4)
135.5

There was an impairment write-down of $0.9m recognised in relation to receivables arising on the Group’s contracts with customers, foreign 
exchange gains of $0.1m, $2.4m of the provision was utilised in the year against receivables written off and $0.3m reversal of an impairment 
write-down in relation to receivables arising on contracts with customers. 

(a) Significant Changes in Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities 
Contract assets have increased from $6.8m in 2017 to $11.8m due to increased levels of bespoke customer work-in-progress in Hunting Dearborn. 

Contract liabilities represent deposits received on contracts relating to the purchase of pipe in the Asia Pacific businesses, prior to Hunting 
placing an order with the steel mills, and have decreased from $9.1m in 2017 to $5.5m due to a change in the mix of orders at the year-end, 
whereby customers were not required to pay a deposit when placing an order.

(b) Revenue Recognised in Relation to Contract Liabilities 
The following table shows how much of the revenue recognised in the current reporting period relates to carried-forward contract liabilities and 
how much relates to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year.

Revenue recognised that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year
Revenue recognised from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous years
Total

2018
$m
8.8
–
8.8

2017
$m
1.6 
–
1.6

(c) Unsatisfied Performance Obligations
The aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to partially or fully unsatisfied performance obligations as at the year-end on confirmed 
purchase orders received prior to the year-end is $250.2m. It is expected that 97% or $243.0m will be recognised as revenue in the 2019 financial 
year and the remaining 3% or $7.2m in future years.

As permitted under the transitional provisions of IFRS 15, the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations as of 31 December 
2017 is not disclosed.

21. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand
Money Market Funds
Short-term deposits of less than three month’s maturity

2018
$m
32.4
26.1
9.4
67.9

2017
$m
36.4
–
–
36.4

Cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits are carried at amortised cost. Money Market Funds are financial assets carried at fair value 
through profit or loss.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

121

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

22. Borrowings

Non-current:
Other unsecured loans

Current:
Bank overdrafts secured
Unsecured bank loans

Total borrowings

2018
$m

3.9

1.8
0.9
2.7

6.6

2017
$m

3.9

2.1
–
2.1

6.0

In accordance with the amendments made to the Group’s committed facility in July 2016, security has been granted over certain property, plant 
and equipment, receivables and inventory. The carrying amounts of the assets pledged as security are disclosed in notes 12, 16 and 18.

Analysis of Borrowings by Currency
The carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings is denominated in the following currencies:

Other unsecured loans
Bank overdrafts secured
Unsecured bank loans
At 31 December 2018

Other unsecured loans
Bank overdrafts secured
At 31 December 2017

US dollars
$m
3.9
1.8
–
5.7

US dollars
$m
3.9
2.1
6.0

Chinese
CNY
$m
–
–
0.9
0.9

Chinese
CNY
$m
–
–
–

Total
$m
3.9
1.8
0.9
6.6

Total
$m
3.9
2.1
6.0

23. Changes in Net Cash (Debt)
Hunting operates a centralised treasury function that manages all cash and loan positions throughout the Group and ensures funds are used 
efficiently through the use of cash concentration account structures and other such measures. As the Group manages funding on a net cash/
debt basis, internal reporting focuses on changes in net cash/debt and this is presented in the Strategic Report. The net cash/debt reconciliation 
provides an analysis of the movement in the year for each component of net debt split between cash and non-cash items. Net cash/debt 
comprises cash at bank and in hand, short-term deposits and Money Market Funds less bank overdrafts, current and non-current borrowings.

Cash at bank and in hand (note 21)
Money Market Funds (note 21)
Short-term deposits (note 21)
Bank overdrafts (note 22)
Cash and cash equivalents – per cash flow statement
Other current borrowings (note 22)
Non-current borrowings (note 22)
Total net cash (debt)

Cash at bank and in hand (note 21)
Bank overdrafts (note 22)
Cash and cash equivalents – per cash flow statement
Current investments (note 22)
Non-current borrowings (note 22)
Current bank loans (note 22)
Total net borrowings
Capitalised loan facility fees
Total net cash (debt)

At  
1 January 
2018
$m
36.4
–
–
(2.1)
34.3
–
(3.9)
30.4

At  
1 January 
2017
$m
63.5
(43.2)
20.3
0.8
(12.5)
(11.1)
(2.5)
0.6
(1.9)

Cash flow
$m
(2.9)
26.1
9.4
0.3
32.9
(0.9)
–
32.0

Exchange 
movements
$m
(1.1)
–
–
–
(1.1)
–
–
(1.1)

Cash flow
$m
(29.0)
41.7
12.7
(0.8)
9.0
11.6
32.5
–
32.5

Exchange 
movements
$m
1.9
(0.6)
1.3
–
(0.4)
(0.5)
0.4
–
0.4

Movement in 
capitalised 
loan facility 
feesi
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Movement in 
capitalised 
loan facility
feesi
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)

Reclassified 
to 
prepayments
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

At  
31 December 
2018
$m
32.4
26.1
9.4
(1.8)
66.1
(0.9)
(3.9)
61.3

Reclassified  
to 
prepayments
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.4)
(0.4)

At  
31 December 
2017
$m
36.4
(2.1)
34.3
–
(3.9)
–
30.4
–
30.4

i.   During the year, $0.5m (2017 – $0.2m) loan facility fees were paid, $0.6m (2017 – $nil) were accrued and $0.4m (2017 – $0.4m) fees were amortised.

122 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

24. Provisions

At 1 January 2018
Exchange adjustments
Charged to the income statement
Provisions utilised
Unutilised amounts reversed
Unwinding of discount
Reclassification to accruals
At 31 December 2018

Provisions are due as follows:

Current
Non-current

Onerous 
contracts
$m
5.4
(0.3)
0.8
(0.8)
(1.0)
–
–
4.1

Other
$m
12.6
(0.2)
0.9
(2.9)
(0.3)
0.1
(0.1)
10.1

2018
$m
4.7
9.5
14.2

Total
$m
18.0
(0.5)
1.7
(3.7)
(1.3)
0.1
(0.1)
14.2

2017
$m
6.4
11.6
18.0

The Group has commitments in respect of leasehold properties, some of which are not used for Group trading purposes and are vacant or 
sub-let to third parties. The provision for onerous contracts reflects the uncertainty of future conditions in the sub-letting market. It is expected 
that $1.1m of the provision will be utilised in 2019 and the remaining balance of $3.0m will be utilised from 2020 to 2023. Provision is made on a 
discounted basis, at a risk-free rate of between 0.72% and 0.86% p.a. (2017 – between 0.22% and 0.72% p.a.), for the net rental deficit on these 
properties to the end of the lease term.

Other provisions include asset decommissioning and remediation obligations of $5.6m (2017 – $6.2m) relating to the Group’s obligation to 
dismantle, remove and restore items of property, plant and equipment and warranties and tax indemnities of $0.9m (2017 – $1.0m). The asset 
decommissioning provision reflects uncertainty in the timing and amounts of the costs expected to arise in meeting this obligation. Provision is 
made on a discounted basis, the majority of which is estimated to be utilised over a period of 14 years.

25. Derivatives and Hedging

(a) Currency Derivatives
The Group uses derivatives for economic hedging purposes and no speculative positions are entered into by the Group. The Group has used 
spot and forward foreign exchange contracts, together with foreign currency swaps to hedge its exposure to exchange rate movements during 
the year. 

Fair values of outstanding derivative financial instruments:

Forward foreign exchange contracts – in a cash flow hedge
Forward foreign exchange contracts – in a fair value hedge
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not in a hedge
Foreign currency swaps – in a fair value hedge
Foreign currency swaps – not in a hedge
Total

2018

Total  

assets
$m
–
–
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.7

Total 
liabilities
$m
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)

2017

Total  

assets
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total  

liabilities
$m
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.4)
(0.3)
(1.0)

Gains on contracts that are not designated in a hedge relationship of $0.3m (2017 – $0.1m gain) have been recognised in the income statement 
during the year and gains of $0.6m (2017 – $nil) on contracts not designated in a hedge relationship have been recognised in exceptional items, 
which has been included in the $2.0m credit on the closure of the South African facility in note 6.

(b) Fair Value Hedge
During the year, foreign currency swaps have been designated in a fair value hedge to hedge the foreign exchange changes in a pseudo-equity 
Canadian dollar inter-company loan by the entity with the loan receivable, where the functional currency of the lending entity is US dollars. The 
value of the foreign currency swap and the value of the Canadian dollar-denominated pseudo-equity loan move in the opposite direction as a 
result of movements in the CAD/USD exchange rate, being the hedged risk. There was no ineffectiveness in the fair value hedge. 

The pseudo-equity loan does not appear in the Group’s statement of financial position as it is an inter-company loan and is therefore eliminated 
on consolidation.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

123

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

25. Derivatives and Hedging continued

(b) Fair Value Hedge continued
The effects of the outstanding foreign currency swap on the Group’s financial position and performance are as follows:

Carrying amount of the foreign currency swap – asset (note 16)
Notional amount of the foreign currency swap
Maturity date
Hedge ratioi
Carrying amount of the pseudo-equity loan
Change in value of hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness

$m
$m

$m
$m

2018
0.2
14.2
07.01.19
1:1
14.2
(0.2)

i.  The foreign currency swap is denominated in the same currency as the pseudo equity loan to match the exposed currency risk, therefore the hedge ratio is 1:1. 

Forward foreign exchange contracts have also been designated in a fair value hedge to hedge the foreign exchange movement in foreign 
currency trade payables. The value of the forward foreign exchange contract matches the value of the trade payables and they move in opposite 
directions as a result of movements in the CAD/USD exchange rate, being the hedged risk. Immaterial fair value losses have been recognised in 
the income statement during the year. 

(c) Cash Flow Hedge
The Group has entered into contracts to purchase materials from suppliers in US dollars, where the entity’s functional currency is Canadian 
dollars. Certain of these highly probable forecast transactions have been designated in a cash flow hedge relationship and hedged using forward 
foreign exchange contracts during the year. The value of the forward foreign exchange contract matches the value of the forecast inventory 
purchase and they move in opposite directions as a result of movements in the CAD/USD exchange rate, being the hedged risk. It is anticipated 
that the materials will be sold within 12 months after purchase, at which time the amount deferred in equity will be reclassified to profit or loss as 
part of the cost of inventories sold.

The Group also entered into a contract to purchase an item of property, plant and equipment from a supplier in US dollars, where the entity’s 
functional currency is Canadian dollars. This highly probable forecast transaction was hedged using a forward foreign exchange contract. The 
value of the forward foreign exchange contract matched the value of the forecast property, plant and equipment purchase and they move in 
opposite directions as a result of movements in the CAD/USD exchange rate, being the hedged risk. The amount deferred in equity will be 
reclassified to profit or loss as part of the depreciation charge over the item’s useful life.

The Group also entered into a contract to purchase an item of property, plant an equipment from a supplier in Euros, where the entity’s functional 
currency is US dollars. This highly probable forecast transaction has been hedged using a forward foreign exchange contract. The value of the 
forward foreign exchange contract matched the value of the forecast property, plant and equipment purchase and they move in opposite 
directions as a result of movements in the EUR/USD exchange rate, being the hedged risk. The amount deferred in equity will be reclassified to 
profit or loss as part of the depreciation charge over the item’s useful life.

The Group’s cash flow hedge reserve, which is disclosed as part of other reserves in note 31, relates to the spot component of forward foreign 
exchange contracts, as follows:

Balance as at 1 January 2017
Fair value losses of forward foreign exchange contracts recognised in OCI
Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss
Balance as at 31 December 2017
Fair value gains of forward foreign exchange contracts recognised in OCI
Reclassified to the carrying value of inventory
Balance as at 31 December 2018

$m
–
(0.2)
0.1
(0.1)
0.3
(0.2)
–

124 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

25. Derivatives and Hedging continued 

(c) Cash Flow Hedge continued
The effects of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts on the Group’s financial position and performance are as follows:

Carrying amount of the forward foreign exchange contracts – asset 
Notional amount of the forward foreign exchange contracts
Maturity date
Hedge ratioiii
Change in value of hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness

2018
<0.1
2.2
25.01.19 to 24.10.19
1:1
<(0.1)

$m
$m

$m

iii.  The forward foreign exchange contracts are denominated in the same currency as the highly probable forecast transactions to match the exposed currency risk, 

therefore the hedge ratio is 1:1. 

Immaterial changes in the forward points, the differential between the forward rate and the market spot rate, have been recognised in the income 
statement during the year and previous year.

(d) Hedge Effectiveness
Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to 
ensure that an economic hedge relationship exists between the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

For hedges of the pseudo-equity loan, the Group enters into hedge relationships where the value of the foreign currency swap matches exactly 
with the value of the loan. The Group, therefore, performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. Ineffectiveness will arise if the pseudo-equity 
loan is partially or fully repaid prior to the maturity of the foreign currency swap.

For hedges of foreign currency purchases, the Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match 
exactly with the terms of the hedged item. The Group, therefore, performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. If changes in circumstances 
affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the forward foreign exchange 
contract, then the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness. Ineffectiveness may arise if there is a change in the 
timing of the forecast transaction from what was originally estimated or from a change in the US$ amount charged and invoiced. A possible source 
of ineffectiveness is also a change in credit risk of either party to the derivative, however any change in credit risk is not expected to be material.

There was no ineffectiveness during 2018 or 2017.

26. Financial Instruments: Fair Values

The carrying value of investments, the loan note, contract assets, trade receivables, accrued revenue, other receivables, short-term deposits, 
cash and cash equivalents, trade payables, accruals, other payables, provisions considered to be financial liabilities, bank overdrafts and other 
unsecured loans approximates their fair value. Drawdowns under the revolving credit facility are typically for periods of one month or less and, as 
a result, the carrying value and the fair value are considered to be the same.

The following tables present the Group’s other financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at the year-end and show the level in 
the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements are categorised. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

Equity instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Non-current Listed equity investments and mutual funds
Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Money Market Funds
Current derivatives held for trading
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities
Current derivatives in a hedge
Derivative financial assets

Fair value at  
31 December 
2018
$m

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

1.7

26.1

0.5
(0.1)

0.2
28.4

1.7

26.1

–
–

–
27.8

–

–

0.5
(0.1)

0.2
0.6

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

125

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

26. Financial Instruments: Fair Values continued

Non-current investments
Listed equity investments and mutual funds
Current investments
Listed equity investments and mutual funds
Non-current derivatives held for trading
Derivative financial liabilities
Current derivatives held for trading
Derivative financial liabilities
Current derivative in a hedge
Derivative financial liabilities

Fair value at  
31 December 
2017 
$m

1.8

10.4

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.5)
11.2

Restated

Level 1
$m

1.8

10.4

–

–

–
12.2

Level 2
$m

–

–

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.5)
(1.0)

The above table has been restated to exclude the US deferred compensation plan, as this liability is accounted for under IAS 19 and, therefore, is not a financial liability.

The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:
Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability.

The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined by comparing the cash flows generated by the contract with the coterminous 
cash flows potentially available in the forward exchange market on the balance sheet date. The fair value of Money Market Funds and listed 
equities and mutual funds is based on their current bid prices in an active market, which is considered to be the most representative of fair value, 
at the balance sheet date. The fair values of non-US dollar denominated financial instruments are translated into US dollars using the year-end 
exchange rate.

The inputs used to determine the fair value of derivative financial instruments are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and so the 
fair value measurement is categorised in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of Money Market Funds and listed equity investments 
and mutual funds is based on quoted market prices and so the fair value measurement is categorised in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

27. Financial Risk Management

The Group’s activities expose it to certain financial risks, namely market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and cash flow 
interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s risk management strategy seeks to mitigate potential adverse effects on its financial 
performance. As part of its strategy, both primary and derivative financial instruments are used to hedge certain risk exposures.

There are clearly defined objectives and principles for managing financial risk established by the Board of Directors, with policies, parameters 
and procedures covering the specific areas of funding, banking relationships, foreign currency and interest rate exposures and cash management.

The Group’s treasury function is responsible for implementing the policies and providing a centralised service to the Group for funding, foreign 
exchange and interest rate management and counterparty risk management. It is also responsible for identifying, evaluating and hedging 
financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating companies.

(a) Market Risk: Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group’s international base is exposed to foreign exchange risk from its investing, financing and operating activities, particularly in respect of 
Sterling, Canadian dollars and Chinese Yuan Renminbi. Foreign exchange risks arise from future transactions and cash flows, and from recognised 
monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the Group’s local operations.

The Group’s material foreign exchange rates are:

Average exchange rate to US dollars
Year–end exchange rate to US dollars

Sterling

2018
0.75
0.79

2017
0.78
0.74

Canadian dollar
2018
1.30
1.37

2017
1.30
1.25

(i) Transactional Risk
The exposure to exchange rate movements in significant future transactions and cash flows is hedged by using forward foreign exchange 
contracts. Certain forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments of highly probable forecast transactions. 
Operating companies prepare quarterly rolling 12-month cash flow forecasts to enable working capital currency exposures to be identified. 
Exposures are also identified and hedged, if necessary, on an ad-hoc basis, such as when a purchase order in a foreign currency is placed. 
Currency exposures arise where the cash flows are not in the functional currency of the entity. Exposures arising from committed long-term 
projects beyond a 12-month period are also identified. The currency flows to be hedged are committed foreign currency transactions greater 
than $50,000 equivalent. Exposures of less than $50,000 equivalent will also be hedged but only where the underlying foreign currency cash 
flow is expected to occur 60 days or more from the point of entering into the transaction.

126 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
27. Financial Risk Management continued 

(a) Market Risk: Foreign Exchange Risk continued
The table below shows the carrying values of the Group’s financial instruments at 31 December, including derivative financial instruments, 
on which exchange differences would potentially be recognised in the income statement in the following year. The table excludes derivatives 
designated in a cash flow hedge as fair value gains and losses arising on these are recognised in other comprehensive income.

At 31 December 2018
Functional currency of Group’s entities:
Sterling
US dollars
Canadian dollars
Singapore dollars
Euro
Chinese CNY

Currency of denomination

Sterling
$m

US dollars
$m

–
(2.4)
–
–
(0.8)
–
(3.2)

(3.5)
–
(0.3)
2.3
–
–
(1.5)

AED
$m

–
(1.4)
–
–
–
–
(1.4)

Euro
$m

(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
–
–
(0.2)

Chinese
CNY
$m

Other 
currencies
$m

–
1.0
–
–
–
–
1.0

–
(0.1)
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.3)

Total
$m

(3.6)
(3.0)
(0.3)
2.3
(0.8)
(0.2)
(5.6)

The Sterling, US dollar, United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) Dirham (“AED”) and Chinese Yuan Renminbi (“CNY”) denominated financial instruments 
consist of cash balances, trade and other receivables, accrued revenue, trade and other payables, accrued expenses, provisions and intra-
Group loans. 

At 31 December 2017
Functional currency of Group’s entities:
Sterling
US dollars
Canadian dollars
Singapore dollars
Euro
Chinese CNY

Currency of denomination

Sterling
$m

US dollars
$m

–
(1.9)
–
–
(0.2)
–
(2.1)

1.7
–
(1.2)
1.6
–
(1.5)
0.6

AED
$m

–
(0.7)
–
–
–
–
(0.7)

Euro
$m

–
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
(0.1)

Chinese
CNY
$m

Other 
currencies
$m

–
2.5
–
–
–
–
2.5

–
(0.3)
–
–
–
(0.5)
(0.8)

Total
$m

1.7
(0.4)
(1.2)
1.5
(0.2)
(2.0)
(0.6)

The Sterling, US dollar and Chinese Yuan Renminbi denominated financial instruments consist of cash balances, trade and other receivables, 
accrued revenue, trade and other payables, accrued expenses, provisions and intra-Group loans. 

(ii) Translational Risk
Foreign exchange risk also arises from financial assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency of an entity’s operations and 
forward foreign exchange contracts are used to manage the exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. Where appropriate, hedge 
accounting is applied to the forward foreign exchange contracts and the hedged item to remove any accounting mismatch. 

Foreign exchange risk also arises from the Group’s investments in foreign operations. During the year, foreign currency swaps have been 
designated in a fair value hedge to hedge the foreign exchange rate changes in a pseudo-equity Canadian dollar inter-company loan. 

The foreign exchange exposure arising from the translation of its net investments in foreign operations into the Group’s presentation currency of 
US dollars has also previously been managed by designating any borrowings that are not US dollar denominated as a hedge of the net investment 
in foreign operations. The foreign exchange exposure primarily arises from Sterling and Canadian dollar denominated net investments.

(b) Market Risk: Interest Rate Risk
Variable interest rates on cash at bank, short-term deposits, overdrafts and borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk and fixed 
interest rates on loans and short-term deposits expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The treasury function manages the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate risk and uses interest rate swaps and caps, when considered appropriate.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

127

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

27. Financial Risk Management continued 

(c) Credit Risk
The Group’s credit risk arises from its cash at bank and in hand, Money Market Funds, short-term deposits, investments, derivative financial 
instruments, the loan note, accrued revenue, outstanding trade receivables and contract assets.

At the year-end, the Group had credit risk exposures to a wide range of counterparties. Credit risk exposure is continually monitored and no 
individual exposure is considered to be significant in the context of the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Exposure limits are set for each 
approved counterparty, as well as the types of transactions that may be entered into. Approved institutions that the treasury function can invest 
surplus cash with must all have a minimum A2, P2 or F2 short-term rating from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch rating agencies 
respectively and AAAm S&P rating for Money Market Funds. The Net Asset Value of the Money Market Funds aims be a minimum of 1 (this 
means that for every $1 that is in the fund there will be an asset to cover it) and the funds have overnight liquidity. At the year-end, deposits in 
Money Market Funds totalled $26.1m (2017 – $nil).

At the year-end, cash at bank and in hand totalled $32.4m (2017 – $36.4m), with $18.0m (2017 – $25.1m) deposited with banks with Fitch 
short-term ratings of F1 to F1+. Of the remaining $14.4m (2017 – $11.3m), $13.5m (2017 – $9.9m) was held with two financial institutions within 
mainland China which, given the Group’s operations in this jurisdiction, were deemed necessary. Despite not having formal credit ratings, an 
internal assessment determined that the banks’ credit profiles were appropriate for the amounts held on deposit. There are no formal restrictions 
on this cash as such, however, prior approval would be required from various state authorities in China before any cash could be paid offshore.

Surplus cash held in short-term deposits totalled $9.4m (2017 – $nil) and are held with banks with Fitch short-term ratings of F1.

The credit risk of foreign exchange contracts is calculated before the contract is acquired and compared to the credit risk limit set for each 
counterparty. Credit risk is calculated as a fixed percentage of the nominal value of the instrument.

Trade and other receivables are continuously monitored. Credit account limits are primarily based on the credit quality of the customer and past 
experience through trading relationships. To reduce credit risk exposure from outstanding receivables, the Group has taken out credit insurance 
with an external insurer, subject to certain conditions.

The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme in the US, which is unfunded. Contributions are paid into a separate investment vehicle 
and invested in a wide portfolio of US mutual funds that are recognised as current and non-current investments. Investments at the year-end 
amounted to $1.7m (2017 – $12.2m) and are expected to be fully recovered.

(d) Liquidity Risk
The Group needs to ensure that it has sufficient liquid funds available to support its working capital and capital expenditure requirements. All 
subsidiaries submit weekly and bi-monthly cash forecasts to the treasury function to enable them to monitor the Group’s requirements.

The Group has sufficient credit facilities to meet both its long- and short-term requirements. The Group’s credit facilities are provided by a variety 
of funding sources and total $164.9m (2017 – $205.0m) at the year-end. The facilities comprise $159.5m of secured committed facilities 
(2017 – $200.0m) and $5.4m secured uncommitted facilities (2017 – $5.0m). 

On 12 December 2018, Hunting PLC completed a refinancing of the Group’s $200m Revolving Credit Facility by way of an “amend and extend” 
of the existing syndicate facility arrangements. The transaction enabled Hunting to extend the maturity of the RCF from October 2020 out until 
December 2022, with an option to extend for a further one year to December 2023. Furthermore, this refinancing event provided an opportunity 
for Hunting to amend, and formally remove any reference to, many of the terms and conditions that had been introduced as part of the 2016 
refinancing. However, as previously communicated, most of these terms had ceased to be effective as of 18 January 2018. The main features 
of the RCF are as follows:

 • Committed facilities reduced to $160.0m to reflect anticipated funding requirements of the Group going forward.
 • A slight uplift in the base margin on amounts drawn under the facility from 0.85% to 1.00%, reflecting a general upward shift in bank loan pricing.
 • Maintaining the market standard financial covenants of the existing facility, as discussed below. 
 • A review of and uplift to other limits within the facility such as Negative Pledge and Subsidiary Financial Indebtedness.
 • Introduction of a $75.0m accordion feature, providing Hunting with additional flexibility to increase the size of the bank facility to $235.0m, 

subject to approval of its bank lending group.

Security continues to be granted over certain properties, plant and equipment, receivables and inventory. The carrying amounts of the assets 
pledged as security are disclosed in notes 12, 16 and 18.

The covenants to 31 December 2018 include:
 • The ratio of net debt to consolidated EBITDA permitted under the revolving credit facility must not exceed a multiple of three times.
 • Consolidated EBITDA must also cover relevant finance charges by a minimum of four times. 

For covenant testing purposes, the Group’s definition of consolidated EBITDA is adjusted to exclude exceptional items, include the share of 
associates’ post-tax results and exclude the fair value charge for share awards. Similarly, net cash (debt) and finance expenses are adjusted to 
accord with the definition within the facility agreement. Consolidated EBITDA, for covenant test purposes, is based on the previous 12-month 
period, measured twice yearly at 30 June and 31 December. Throughout the year and at 31 December 2018 both these covenants were met. 

As the revised facility size and terms are significantly different, the existing $200m RCF is deemed to have been extinguished and replaced by 
the new $160m RCF. The deferred bank fees of $0.4m relating to the $200m RCF have been recognised in the income statement during the year 
and $1.1m of deferred bank fees relating to the $160m RCF have been recognised in prepayments at the end of the year.

128 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

27. Financial Risk Management continued

(d) Liquidity Risk continued 
The Group’s treasury function ensures flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit facilities. The Group had undrawn 
committed borrowing facilities available at the year-end totalling $159.5m (2017 – $199.5m), which expire between one and five years from 
31 December 2018.

The following tables analyse the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the 
balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date of the financial liabilities. The amounts are the contractual, undiscounted cash flows. The 
carrying amounts in the balance sheet are the discounted amounts. Balances due within one year have been included in the maturity analysis at 
their carrying amounts, as the impact of discounting is not significant.

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Trade payables
Accruals
Other payables
Onerous lease contracts
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Other unsecured loans
Bank overdrafts secured
Total 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Trade payables
Accruals
Other payables
Onerous lease contracts
Secured bank loans
Other unsecured loans
Bank overdrafts secured
Total 

2018

On demand  
or within  
one year
$m

Between  
one and  

five years
$m 

After  

five years
$m

62.3
59.9
4.3
1.1
0.6
0.9
–
1.8
130.9

–
0.9
–
3.0
1.1
–
–
–
5.0

–
0.5
–
–
–
–
3.9
–
4.4

Restated
2017

On demand  
or within  
one year
$m

Between  
one and  
five years
$m

After  

five years
$m

47.3
49.9
3.0
1.0
0.5
–
2.1
103.8

–
0.7
–
3.5
1.0
–
–
5.2

–
0.8
–
1.1
–
3.9
–
5.8

Total
$m

62.3
61.3
4.3
4.1
1.7
0.9
3.9
1.8
140.3

Total
$m

47.3
51.4
3.0
5.6
1.5
3.9
2.1
114.8

The above table has been restated to exclude the US deferred compensation plan, as this liability is accounted for under IAS 19 and therefore is not a financial liability 
under IFRS 9.

The Group had no net settled financial liabilities at the year-end (2017 – none).

The table below analyses the Group’s derivative financial instruments, which will be settled on a gross basis, into maturity groupings based on 
the period remaining from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual, 
undiscounted cash flows.

Currency derivatives 
– inflows
– outflows

2018

2017

On demand 
or within one 
year
$m

Between one 
and five 
years
$m

On demand 
or within one 
year
$m

Between one 
and five 
years
$m

86.9
(86.3)

–
–

45.5
(46.4)

–
(0.1)

(e) Capital Risk Management
The Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital are outlined in the Strategic Report within the Financial Capital Management 
section on pages 17 and 18. Within this section, the Group provides a definition of capital, provides details of the external financial covenants 
imposed, key measures for managing capital and the objectives for managing capital. Quantitative disclosures have been made together with the 
parameters for meeting external financial covenants.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

129

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

28. Financial Instruments: Sensitivity Analysis

The following sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Group’s financial instruments and 
show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity. Financial instruments affected by market risk include cash at bank and in hand, 
Money Market Funds, short-term deposits, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, borrowings and derivative financial instruments. 
The sensitivity analysis relates to the position as at 31 December 2018. The analysis excludes the impact of movements in market variables on 
the carrying value of pension and other post-retirement obligations, provisions and non-financial assets and liabilities of foreign operations.

The following assumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

 • Foreign exchange rate and interest rate sensitivities have an asymmetric impact on the Group’s results, that is, an increase in rates does not 

result in the same amount of movement as a decrease in rates. 

 • For floating rate assets and liabilities, the amount of asset or liability outstanding at the balance sheet date is assumed to be outstanding for 

the whole year. 

 • Fixed-rate financial instruments that are carried at amortised cost are not subject to interest rate risk for the purpose of this analysis. 
 • The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost do not change as interest rates change. 

Positive figures represent an increase in profit or equity.

(a) Interest Rate Sensitivity
The sensitivity rate of 0.5% (2017 – 0.75%) for US interest rates represents management’s assessment of a reasonably possible change, based 
on historical volatility and a review of analysts’ research and banks’ expectations of future interest rates.

The post-tax impact on the income statement, with all other variables held constant, at 31 December, for an increase or decrease of 0.5% 
(2017 – 0.75%) in US interest rates, is not material (2017 – not material). There is no impact on other comprehensive income (“OCI”) for a change 
in interest rates.

(b) Foreign Exchange Rate Sensitivity
The sensitivity rate of 10% (2017 – 10%) for Sterling and 10% (2017 – 5%) for Canadian dollar exchange rates represents management’s 
assessment of a reasonably possible change, based on historical volatility and a review of analysts’ research and banks’ expectations of future 
foreign exchange rates. 

The table below shows the post-tax impact for the year of a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates, with all other variables held 
constant, at 31 December.

Sterling exchange rate +10% (2017: +10%)
Sterling exchange rate -10% (2017: -10%)
Canadian dollar exchange rates +10% (2017: +5%)
Canadian dollar exchange rates -10% (2017: -5%)

2018

2017

Income 
statement
$m
(0.4)
0.4
–
–

OCI
$m
–
–
0.2
–

Income 
statement
$m
(0.3)
0.3
0.7
(0.7)

OCI
$m
–
–
0.2
(0.2)

The movements in the income statement mainly arise from cash, intra-Group balances, trade and other receivables, payables, accrued expenses 
and provisions, where the functional currency of the entity is different from the currency that the monetary items are denominated in. The 
movements in OCI mainly arise from foreign exchange contracts designated in a cash flow hedge. 

The post-tax impact on the income statement of reasonably possible changes in the Singapore dollar and UAE Dirham exchange rates were 
considered and were immaterial.

29. Post-Employment Benefits 

(a) UK Pensions
Within the UK, the Group operates a defined contribution (“DC”) plan, which is open to current employees. Contributions to the plan and other 
Group defined contribution arrangements are charged directly to profit and loss. 

Historically, the Group operated a funded pension scheme, which provided benefits on both a defined benefit (“DB”) and defined contribution 
(“DC”) basis. That scheme was wound up during the year and, as part of that process, the bulk annuity policies held with insurers to cover 
members’ DB benefits have been transferred into individual policies for the members. 

Payments totalling $16.4m were made from the Scheme on 6 December 2018 as part of the wind-up process, of which $10.6m was paid to the 
Group and $5.8m was paid to HMRC in relation to tax due. No further payments are due to or from the Scheme.

130 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

29. Post-Employment Benefits continued

(a) UK Pensions continued 
Risk exposures and investment strategy
At the previous year-end, the assets of the DB section of the scheme were invested in a range of deferred annuity and immediate annuity policies 
with a range of insurers. These policies matched the benefits to be paid to members of the Scheme. This strategy removed the Group’s investment, 
inflation and demographic risks relating to the Scheme’s obligations. 

As the trustees’ bulk annuity policies held with insurers to cover members’ benefits were transferred into individual policies for the members 
during 2018, this has removed the Group’s risks relating to an insurer no longer being able to meet its obligations. The Group has no further legal 
responsibility to fund these benefits.

The net assets for the UK post-employment benefit scheme are:

Present value of obligations
Total fair value of plan assets
Net asset

The net asset is recognised in the balance sheet as follows:

Non-current
Current
Net asset

Changes in the net asset recognised in the balance sheet

Opening balance sheet net asset
Exchange adjustments
Expense charged to the income statement 
Past service cost charged to the income statement 
Amount recognised in other comprehensive income
Transfer to defined contribution section
Payment to employer before tax withheld at source
Closing balance sheet net asset

2018
$m
–
–
–

2018
$m
–
–
–

2018
$m
18.6
(1.0)
(1.7)
(0.4)
0.9
–
(16.4)
–

2017
$m
(447.4)
466.0
18.6

2017
$m
–
18.6
18.6

2017
$m
33.3
1.8
(1.0)
–
0.1
(0.6)
(15.0)
18.6

The Scheme was wound up in December 2018 and the residual assets in the Scheme of $16.4m at the point of termination were transferred to 
the Group and HMRC. The decrease in the Group’s pension asset seen over 2018 principally reflects these payments.

Movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for the defined benefit section of the UK scheme

Opening defined benefit obligation
Exchange adjustments
Current service cost (employer)
Interest on benefit obligations
Remeasurements due to:
  Changes in financial assumptions
Past service cost
Benefits and expenses paid
Reduction in liabilities due to settlement
Present value of the obligation at the end of the year

2018
$m
447.4
(6.3)
2.1
5.2

(18.9)
0.4
(47.9)
(382.0)
–

2017
$m
418.3
39.2
1.5
10.9

7.0
–
(29.5)
–
447.4

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

131

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

29. Post-Employment Benefits continued

(a) UK Pensions continued 
Movements in the fair value of the assets for the defined benefit section of the UK scheme

Opening fair value of plan assets
Exchange adjustments
Interest on plan assets
Actual returns over interest on plan assets
Transfer to defined contribution scheme
Payment to employer before tax withheld at source
Benefits and expenses paid
Reduction in plan assets due to settlement
Closing fair value of plan assets

Major asset categories for the defined benefit section of the UK scheme

Insurance annuity policies
Cash/other
Fair value of plan assets

As the Scheme was wound up during 2018, there are no remaining assets at the year-end. 

Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the UK scheme 

Current service cost – included within operating expenses
Past service cost – included within operating expenses
Net interest on the defined benefit asset – finance income (note 9)
Total expense included within staff costs (note 8)

The current service cost includes $2.1m (2017 – $1.5m) of administration costs.

2018
$m
466.0
(7.3)
5.6
(18.0)
–
(16.4)
(47.9)
(382.0)
–

2018
$m
–
–
–

2018
$m
2.1
0.4
(0.4)
2.1

2017
$m
451.6
41.0
11.4
7.1
(0.6)
(15.0)
(29.5)
–
466.0

2017
$m
448.3
17.7
466.0

2017
$m
1.5
–
(0.5)
1.0

In addition, employer contributions of $7.6m (2017 – $7.1m) for various Group defined contribution arrangements (including the defined contribution 
section of the UK scheme and UK plan) are recognised in the income statement.

Special events
The following special events occurred during the year:

 • The bulk annuity policies held with insurers to cover members’ benefits were transferred to individual members during the year. As a result, 
these policies are no longer assets of the scheme and the members’ benefits in respect of these policies are no longer liabilities of the 
scheme. 

 • As part of the scheme’s wind-up process, members’ Additional Voluntary Contributions (“AVCs”) funds were transferred to other providers. 
To compensate members with AVCs for potential losses on transfer, $0.3m of the scheme’s surplus funds were used to augment their AVC 
funds on transfer. This has been recognised as part of the past service cost.

 • In addition to this, the Trustee held various historic insurance annuity policies as at 31 December 2017. As part of the process of winding up 

the scheme, the Trustee has also assigned these policies to individual members with a small augmentation of $0.1m made to these members.

 • Payments of $10.6m to the Group and $5.8m to HMRC were made from the scheme on 6 December 2018. This has reduced the surplus of 

the scheme by the combined total of the payments. There are no remaining assets of the scheme at 31 December 2018. 

132 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

29. Post-Employment Benefits continued

(a) UK Pensions continued 
The principal assumptions used for accounting purposes reflect prevailing market conditions are:

Discount rate
Future pension increase

Mortality assumption – life expectancy

Male aged 65 at the accounting date
Female aged 65 at the accounting date
Male aged 65 in 20 years
Female aged 65 in 20 years

2018
n/a
n/a

2017
2.4% p.a.
3.4% p.a.

2018
Years
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

2017
Years
25.3
27.1
27.9
29.4

(b) Other Pensions
The Group operates a cash balance arrangement in the US for certain executives. Members build up benefits in this arrangement by way of 
notional contributions and notional investment returns. Actual contributions are paid into an entirely separate investment vehicle held by the Group, 
which is used to pay benefits due from the arrangement when a member retires. Under IAS 19, the cash balance arrangement is accounted for 
as an unfunded defined benefit scheme. 

The amounts recognised in the income statement during the year were $nil (2017 – $0.1m) for the employer’s current service cost (recognised 
in operating expenses) and $0.1m (2017 – $0.2m) interest cost (recognised in finance expense).

Movements in the present value of the obligation for the unfunded defined benefit US deferred compensation plan

Present value of the obligation at the start of the year
Current service cost (equal to the notional contributions)
Interest on benefit obligations
Remeasurement – excess of notional investment returns over interest cost
Benefits paid
Present value of the obligation at the end of the year

2018
$m
12.2
–
0.1
(0.2)
(10.4)
1.7

2017
$m
10.2
0.1
0.2
1.7
–
12.2

The obligation is presented in the balance sheet as $nil (2017 – $10.4m) in current payables and $1.7m (2017 – $1.8m) in non-current payables 
(note 19).

30. Share Capital and Share Premium

At 1 January
Shares issued – share option schemes and awards
At 31 December

Ordinary  
shares of  
25p each
Number
164,173,603
900,000
165,073,603

2018
Ordinary 
shares of  
25p each
$m
66.4
0.3
66.7

Share 
premium
$m
153.0
–
153.0

There are no restrictions attached to any of the Ordinary shares in issue and all Ordinary shares carry equal voting rights. The rights attached to 
the Company’s Ordinary shares are summarised on page 168. All of the Ordinary shares in issue are fully paid.

At 31 December 2018, 1,247,672 (2017 – 656,808) Ordinary shares were held by an Employee Benefit Trust. Details of the carrying amount are 
set out in note 32.

At 1 January
Shares issued – share option schemes and awards
At 31 December

Ordinary  
shares of  
25p each
Number
163,739,686
433,917
164,173,603

2017

Ordinary 
shares of  
25p each
$m
66.3
0.1
66.4

Share  

premium
$m
153.0
–
153.0

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

133

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

31. Other Components of Equity

At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Fair value gains and losses
– losses originating on cash flow hedges arising during the year net of tax
–  losses transferred to the carrying value of inventory purchased in the year  

net of tax

Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
Transfer between reserves
At 31 December

2018

Merger  
reserve
$m
79.4
–

Other  

reserves
$m
19.0
–

Currency 
translation 
reserve
$m
(6.7)
(7.2)

–

–

–
–
(12.2)
67.2

0.2

(0.1)

13.1
(9.7)
–
22.5

–

–

–
–
–
(13.9)

During the year, $12.2m was transferred from the merger reserve to retained earnings. This portion of the reserve is now considered to be 
realised as the equivalent amount of the proceeds from the share placing in 2016 have now met the definition of qualifying consideration.

At 1 January
Exchange adjustments
Fair value gains and losses
– losses originating on fair value hedges arising during the year net of tax
– losses originating on cash flow hedges arising during the year net of tax
–  losses transferred to the income statement on disposal of cash flow hedges  

net of tax

Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
At 31 December

32. Retained Earnings

At 31 December as previously reported
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15
At 31 December restated
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 9
At 1 January restated
Profit (loss) for the year
Remeasurement of defined benefit pension schemes net of tax
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Purchase of treasury shares
Share options and awards
– discharge
– taxation
Transfer between reserves
At 31 December

2017

Merger  
reserve
$m
79.4
–

Other  

reserves
$m
16.6
–

Currency 
translation 
reserve
$m
(17.2)
10.7

–
–

–

–
–
79.4

–
(0.2)

0.1

11.6
(9.1)
19.0

(0.2)
–

–

–
–
(6.7)

2018
$m
780.6
1.6
782.2
(0.2)
782.0
89.3
1.5
(6.6)
(5.7)

9.2
(0.3)
12.2
881.6

The share options and awards taxation charge taken directly to equity of $0.3m comprises $0.2m deferred tax and $0.1m current tax.

134 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Total
$m
91.7
(7.2)

0.2

(0.1)

13.1
(9.7)
(12.2)
75.8

Total
$m
78.8
10.7

(0.2)
(0.2)

0.1

11.6
(9.1)
91.7

Restated
2017
$m
800.0
1.0
801.0
–
801.0
(26.1)
(1.6)
–
–

8.9
–
–
782.2

32. Retained Earnings continued

Retained earnings include the following amounts in respect of the carrying amount of Treasury shares:

Cost:
At 1 January
Purchase of Treasury shares
Disposal of Treasury shares
At 31 December

2018
$m

(7.2)
(5.7)
1.7
(11.2)

The loss on disposal of Treasury shares during the year, which is recognised in retained earnings, was $1.7m (2017 – $1.5m). 

33. Dividends Paid to Equity Shareholders

Ordinary dividends:
2018 interim paid

2018

Cents  

per share

4.0

$m

6.6

2017

Cents  

per share

–

2017
$m

(8.7)
–
1.5
(7.2)

$m

–

A final dividend of 5.0 cents per share has been proposed by the Board, amounting to an estimated distribution of $8.2m. The proposed final 
dividend is subject to approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 17 April 2019 and has not been provided for in 
these financial statements. If approved, the dividend will be paid in Sterling on 10 May 2019, to shareholders on the register on 23 April 2019, and 
the Sterling value of the dividend payable per share will be fixed, and announced approximately two weeks prior to the payment date, based on 
the average spot exchange rate over the three business days preceding the announcement date. Guidance on the Company’s position on 
declaring and paying future dividends is provided within the Strategic Report on page 18.

34. Share-Based Payments
(a) 2001 Executive Share Option Plan
The Company operated an executive share option plan between 2001 and 2008, which granted options to eligible employees. Under this 
scheme, the final vesting of options occurred on 4 March 2011, with outstanding awards expiring on 3 March 2018. There is no longer a charge 
to the income statement attributable to this scheme. Details of movements in outstanding share options are set out below.

(i) Share Option Movements During the Year

Outstanding at the beginning of the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding and exercisable at the end of the year

There were no exercises during 2017 or 2018.

(ii) Share Options Outstanding at the Year-End

Executive Share Options 2008 – vested

2018

2017

Weighted 
average 
exercise  

price
p
785
785
–

Number of 
options
178,417
(178,417)
–

Number of 
options
363,700
(185,283)
178,417

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price
p
711
640
785

2018
Number of 
options
–

 2017
Number of 
options
178,417

Exercise  

price range
p
784.5

Exercise period
04.03.11 – 03.03.18

(b) 2009 Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
(i) Performance-Based Awards and Options
The Company granted nil-cost performance-based share awards and options under the PSP between 2009 and 2013. Under the PSP, annual 
conditional awards of shares and options were made to executive Directors and senior employees. Awards and options are subject to 
performance conditions during the vesting period. The PSP was replaced by the 2014 Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”) following 
shareholder approval of the HPSP at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) of the Company on 16 April 2014. The final grant under the PSP 
occurred in 2013, with the final measurements of the performance conditions being completed in 2016. The fair value charge to the income 
statement attributable to the performance-based PSP was $nil (2017 – $nil).

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

135

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

34. Share-Based Payments continued

(b) 2009 Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) continued
(ii) Time-Based Awards and Options
The Company granted nil-cost, time-based share awards and options under the PSP between 2009 and 2013. Annual awards of shares and 
options were made to employees, subject to continued employment, during the vesting period. There were no performance conditions attached. 
Time-based awards continue to be granted under the HPSP. The final grant under the PSP occurred in 2013 and vested in 2016. Details of the 
time-based PSP awards and options movements during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year
Vested and exercised during the year
Outstanding and exercisable at the end of the year

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise during 2018 was 786.4 pence (2017 – 512.7 pence).

Details of the time-based PSP awards and options outstanding at 31 December 2018 are as follows:

2018
Number of 
shares
15,606
(8,602)
7,004

2017
Number of 
shares
16,244
(638)
15,606

Date of grant:
25 February 2011
17 April 2012
20 March 2013
Outstanding and exercisable at the end of the year

2018
Number of 
shares

2017
Number of 
shares

Normal vesting 
date 

875
2,446
3,683
7,004

875
5,990
8,741
15,606

25.02.14
17.04.15
20.03.16

The fair value charge to the income statement attributable to the time-based PSP is $nil (2017 – $nil).

(c) 2014 Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”)
(i) Performance-Based Awards
The Company now grants performance-based share awards annually to executive Directors and senior employees under the HPSP. Awards are 
granted at nil cost under the HPSP. Up to 2017, the performance-based HPSP awards to the executive Directors were divided equally into three 
tranches. From 2018, the performance-based HPSP awards were divided into four tranches of differing proportions. Each tranche is subject to 
a three-year vesting period, and is also subject to performance conditions. Up to 2017, the three conditions were Company performance over a 
three-year period against (i) the TSR of a bespoke comparator group, (ii) underlying diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) growth, and (iii) average 
underlying Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) achieved. The fourth performance condition added in 2018 is based on a Balanced Scorecard, 
comprising of non-financial KPIs including Quality and Safety performance. The 2018 award weightings are EPS 25%; TSR 25%; ROCE 35% and 
the Balanced Scorecard 15%. The performance period for the 2018 awards granted under the HPSP is 1 January 2018 to 31 December 2020. 
The vesting date of the 2018 award is 19 April 2021. Details of the performance-based HPSP awards movements during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year
Granted during the year to executive Directorsii
Granted during the year to senior managersi/ii
Vested and exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at the end of the year

2018
Number of 
shares

2017
Number of 
shares
3,446,240 3,413,468
639,622
373,709
855,295
579,573
–
(157,292)
(1,462,145)
(869,466)
3,372,764 3,446,240

i.  The 2017 HPSP awards granted to senior managers incorporates a fourth performance condition based on Hunting’s reported internal manufacturing reject rate.
ii.  The 2018 HPSP awards granted to the executive Directors and senior managers incorporates a Balanced Scorecard, in addition to the TSR, EPS and ROCE 

performance conditions.

136 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
34. Share-Based Payments continued

(c) 2014 Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”) continued
Details of the performance-based HPSP awards outstanding at 31 December 2018 are as follows:

2018
Number of 
shares

2017
Number of 
shares

Normal vesting 
date

Date of grant:
28 April 2015
11 March 2016
3 March 2017
19 April 2018
Outstanding at the end of the year

–

965,521
1,402,897 1,422,565
1,027,356 1,058,154
–
3,372,764 3,446,240

942,511

28.04.18
11.03.19
03.03.20
19.04.21

In 2018, 157,292 awards vested and were exercised in respect of the 2015 HPSP grant. The weighted average share price at the date of exercise 
during 2018 was 801.2 pence. There were no exercises in 2017.

(ii) Time-Based Awards
The Company also grants time-based share awards annually under the HPSP. Annual awards of shares may be made to employees subject to 
continued employment during the vesting period. There are no performance conditions attached. Awards are granted at nil cost under the HPSP.

Details of the time-based HPSP awards movements during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year
Granted during the year
Vested and exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at the end of the year

2018
Number of 
shares

2017
Number of 
shares
3,462,942 2,815,860
787,667 1,260,452
(518,469)
(868,167)
(94,901)
(133,016)
3,249,426 3,462,942

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise during 2018 was 797.3 pence (2017 – 542.0 pence). 

Details of the time-based HPSP awards outstanding at 31 December 2018 are as follows:

2018
Number of 
shares

2017
Number of 
shares

Normal vesting 
date

Date of grant:
1 May 2014
28 April 2015
11 March 2016
3 March 2017
19 April 2018
Outstanding at the end of the year

6,121
27,250

14,924
820,511
1,290,754 1,388,497
1,157,072 1,239,010
–
3,249,426 3,462,942

768,229

01.05.17
28.04.18
11.03.19
03.03.20
19.04.21

(iii) Fair Value of HPSP Awards
The fair value of awards granted under the HPSP is calculated using two separate models:

(1)  The fair value of awards subject to a market-related performance condition, specifically Company performance against the TSR of a bespoke 
peer group, has been calculated using the Stochastic pricing model (also known as the “Monte Carlo” model). 

The assumptions used in this model were as follows:

Date of grant/valuation date
Weighted average share price at grant
Exercise price
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free rate
Expected life
Fair value

2018
19.04.18
785.0p
nil
nil
48.9%
0.85%
3 years
616.0p

2017
03.03.17
571.5p
nil
nil
53.5%
0.11%
3 years
369.0p

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

137

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

34. Share-Based Payments continued

(c) 2014 Hunting Performance Share Plan (“HPSP”) continued 
(2) The fair value of performance-based awards not subject to a market-related performance condition, include the EPS and ROCE performance 
targets and the time-based HPSP awards, with the fair value being calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

The assumptions used in this model were as follows:

Date of grant/valuation date
Weighted average share price at grant
Exercise price
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free rate
Expected life
Fair value

The methods to calculate the assumptions for both models are:

2018
19.04.18
785.0p
nil
nil
48.9%
0.85%
3 years
785.0p

2017
03.03.17
571.5p
nil
nil
53.5%
0.11%
3 years
571.5p

 • The expected volatility was calculated using historic weekly volatility, equal in length to the remaining portion of the performance period at the 

date of grant. 

 • The expected life of the award has been calculated commensurate with the vesting period. The risk-free rate is based on the UK gilt rate 

commensurate with the vesting period prevailing at the date of grant. 

 • Participants are entitled to a dividend equivalent over the number of shares that make up their award. It is accumulated over the vesting 

period and released subject to the achievement of the performance conditions. This is factored into the fair value calculation and as a result 
the dividend yield assumption is set to zero. 

 • The initial accounting charge of the performance-based HPSP awards granted under the HPSP incorporates an estimate of the number of 
shares that are expected to lapse for those participants who cease employment during the vesting period. The estimate of the expected 
forfeiture rate is 5% per annum. The subsequent accounting charge includes an adjustment to the initial accounting charge to allow for actual 
lapses rather than estimated lapses. 

The amount charged to the income statement attributable to the performance-based HPSP awards is $5.4m (2017 – $3.5m) and the charge to 
the income statement in respect of time-based HPSP awards is $7.7m (2017 – $8.1m). These are recognised in operating expenses.

(d) Other Share Awards
On 15 May 2018 12,005 shares were awarded to certain employees and were satisfied by shares held in the Hunting Employee Benefit Trust. 
The closing mid-market price on 15 May 2018 was 558.6 pence per share. The charge to the income statement attributable to these awards 
was $0.1m.

On 8 May 2017 52,364 shares were awarded to certain employees and were satisfied by shares held in the Hunting Employee Benefit Trust. 
The closing mid-market price on 8 May 2017 was 547.5 pence per share. The charge to the income statement attributable to these awards 
was $0.3m.

The total charge to the income statement for the year for share-based payments is $13.2m (2017 – $11.9m).

35. Operating Leases

(a) The Group as Lessee
Operating lease payments mainly represent rentals payable by the Group for properties:

Operating lease payments in the income statement:
Lease and rental payments

Property
$m

2018

Others
$m

12.1

1.7

Total
$m

13.8

Property
$m

2017

Others
$m

11.0

0.9

Total
$m

11.9

The Group has provisions of $4.1m (2017 – $5.4m) for onerous contracts in respect of some leasehold properties, some of which are not used for 
Group trading purposes and are either vacant or sub-let to third parties (note 24).

138 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

35. Operating Leases continued

(a) The Group as Lessee continued
Total future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases expiring:

Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years
Total lease payments

Property
$m
9.5
30.0
19.1
58.6

2018

Others
$m
0.6
0.7
–
1.3

Total
$m
10.1
30.7
19.1
59.9

Restated
2017

Others
$m
0.6
0.8
–
1.4

Property
$m
10.1
30.1
23.5
63.7

Total
$m
10.7
30.9
23.5
65.1

The 2017 amounts in the above table have been restated following a review of the lease contracts as part of the impact assessment of IFRS 16 Leases. 

(b) The Group as Lessor
Property rental earned during the year was $1.5m (2017 – $0.7m). A number of the Group’s leasehold properties are sub-let under existing lease 
agreements.

Total future minimum sublease income receivable under non-cancellable operating leases expiring:

Within one year
Between one and five years
Total lease income receivable

36. Related-Party Transactions

2018
Property
$m
1.8
3.3
5.1

2017
Property
$m
1.5
3.9
5.4

The following related-party transactions took place between wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Group and associates during the year:

Year-end balances:
  Receivables from associates
  Payables to associates

2018
$m

0.4
(0.1)

2017
$m

0.5
(0.1)

During the year, a $1.3m dividend was received on the winding up of an associate, Tubular Resources Pte. Ltd.

The outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and have no fixed date for repayment. No expense has been recognised in the year for 
bad or doubtful debts in respect of amounts owed by associates.

All ownership interests in associates are in the equity shares of those companies. The ownership interests in associates and subsidiaries are set 
out in notes C18 and C19 to the Company financial statements.

The key management of the Group comprises the Hunting PLC Board and members the Executive Committee. Details of their compensation are 
disclosed in note 8. The Hunting PLC Directors and the members of the Executive Committee had no material transactions other than as a result 
of their service agreements.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

139

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. Principal Accounting Policies

The Group’s principal accounting policies are described below:

(a) Consolidation
 • The Group financial statements include the results of the Company and its subsidiaries, together with its share of associates.
 • Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are de-consolidated from the date control 

ceases.

 • The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Consequently, the consideration is determined as the fair 
value of the net assets transferred to the vendor and includes an estimate of any contingent consideration. The net assets acquired are also 
measured at their respective fair values for initial recognition purposes on the acquisition date.

 • Acquisition-related costs are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

(b) Revenue
(i) Revenue from Contracts with Customers
 • Revenue from contracts with customers is measured as the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of goods 

and services in the ordinary course of business, net of trade discounts, volume rebates, and sales taxes. 

 • Revenue is recognised when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer. Consequently revenue for the sale of 

a product is recognised either:

  1.   wholly at a single point in time when the entity has completed its performance obligation, which is most commonly indicated by delivery 

of the products; or

  2.   piecemeal over time during the period that control incrementally transfers to the customer while the good is being manufactured or the 

service is being performed.

 • Hunting’s activities that require revenue recognition over time comprise:
  1.   Work undertaken to enhance customer-owned products – most commonly the lathing of a thread onto the ends of customer-owned 

plain-end pipe.

  2.   The manufacture of goods that are specifically designed for and restricted to the use of a particular customer, such as the manufacture of 
bespoke specialised circuitry and housing, and for which Hunting is entitled to a measure of recompense that reflects the fair value of the 
stage of production prior to their completion.

  3.   The provision of services in which the customer obtains the benefit while the service is being performed – most commonly the storage and 

management services of customer-owned pipe.

 • Hunting’s activities that require revenue recognition at a point in time comprise:
  1.   The sale of goods that are not specifically designed for use by one particular customer. Products include tubulars acquired by Hunting as 

plain-end pipe on which lathing work has been applied and which is resold as threaded pipe.

  2.   The manufacture of goods that are specifically designed for one particular customer but for which Hunting is not entitled to a measure of 

recompense that reflects the fair value of the stage of production prior to completion. 

(ii) Rental Revenue
 • Rental revenue is measured as the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of rental equipment in the ordinary 

course of business, net of trade discounts and sales taxes.

 • Revenue from the rental of plant and equipment is recognised as the income is earned.

(c) Amortisation and Exceptional Items 
Exceptional items are items of income or expense that the Directors believe should be separately disclosed by virtue of their significant size or 
nature to enable a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance. The Group discloses such items in the “middle column” of the 
income statement. In applying this policy, the following items have been treated as exceptional: 

 • Costs of restructuring the Group’s operations, including the cost of business closures and redundancies, in response to the decline in regional 

opportunities for growth.

 • Defined benefit pension curtailment.
 • Impairment of property, plant and equipment. 

The tax effect of any transaction considered to be exceptional is also treated as exceptional. 

Amortisation expenses for intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination are also shown in the “middle column” due to the 
significance of these amounts and to clearly identify the effect on profits, which will arise as current balances become fully written-off, or as new 
acquisitions give rise to new expenses. The post-acquisition profits of acquired businesses shown in the underlying column do not, therefore, 
reflect these costs.

(d) Interest
Interest income and expense is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

140 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

37. Principal Accounting Policies continued

(e) Foreign Currencies
(i) Individual Subsidiaries’ and Associates’ Financial Statements
 • The financial statements for each of the Group’s subsidiaries and associates are denominated in their functional currency. 
 • The functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. 
 • Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate 

ruling at the date of the transaction. 

 • Monetary assets and liabilities, except borrowings designated as a hedging instrument in a net investment hedge, denominated in non-

functional currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date and exchange differences are taken to the income 
statement. 

 • Borrowings designated as a hedging instrument in a net investment hedge are retranslated at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet 

date and exchange differences are taken direct to equity.

(ii) Group Consolidated Financial Statements
 • The presentation currency of the Group is US dollars. 
 • The net assets of non-US dollar denominated subsidiaries and associates are translated into US dollars at the exchange rates ruling at the 

balance sheet date. 

 • The income statements of subsidiaries and associates are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the year. 
 • Exchange differences are recognised directly in equity in the currency translation reserve (“CTR”), together with exchange differences arising 

on foreign currency loans used to finance foreign currency net investments. 

 • Upon adoption of IFRS on 1 January 2004, accumulated exchange differences arising on consolidation prior to 31 December 2003 were reset 

to zero and the CTR recommenced under IFRS on 1 January 2004. 

 • The balance on the CTR represents the exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-US dollar amounts into US dollars since 

1 January 2004. 

 • On the disposal of a business, the cumulative exchange differences previously recognised in the CTR relating to that business are transferred 

to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

(f) Taxation
 • The taxation recognised in the income statement comprises current tax and deferred tax arising on the current year’s result before tax and 

adjustments to tax arising on prior years’ results. 

 • Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable arising in the current year on the current year’s result before tax, using tax rates enacted 

or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, plus adjustments to tax in respect of prior years’ results. 

 • Deferred tax is the tax that is expected to arise when the assets and liabilities recognised in the Group’s balance sheet are realised, using tax 

rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date that are expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. 

 • Full provision is made for deferred taxation, using the liability method, on all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

are recognised separately on the balance sheet and are reported as non-current assets and liabilities. 

 • Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that they are expected to be recoverable. Deferred taxation on unremitted overseas 

earnings is provided for to the extent a tax charge is foreseeable. 

 • When items of income and expense are recognised in other comprehensive income, the current and deferred tax relating to those items is 

also recognised in other comprehensive income. 

 • Tax arising on the discharge of share options and awards is recognised directly in equity. 

(g) Segmental Reporting
 • Financial information on operating segments that corresponds with information regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker 

(“CODM”) is disclosed in the financial statements. Consequently, the Group’s principal segmental reporting is established on a geographical 
basis.

 • The geographical information is based on the location of where the sale originated and where the non-current assets are located.
 • Revenue is also disclosed by product group, which is provided to assist in investor understanding of the underlying performance trends. 

Each product group consists of goods and services that are similar in nature or serve similar markets.

(h) Property, Plant and Equipment
(i) General
 • Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Cost includes expenditure that 

is directly attributable to the acquisition and installation of the asset. 

 • Land, pre-production oil and gas exploration costs and assets under construction are not depreciated. 
 • With the exception of drilling tools and rental tools, which are depreciated using the units of production method, and oil and gas exploration 

and production equipment (see (ii) below), assets are depreciated using the straight-line method at the following rates: 

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold buildings 

  Plant, machinery and motor vehicles  

– 2% to 10%
– life of lease
– 6% to 331∕3%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

141

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. Principal Accounting Policies continued

(h) Property, Plant and Equipment continued
(ii) Exploration Expenditure
 • Oil and gas exploration and appraisal costs are initially capitalised pending determination of the existence of commercial reserves and are 

included in the asset category Oil and Gas Exploration and Development. 

 • Upon determination that commercially viable quantities of hydrocarbons are not found, the costs are charged immediately to the income 

statement. 

 • Depreciation of oil and gas expenditure commences when production commences. The costs are depreciated using the unit of production 

method. 

(i) Goodwill
 • Goodwill arises when the fair value of the consideration paid for a business exceeds the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets acquired. 
 • Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 
 • Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to the cash-generating units or 

groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. 

 • On the disposal of a business, goodwill relating to that business that remains on the balance sheet at the date of disposal is included in the 

determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

(j) Other Intangible Assets
 • Other intangible assets, whether obtained through acquisition or internal development, are capitalised when it is probable that the future 

economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will be generated, provided the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

 • Capitalisation only occurs from the point technical and commercial feasibility of the asset has been established. Prior to this costs are 

expensed.

 • For internally generated assets, only costs directly attributable to the development of the asset are capitalised. This typically includes 

employee remuneration and the cost of materials and services, such as testing, consumed in generating the intangible asset.

 • Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses where applicable. 
 • These assets have a finite life and are amortised in accordance with the pattern of expected future economic benefits, or when this cannot 

be reliably estimated, by using the straight-line method. 
 • Intangible assets are amortised over the following periods: 

  Customer relationships 
  Patents 
  Unpatented technology 
  Trademarks and domain names 

– eight to ten years
– eight to ten years
– eight to ten years
– one to five years

(k) Impairments
 • The Group performs goodwill impairment reviews at least annually. 
 • The Group also assesses at least annually whether there have been any events or changes in circumstances that indicate that property, 
plant and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill may be impaired. An impairment review is carried out whenever the 
assessment indicates that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. 

 • For the purposes of impairment testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. 
 • Where impairment exists, the asset is written down to the higher of (a) its fair value minus costs to sell; and (b) its value in use. Impairments 

are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

 • An impairment to goodwill is never reversed. When applicable, an impairment of any other asset is reversed, but only to the extent that the 

consequent carrying value does not exceed what would have been the carrying value had the impairment not originally been made.  

(l) Inventories
 • Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
 • Cost is determined using the first-in-first-out method and net realisable value is the estimated selling price less costs of disposal in the 

ordinary course of business. The cost of inventories includes direct costs plus production overheads. 

(m) Cash and Cash Equivalents
 • Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand, short-term deposits with a maturity of less than three months from the date 

of deposit and Money Market Funds.

 • Short-term deposits and Money Market Funds have been classified as cash and cash equivalents as they are short-term, highly liquid, are 

readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

 • For cash flow statement purposes, cash and cash equivalents include bank overdrafts. In the balance sheet, bank overdrafts are shown 

within borrowings in current liabilities.

142 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37. Principal Accounting Policies continued

(n) Financial Assets
 • At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit 
or loss (“FVTPL”), transaction costs. Transaction costs of financial assets at FVTPL are expensed immediately to the income statement.

 • Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on each Group entity’s business model for managing the asset in order to generate 
cash flows and the cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. The Group’s debt instruments are classified either into amortised cost or 
fair value through profit or loss.

 • Debt instruments that are held for the collection of contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest, are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the 
effective interest method. If collection is expected in one year or less they are classified as current assets, otherwise they are presented as 
non-current assets. Debt instruments held for collection of contractual cash flows include the loan note, contract assets, trade receivables, 
accrued revenue and other receivables.

 • Any other debt instruments, including Money Market Funds, that are subsequently not measured at amortised cost have been measured at 

fair value through profit or loss.

 • The Group’s financial assets that are equity instruments are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the 

fair value of the equity instruments are recognised in other operating income, operating expenses, finance income or finance expense, as 
appropriate. Financial assets that are equity instruments comprise listed equity investments and mutual funds.

 • The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses (“ECLs”) at each balance sheet date associated with its loan note 
that is carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied, following the adoption of the general model under IFRS 9, will depend 
on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Indications of a significant increase in credit risk include events that have a 
negative impact on the estimated future cash flows and if any payments under the terms of the debt are more than 30 days overdue.

 • The Group has chosen to apply lifetime ECLs to trade receivables, accrued revenue, contract assets and lease receivables, both short-term 

and long-term, upon their initial recognition. 

Previous Accounting Policy
 • In 2017, the Group classified its financial assets under IAS 39 as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, as loans and receivables 

and as available-for-sale financial assets.

 • Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value at the trade date, which is normally the consideration paid plus transaction costs.
 • Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. If collection is expected in one year or less they are 

classified as current assets, otherwise they are presented as non-current assets.

 • The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a loan or receivable is impaired and, if necessary, the carrying amount is reduced 

to the appropriate value. The loss is recognised immediately in the income statement.

 • Loans and receivables cease to be recognised when the right to receive cash flows has expired or the Group has transferred substantially 

all the risks and rewards of ownership.

(o) Financial Liabilities
 • Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value at the trade date which is normally the consideration received less, in the case of 

financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. The Group subsequently remeasures all of its 
non-derivative financial liabilities, including trade payables, at amortised cost.

 • Payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year, otherwise they are presented as non-current liabilities.

(p) Derivatives and Hedging
 • Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 

fair value at the end of each reporting period.

 • The full fair value of a derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 

12 months from the balance sheet date.

 • The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the 

nature of the item being hedged.

 • Where the derivatives are not designated in a hedge and accounted for using hedge accounting, they are classified as “held for trading” and 
are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, with changes in the fair value recognised immediately within the income statement.

 • The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

(i)  hedges of the fair value of recognised assets and liabilities; or
(ii)  hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of highly probable forecast transactions.

(i) Fair Value Hedges
 • Fair value gains or losses on derivatives designated in a fair value hedge are recognised immediately in the income statement if the changes 

in the fair value of the hedged item are taken to the income statement.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

143

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

37. Principal Accounting Policies continued

(p) Derivatives and Hedging continued 
(ii) Cash Flow Hedges
 • When forward foreign exchange contracts are designated in a cash flow hedge of forecast transactions, the Group generally designates only 
the change in fair value of the forward contract relating to the spot component as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the 
effective portion of the change in the spot component of the forward contracts are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. 
The Group has chosen to recognise the change in the forward element of the contract that relates to the hedged item, defined as the forward 
points, within the income statement immediately rather than in equity. The forward points are discounted, where material.

 • Where the hedged item subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial asset, such as inventory or PPE, the deferred hedging gains 
and losses in equity are included within the initial cost of the asset. The deferred amounts are subsequently recognised in profit or loss when 
the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example through cost of sales or depreciation).

 • When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative 
deferred gain or loss in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. When the forecast transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss of hedging that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to the income statement.

(q) Provisions
 • Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources 

will be required to settle the obligation. 

 • The measurement of a provision is based on the most likely amount and timing of the expenditures. Payments that are expected to arise after 
more than one year are discounted to their present value using a risk-free interest rate that is relevant to the region in which the past event 
occurred. The risk-free interest rate is based on the redemption yields of government securities.

(r) Post-Employment Benefits
(i) Defined Contribution Retirement Schemes
Payments to defined contribution retirement schemes are charged to the income statement when they fall due.

(ii) Defined Benefit Retirement Schemes
 • Payments to defined benefit retirement schemes were recognised as increments to the assets of the schemes.
 • The amount charged to the income statement with respect to these schemes, within profit from operations, is the increase in the retirement 
benefit obligation resulting from the additional service provided by the participating employees during the current year, which for the funded 
scheme was measured using the Projected Unit method and for the unfunded scheme is equal to the contributions paid.
 • Net interest arising on the net assets of the schemes was also recognised in the income statement within net finance costs.
 • Curtailment gains and losses were recognised fully and immediately in the income statement.
 • Remeasurement gains and losses were recognised fully and immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.
 • The assets of the funded scheme, which were invested in insurance policies, were valued using the same methodology and assumptions 

used to calculate the defined benefit obligation so that, where the assets matched the liabilities, the value of the assets was equal to the value 
of the corresponding obligation.

(s) Share-Based Payments
 • The Group issues equity-settled, share-based payments (HPSP awards) to certain employees as consideration for services received from the 
employees. The fair value of the employees’ services is recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period based on the Group’s estimate of awards that will ultimately vest. The obligation to settle these awards is recognised within 
other components of equity.

(t) Share Capital
 • The Company’s share capital comprises a single class of Ordinary shares, which are classified as equity.
 • Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are charged to equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.

(u) Merger Reserve
 • The merger reserve comprises the proceeds received, net of transaction costs, in excess of the nominal value of the Ordinary shares issued 

by way of the share placing completed on 31 October 2016. In accordance with section 612 of the Companies Act 2006, the premium 
was credited to the merger reserve, instead of to the share premium account, because the share placing was pursuant to the Company 
securing over 90% of another entity. The proceeds were used to pay down the Group’s borrowings at that time. The reserve is currently non-
distributable and will be transferred to distributable retained earnings when the proceeds meet the definition of a qualifying consideration.

(v) Dividends
 • Dividends to the Group’s shareholders are recognised as liabilities in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are 
approved by shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when paid. All dividends are dealt with in the statement of changes in equity.

144 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

38. Change in Accounting Policies

This note explains the impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments on the 
Group’s financial statements.

(a) Impact on the Financial Statements
As a result of the changes in the Group’s accounting policies, the prior year financial statements have been restated for the effects of IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. IFRS 9 Financial Statements has been adopted without restating comparative information. The 
reclassifications and adjustments arising from the new impairment rules are therefore not reflected in the restated balance sheet as at 1 January 
2017 and 31 December 2017, but are recognised in the opening balance sheet on 1 January 2018.

The tables below show the adjustments that have been made to each individual line item. Line items that have not been affected by the changes 
have not been included separately, but instead have been grouped together.

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2017

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Other operating income
Operating expenses 
Loss from operations
Finance income
Finance expense
Share of associates’ post-tax losses
Loss before tax from operations
Taxation
Loss for the year

Loss attributable to:
Owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

Loss per share
Basic
Diluted

As previously 
reported 
$m
722.9 
(558.1)
164.8 
7.6 
(197.8)
(25.4)
3.3
(4.8)
(1.3)
(28.2)
(1.0)
 (29.2)

(26.7)
(2.5)
(29.2)

cents
(16.4)
(16.4)

IFRS 15
$m
2.0 
(1.4) 
0.6 
–
–
0.6 
–
–
–
0.6 
–
0.6 

0.6 
–
0.6 

cents
0.4
0.4

Restated 
$m
724.9
(559.5)
165.4 
7.6 
(197.8)
(24.8)
3.3
(4.8)
(1.3)
(27.6)
(1.0)
(28.6)

(26.1)
(2.5)
(28.6)

cents
(16.0)
(16.0)

IAS 1 paragraph 82(ba) requires impairment losses for the year (including reversals of impairment losses or impairment gains) determined in 
accordance with Section 5.5 of IFRS 9 to be presented on a separate line in the income statement. As the amounts are not considered to be 
material, the impairment losses for the year have been disclosed within note 16.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

145

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

38. Change in Accounting Policies continued

(a) Impact on the Financial Statements continued
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December 2017

Comprehensive expense:
Loss for the year

Components of other comprehensive income after tax

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive expense attributable to:
Owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

As previously 
reported 
$m

IFRS 15
$m

Restated
$m

(29.2)

10.8 

(18.4)

(17.9)
(0.5)
(18.4)

0.6 

(28.6)

–

10.8 

0.6 

(17.8)

0.6 
–
0.6

(17.3)
(0.5)
(17.8)

Total comprehensive expense attributable to owners of the parent arises from the Group’s continuing operations.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31 December 2017

As previously 
reported at  
31 December 
2017
$m

IFRS 15
(note 38(b))
$m

Restated at  
31 December 
2017
$m

IFRS 9
(note 38(c))
$m

Restated at  
1 January 
2018
$m

749.0 

–

749.0

–

749.0 

286.2 
178.9 
66.5
531.6 

(5.2) 
6.8 
–
1.6 

281.0
185.7
66.5
533.2

130.9 
13.6 
144.5 
387.1 

25.6 
1,110.5 

780.6 
311.1 
1,091.7
18.8 
1,110.5 

–
–
–
1.6 

–
1.6 

1.6 
–
1.6
–
1.6 

130.9
13.6
144.5
388.7

25.6
1,112.1

782.2
311.1
1,093.3
18.8
1,112.1

–
(0.2) 
–
(0.2) 

–
–
–
(0.2) 

–
(0.2) 

(0.2) 
–
(0.2)
–
(0.2) 

281.0 
185.5 
66.5
533.0 

130.9 
13.6 
144.5 
388.5 

25.6 
1,111.9 

782.0
311.1 
1,093.1
18.8 
1,111.9

ASSETS
Non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Other current assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Other current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Net assets

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Retained earnings
Other equity balances

Non-controlling interests
Total equity

146 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
38. Change in Accounting Policies continued

(a) Impact on the Financial Statements continued 
Notes to the Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2017

As previously 
reported at  
31 December 
2017
$m 

IFRS 15
(note 38(b))
$m

Restated at  
31 December 
2017
$m

IFRS 9
(note 38(c))
$m

Restated at  
1 January 
2018
$m

Inventories
Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods
Gross inventories
Less: provision
Net inventories

Trade and other receivables
Current:
Contract assets
Trade receivables
Accrued revenue
Gross receivables
Less: provision for impairment
Net receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables

Trade and other payables
Current:
Contract liabilities
Trade payables
Accruals
Other current payables

99.2 
52.0 
163.6 
314.8 
(28.6)
286.2 

–
152.8 
6.2 
159.0 
(4.8)
154.2 
17.6 
7.1 
178.9 

–
47.3 
49.9 
33.7 
130.9 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December 2017

Operating activities
Reported loss from operations
Acquisition amortisation and exceptional items
Depreciation and non-acquisition amortisation
Underlying EBITDA 
Increase in inventories
Increase in receivables
Increase in payables
Operating activities other cash flows
Operating activities non-cash flow items
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net cash inflow in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rates
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

(0.5)
(4.6)
 (0.5)
(5.6) 
0.4
(5.2) 

6.8
–
–
6.8 
–
6.8 
–
–
6.8 

9.1
–
–
(9.1)
–

Notes

6

98.7 
47.4 
163.1 
309.2 
(28.2)
281.0 

6.8 
152.8 
6.2 
165.8 
(4.8)
161.0 
17.6 
7.1 
185.7 

9.1 
47.3 
49.9 
24.6 
130.9 

–
–
–
– 
–
–

–
–
–
–
 (0.2)
(0.2) 
–
–
(0.2) 

–
–
–
–
–

98.7 
47.4 
163.1 
309.2 
(28.2)
281.0

6.8 
152.8 
6.2 
165.8 
(5.0)
160.8 
17.6 
7.1 
185.5 

9.1 
47.3 
49.9 
24.6 
130.9

As previously 
reported  
year ended  
31 December 
2017
$m 

Restated  
year ended  
31 December 
2017
$m

IFRS 15
$m

(25.4)
39.1
41.7
55.4
(20.9)
(64.7)
46.3
18.3
11.4
45.8
(9.9)
(23.2)
12.7
20.3
1.3
34.3

0.6
–
–
0.6
1.2
(1.8)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(24.8)
39.1
41.7
56.0
(19.7)
(66.5)
46.3
18.3
11.4
45.8
(9.9)
(23.2)
12.7
20.3
1.3
34.3

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

147

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

38. Change in Accounting Policies continued

(a) Impact on the Financial Statements continued 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as at 1 January 2017

ASSETS
Non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Other current assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Other current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Net assets

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Retained earnings
Other equity balances

Non-controlling interests
Total equity

As previously 
reported at  
31 December 
2016
$m

IFRS 15
(note 38(b))
$m

Restated at  
1 January 
2017
$m

841.3 

–

841.3 

259.7 
111.7 
88.4 
459.8 

70.0 
66.2 
136.2 
323.6 

47.5 
1,117.4 

800.0 
298.1
1,098.1
19.3 
1,117.4 

(4.0)
5.0
–
1.0

–
–
–
1.0

–
1.0 

1.0 
–
1.0
–
1.0 

255.7
116.7
88.4 
460.8 

70.0 
66.2 
136.2 
324.6 

47.5 
1,118.4 

801.0 
298.1
1,099.1
19.3 
1,118.4 

(b) Impact of Adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes when revenue should be recognised, how it should be measured and what 
disclosures about contracts with customers should be made. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue and IAS 11 Construction Contracts and related 
interpretations. The new accounting policies are set out in note 37. The standard is effective for the Group from 1 January 2018. IFRS 15 must 
be applied retrospectively. However, an entity can choose whether to apply the standard retrospectively to each period presented or apply the 
modified retrospective method, whereby the cumulative effect of applying the standard is recognised in equity at the date of initial application. 

In accordance with the transition provisions in IFRS 15, the Group has adopted the new rules fully retrospectively, rather than the modified 
retrospective method as indicated in the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts, and has restated the comparatives for the 2017 financial year, 
as this is considered to enhance the clarity of the financial statements.

The following adjustments were made to the amounts recognised in the balance sheet at the date of initial application, 1 January 2018.

Net trade receivables 
Net trade receivables – rental receivables
Net trade receivables – IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Current contract assets
Accrued revenue
Accrued revenue – rental receivables
Accrued revenue – IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Inventories
Current contract liabilities
Other payables – deferred revenue
Other payables – payments on account from customers

IAS 18 
Carrying amount 
31 December 
2017
$m
148.0 
–
–
–
6.2 
–
–
286.2 
–
(1.0)
(9.1)

Reclassification
$m
(148.0)
12.5 
135.5 
–
(6.2)
1.7 
4.5 
–
(9.1)
–
9.1 

Remeasurement
$m
–
–
–
6.8 
–
–
–
(5.2)
–
–
–

IFRS 15
Carrying amount 
1 January 2018
$m
–
12.5 
135.5 
6.8 
–
1.7 
4.5 
281.0 
(9.1)
(1.0)
–

148 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
38. Change in Accounting Policies continued

(b) Impact of Adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers continued
IFRS 15 requires an entity to recognise revenue when control of promised goods or services is passed to its customers for an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue will either be recognised 
at a point in time, when the entity has completed its performance obligation or over time as, while and when the promise is performed. 
Consequently, revenue that was previously recognised at a point in time may now have to be recognised over time.

Hunting’s revenue is principally generated from the following sources:

 • Sales of goods to customers; products include manufactured goods and OCTG supplies.
 • Performance of services, which is principally comprised of threading plain-end pipe. 
 • Licensed use of Hunting’s thread designs.
 • Rental of equipment such as mud motors and drilling tools. Rental revenue does not fall within the scope of IFRS 15 and is unaffected by the 

requirements of the new accounting standard. 

Management has identified two principal revenue streams that require an amendment to the Group’s revenue accounting policies following the 
adoption of IFRS 15. These activities involve: (1) the manufacture of products that have been designed with the customer to their bespoke 
specifications and for which Hunting has an enforceable right to payment if the customer were to prematurely withdraw from the contract without 
cause; and (2) work performed by Hunting that enhances customer-owned products, such as lathing customer-owned plain-end pipe.

Under IFRS 15, apportionment of revenue between different financial reporting periods is required when Hunting’s satisfaction of performance 
obligations straddles two or more financial reporting periods. The majority of Hunting’s performance obligations are relatively short and 
consequently very few in number straddle two financial reporting periods. As a result, only a small proportion of the Group’s annual revenue 
needs to be apportioned between financial reporting periods such that the impact on the Group’s financial statements is minimal.

The impact on the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 January 2017 is as follows:

Opening retained earnings at 1 January 2017 (before restatement for IFRS 15)
Point in time sales recognised as over time sales under IFRS 15
Restated opening retained earnings at 1 January 2017 under IFRS 15

The impact on the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 January 2018 is as follows:

Restated opening retained earnings at 1 January 2018 under IFRS 9 (before restatement for IFRS 15) (note 38(c))
Point in time sales recognised as over time sales under IFRS 15
Restated opening retained earnings at 1 January 2018 under IFRS 9 and IFRS 15

2017
$m 
800.0
1.0
801.0

2018
$m 
780.4
1.6
782.0

Prior to the adoption of IFRS 15, the majority of the Group’s revenue was recognised at the point in time when the goods or services were 
completed/delivered. IFRS 15 requires the Group to now recognise revenue when control of the goods or services transfers to the customer. 
For some of the Group’s activities as described above, this requires the Group to recognise revenue while the goods are still being manufactured 
or the services are still being performed. Consequently, revenue on these activities is recognised earlier under IFRS 15 than it is recognised under 
the previous accounting standards. At 31 December 2017, the fair value of the accelerated revenue amounted to $6.8m and this is recognised 
as a contract asset, within current receivables, on the balance sheet and as additional revenue within the year ended 31 December 2017.

As a result of control of the goods and services transferring to the customer, the Group must also de-recognise the costs incurred to date in 
producing the goods or performing the services. As at 31 December 2017, the carrying value of the goods and services that had transferred to 
the customer, and which under the previous accounting standards was recognised as inventory, amounted to $5.2m.

The net impact of recognising an additional asset of $6.8m, carried at fair value, and de-recognising the associated cost of $5.2m, is to increase 
the Group’s net assets by $1.6m, which is recognised as a $1.6m increase in retained earnings. As a result of the Group’s tax position, the tax 
impact of these adjustments is $nil.

The presentation of certain amounts in the balance sheet has been changed to reflect the terminology of IFRS 15, as follows:

 • Net trade receivables of $148.0m have now been presented as net trade receivables from revenue from contracts with customers of $135.5m 

and net trade receivables from revenue from leasing contracts of $12.5m.

 • Accrued revenue of $6.2m has now been presented as accrued revenue arising from contracts with customers of $4.5m and accrued 

revenue arising from leasing contracts of $1.7m.

 • Contract liabilities of $9.1m were previously presented as payments on account from customers in other payables.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

149

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued

38. Change in Accounting Policies continued

(c) Impact of Adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and establishes principles for the recognition, 
derecognition, classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, together with new requirements relating to the impairment of 
financial assets and new simplified hedge accounting rules. The new accounting policies are set out in note 37. IFRS 9 became effective for the 
Group on 1 January 2018 and is generally applied retrospectively, except as described below.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 9 (7.2.15), comparative figures have not been restated in respect of IFRS 9’s classification 
and measurement (including impairment) requirements. Any differences in the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities as a 
result of adopting IFRS 9 are recognised in retained earnings as at 1 January 2018. Accordingly, the information presented for the year ended 
31 December 2017 does not generally reflect the requirements of IFRS 9 but rather those of IAS 39. There was, therefore, no impact on the 
Group’s retained earnings as at 1 January 2017 as a result of adopting IFRS 9.

The determination by each entity of the business model within which a financial asset is held has been made on the basis of the facts and 
circumstances that existed at the date of initial application, 1 January 2018.

The impact on the Group’s retained earnings as at 1 January 2018 is as follows:

Closing retained earnings at 31 December 2017 – as previously reported under IAS 39 and IAS 18
Increase in provision for trade receivables and contract assets
Restated opening retained earnings at 1 January 2018 under IFRS 9 (before restatement for IFRS 15)

Note

38(c)(ii)

2018
$m 
780.6 
(0.2)
780.4

(i) Derivatives and Hedging
There is a new hedge accounting model, which has been simplified and is more closely aligned to the business’s risk management activities. 
Any changes to hedge accounting under IFRS 9 are to be applied prospectively by Hunting from 1 January 2018 as Hunting has not taken the 
option to continue applying IAS 39 to its hedge accounting.

The Group had forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency swaps in place to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange rate 
movements at 31 December 2017.

Certain forward foreign exchange contracts had been designated in a cash flow hedge as at 31 December 2017 to hedge the foreign currency 
risk associated with forecast inventory purchases. These cash flow hedges have qualified as cash flow hedges under IFRS 9. 

At 31 December 2017, forward foreign exchange contracts were designated in fair value hedges to hedge the foreign exchange movement in 
foreign currency trade payables. These fair value hedges have qualified as fair value hedges under IFRS 9.

A foreign currency swap was also designated in a fair value hedge to hedge the foreign exchange movements in a Canadian dollar-denominated 
pseudo equity loan at 31 December 2017. This fair value hedge has qualified as a fair value hedge under IFRS 9.

The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge documentation are aligned with the requirements of IFRS 9 and these relationships are 
treated as continuing under IFRS 9.

Under IAS 39, the Group designated the spot component of the change in fair value of the forward foreign exchange contracts in a cash flow 
hedge. Changes in the forward points, the differential between the forward rate and the market spot rate, were recognised in the income 
statement in finance costs. 

Under IFRS 9, changes in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts attributable to forward points can be recognised as a cost of 
hedging in the hedging reserve. The Group has chosen to continue recognising the costs of hedging in the income statement immediately rather 
than deferring these in equity. 

Under IAS 39, the amounts accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve relating to the spot component were reclassified and included in the 
initial cost of the inventory item when it was recognised. The same approach applies under IFRS 9 to the amounts accumulated in the cash flow 
hedge reserve.

150 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
38. Change in Accounting Policies continued 

(c) Impact of Adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments continued
(ii) Impairment of Financial Assets
IAS 39’s “incurred loss” model has been replaced with a new impairment model, the “expected loss” model. An entity will recognise a loss 
allowance from the point of initial recognition for all financial assets based on expected credit losses, which will result in the earlier recognition 
of credit losses, i.e. a “day one” loss, will be recognised. This will result in the earlier recognition of bad debt provisions. 

Trade receivables, contract assets and accrued revenue
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified impairment model, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance, to short-term trade receivables, 
accrued revenue, contract assets and lease receivables and long-term trade receivables, accrued revenue and contract assets. To measure the 
expected credit losses, trade receivables, accrued revenue and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics 
and the days past due. 

Contract assets represent the Group’s right to consideration for goods or services that have been transferred to a customer while the right 
remains on condition that Hunting completes its promise. Accrued revenue represents unbilled revenue that is recognised after Hunting has 
completed its promise to a customer. As contract assets and accrued revenue have substantially the same credit risk characteristics as trade 
receivables for the same types of contracts, it was concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable approximation 
for the loss rates for contract assets and accrued revenue.

As at 31 December 2017, the impact on the Group’s financial performance and position has been an increase in the bad debt provision of $0.2m. 
A reconciliation of the bad debt provision as at 31 December 2017 and 1 January 2018 is shown below.

At 31 December 2017 – calculated under IAS 39
Additional impairment recognised at 1 January 2018 on trade receivables as at 31 December 2017
Opening bad debt provision as at 1 January 2018 – calculated under IFRS 9

2018
$m
4.8 
0.2 
5.0 

The bad debt provision decreased to $3.1m by 31 December 2018. The decrease would not have been materially different under the incurred 
loss model of IAS 39.

Trade receivables and contract assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the original terms of sale. Indicators that the debt will not be recovered include defaults in payment and the debtor is in financial 
difficulty or the debtor has been placed into administration and is no longer trading.

Investments
The Group’s listed equity investments and mutual funds are carried at fair value through profit or loss and are considered to have a low credit risk 
as they have a low risk of default. Funds are invested in a wide portfolio of US mutual funds and no individual exposure is considered to be 
significant.

Other financial assets at amortised cost 
Other financial assets carried at amortised cost include the loan note, a receivable from the liquidators of an associate for the Group’s share of 
net assets and other receivables. The loss allowance at 1 January 2018, as a result of applying the expected credit risk model under IFRS 9, was 
$nil and by 31 December 2018 the receivable from the liquidators of $1.3m had been collected in full. 

(iii) Classification and Measurement 
The classification and measurement of financial assets is now driven by the cash flow characteristics of the asset and the business model of the 
individual company. On 1 January 2018, the date of initial application of IFRS 9, management has assessed which business models apply to the 
financial assets held by the Group and has classified its financial instruments into the appropriate IFRS 9 categories. All of the Group’s entities 
have a hold to collect business model and therefore the classification of financial assets has not changed following the adoption of IFRS 9. As a 
result, there has been no impact on the Group’s retained earnings. The effect of adopting IFRS 9 on the carrying amounts of financial assets at 
1 January 2018 relates solely to the new impairment requirements.

The classification of the Group’s non-current and current investments under IFRS 9 has not changed from the classification under IAS 39 at fair 
value through profit or loss. Non-current and current other receivables, the loan note, net trade receivables, accrued revenue and cash at bank 
and in hand were previously classified as loans and receivables under IAS 39 are now classified as at amortised cost under IFRS 9.

The carrying amounts for financial assets under IFRS 9 have not changed from the carrying amounts under IAS 39, except for trade and other 
receivables. An increase of $0.2m in the bad debt provision was recognised in opening retained earnings at 1 January 2018 on transition to 
IFRS 9 and the carrying amount of net trade receivables reduced from $148.0m to $147.8m. These trade and other receivables do not include 
the additional contract assets of $6.8m that were recognised on the adoption of IFRS 15, see note 38(b) above.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

151

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Company balance sheet 
at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Other receivables

Current assets
Other receivables
Current tax asset

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Other payables
Provisions
Current tax liability

Net current (liabilities) assets

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Provisions

Net assets

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium
Other components of equity
Retained earnings
Total equity

Notes

2018
$m

2017
$m

C4
C5

C5

C6

C12
C12
C13
C14

436.8
286.0
722.8

436.8
275.3
712.1

1.1
–
1.1

1.3
0.6
0.4
2.3
(1.2)

0.6
0.8
1.4
720.2

66.7
153.0
70.5
430.0
720.2

1.3
2.1
3.4

1.8
0.5
–
2.3
1.1

0.3
0.6
0.9
712.3

66.4
153.0
79.3
413.6
712.3

The Company has elected to take the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting its own income statement and 
statement of comprehensive income. Profit and total comprehensive income for the year of $7.3m (2017 – $13.6m) has been accounted for in the 
financial statements of the Company. 

The notes on pages 155 to 160 are an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements on pages 152 to 154 were approved 
by the Board of Directors on 28 February 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Jim Johnson 
Director 

Peter Rose 
Director 

Registered number: 974568

152 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Shares issued
– share option schemes and awards
Treasury shares
– purchase of Treasury shares
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
Transfer between reserves
Total transactions with owners

Notes

C15

C12

C13
C13, C14

Year ended 31 December 2018

Share  
capital
$m
66.4

Share 
premium
$m
153.0

Other 
components 
of equity
$m
79.3

Retained 
earnings
$m
413.6

Total  

equity
$m
712.3

–
–

–

0.3

–

–
–
–
0.3

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

13.1
(9.7)
(12.2)
(8.8)

7.3
7.3

(6.6)

–

(5.7)

–
9.2
12.2
9.1

7.3
7.3

(6.6)

0.3

(5.7)

13.1
(0.5)
–
0.6

At 31 December

66.7

153.0

70.5

430.0

720.2

At 1 January 

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

Shares issued
– share option schemes and awards
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
Total transactions with owners

Year ended 31 December 2017

Notes

Share  
capital
$m 
66.3

Share  

premium
$m
153.0

Other 
components  

of equity
$m
76.8

–
–

0.1

–
–
0.1

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

11.6
(9.1)
2.5

C12

C13
C13, C14

Retained 
earnings
$m
391.1

13.6
13.6

–

–
8.9
8.9

Total  

equity
$m
687.2

13.6
13.6

0.1

11.6
(0.2)
11.5

At 31 December

66.4

153.0

79.3

413.6

712.3

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

153

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCompany statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2018

Operating activities
Profit from operations
Share-based payments expense
Decrease (increase) in receivables
Decrease in payables
Increase in provisions
Net exchange differences
Taxation received (paid)
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Investing activities
Interest received
Net cash inflow from investing activities
Financing activities
Interest and bank fees paid
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Share capital issued
Purchase of treasury shares
Loan issued
Loan received
Loan issued repaid
Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net cash inflow (outflow) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Notes

C15

2018
$m

0.6
13.2
0.2
(1.6)
0.1
0.7
0.6
13.8

8.7
8.7

(0.1)
(6.6)
0.3
(5.7)
(22.9)
0.3
12.2
(22.5)

–
–
–

2017
$m

7.1
11.9
(0.4)
(0.6)
0.3
0.8
(2.0)
17.1

7.6
7.6

(0.1)
–
0.1
–
(29.5)
0.3
–
(29.2)

(4.5)
4.5
–

154 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Notes to the Company financial statements

C1. Basis of Preparation
Hunting PLC is a premium-listed public company limited by shares, with its Ordinary shares listed on the London Stock Exchange. Hunting PLC 
was incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act and is registered in England and Wales. The address of the Company’s 
registered office is shown on page 167. The Company acts as a holding company for the Hunting PLC Group. Details of the Company’s 
subsidiaries are given in note C19. The financial statements of Hunting PLC have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as 
applicable to companies using IFRS and those International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS 
IC”) Interpretations as adopted by the European Union. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the 
historical cost convention. The Board’s consideration of going concern is detailed further in the Strategic Report on page 53.

The Company’s principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are the same as those set out in note 37 of 
the Group’s financial statements, except for investments in subsidiaries that are stated at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration paid, 
less provision for impairment. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.

From the perspective of the Company, the principal risks and uncertainties are integrated with the principal risks of the Hunting PLC Group and 
are not managed separately. The principal risks and uncertainties of the Hunting PLC Group, which include those of the Company, are discussed 
on pages 49 to 52 and further detail on financial risks is provided within note C9.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, became effective for the Company on 
1 January 2018 and has been adopted retrospectively. There is no impact on the Company’s financial position or results following the adoption 
of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018. 

On 1 January 2018, the date of initial application of IFRS 9, management has assessed which business models apply to the financial assets 
held by the Company and has classified its financial instruments into the appropriate IFRS 9 categories. The classification and measurement of 
financial assets is now driven by the cash flow characteristics of the asset and the business model of the Company. The Company has a hold to 
collect business model and therefore the classification of financial assets has not changed following the adoption of IFRS 9. As a result, there 
has been no impact on the Company’s retained earnings. 

The non-current loan receivable from a subsidiary and current receivables from subsidiaries were previously classified as loans and receivables 
under IAS 39 and are now classified as at amortised cost under IFRS 9. The carrying amounts for financial assets under IFRS 9 have not 
changed from the carrying amounts under IAS 39.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes when revenue is recognised, how it should be measured and what disclosures 
about contracts with customers should be made. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue and IAS 11 Construction Contracts and related 
interpretations. The standard is effective for the Company from 1 January 2018. There was no impact on the Company’s financial position or 
results following the adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 January 2018.

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 Leases replaces IAS 17 Leases and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 establishes principles for the recognition, measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The standard will be effective for the Company from 1 January 2019. 
Management has performed an assessment of the impact of adopting IFRS 16 and currently no impact on the Company’s financial position 
or results is expected following the adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019.

C2. Employees
The Company had no employees during the current or prior year.

C3. Auditors’ Remuneration
Services provided by the Company’s independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and its associates comprised:

Fees payable to the Company’s independent auditors and its associates for:

The audit of these financial statements

C4. Investments in Subsidiaries

Cost:
At 1 January and 31 December

Impairment:
At 1 January and 31 December

Net book amount

2018
$m

2017
$m

0.5

0.5

2018
$m

2017
$m

436.8

436.8

–

–

436.8

436.8

The Company’s subsidiaries are detailed in note C19. Investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration 
paid, less impairment. The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

155

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNotes to the Company financial statements continued

C5. Other Receivables

Non-current:
Loan receivable from a subsidiary – interest-bearing
Prepayments

Current:
Receivables from subsidiaries
Prepayments
Other receivables

2018
$m

285.9
0.1
286.0

0.8
0.2
0.1
1.1

2017
$m

275.2
0.1
275.3

0.8
0.4
0.1
1.3

The loan receivable from a subsidiary and current receivables from subsidiaries are financial assets measured at amortised cost. Other receivables 
relate to VAT balances, which are not financial assets.

None of the Company’s receivables (2017 – none) were overdue at the year-end and the Company does not consider it necessary to provide 
for any impairments as there is no recent history of default or any indications that the contractual payments will not be made. The Company’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk is the fair value of each class of receivable, as described in note C8. The Company does not hold any collateral 
as security and no assets have been acquired through the exercise of any collateral previously held. The interest-bearing loan receivable from a 
subsidiary is unsecured and interest is charged based on a margin over bank lending rates. Current receivables due from subsidiaries are current 
accounts and are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

C6. Other Payables

Current:
Payables to subsidiaries
Accruals
Other payables

2018
$m

0.2
0.6
0.5
1.3

2017
$m

0.3
0.8
0.7
1.8

Payables to subsidiaries, accruals and other payables are financial liabilities carried at amortised cost. Current payables due to subsidiaries are 
unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

C7. Derivatives and Hedging
The Company has used forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure to exchange rate movements during the year. At 
31 December 2018, the Company had no outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts (2017 – $nil).

Gains and losses on contracts that are not designated in a hedge relationship are taken directly to the income statement. Changes in the fair 
value of currency derivatives not designated in a hedge relationship amounting to a $0.4m loss (2017 – $nil) were recognised in the income 
statement during the year. 

C8. Financial Instruments: Fair Values
Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of current receivables from subsidiaries, other receivables, payables to subsidiaries, accruals, 
other payables, provisions, borrowings and bank overdrafts approximates their fair value. The carrying value of the loan receivable from 
subsidiaries approximates its fair value as interest is charged based on a margin over current bank lending rates.

C9. Financial Risk Management
The Company’s activities expose it to certain financial risks, namely market risk (including currency risk, cash flow interest rate risk and fair value 
interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. From the perspective of the Company, these financial risks are integrated with the financial risks of 
the Hunting PLC Group and are not managed separately.

(a) Foreign Exchange Risk
The Company is mainly exposed to foreign exchange risk from its financing and operating activities in respect of Sterling. Foreign exchange risks 
arise from future transactions and cash flows and from recognised monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in US dollars and, 
where appropriate, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to manage the exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company 
has Sterling denominated financial assets and financial liabilities.

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial assets included in current receivables from subsidiaries at 31 December on which exchange 
differences would be recognised in the income statement in the following year, is $0.7m (2017 – $0.4m) for Sterling denominated financial assets.

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial liabilities included in accruals, other payables and provisions at 31 December, on which 
exchange differences would be recognised in the income statement in the following year, is $3.2m (2017 – $2.6m) for Sterling denominated 
financial liabilities.

156 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
 
 
C9. Financial Risk Management continued

(b) Interest Rate Risk
The Company is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk from its loan receivable from a subsidiary and borrowings payable to a subsidiary, which 
are at variable interest rates.

(c) Credit Risk
The Company’s credit risk arises from its outstanding current receivables and loan receivable from a subsidiary. The Company is exposed to 
credit risk to the extent of non-receipt of its financial assets, however, it has no significant concentrations of credit risk other than from related 
parties. Credit risk is continually monitored and no individual exposure is considered to be significant in the ordinary course of the Company’s 
activities.

The interest-bearing loan receivable due from a subsidiary has not been impaired as no losses are expected from non-performance of this 
counterparty. The credit risk at the time the loan was taken out was deemed to be low and there has not been an increase in the credit risk since 
the time the loan was initially recognised. Therefore, management does not believe that there is a significant increase in credit risk such that the 
loan moves from stage 1 to stage 2 of the IFRS 9 general impairment model. There is no history of default and previously all payments under the 
original terms of the loan have been made. The loan is with the Group’s central treasury company, which has sufficient cash, short-term deposits 
and credit facilities, in the form of the RCF, to repay the loan. Management does not have any reason to believe that any future payments will not 
be made in accordance with the terms of the loan. Therefore no provision for 12-month expected credit losses has been made under IFRS 9.

The Company’s outstanding receivables due from subsidiaries are current accounts and no losses are expected from non-performance of these 
counterparties. 

(d) Liquidity Risk
The Company has sufficient facilities available to satisfy its requirements.

During March 2017, the Group’s treasury function put in place a sweeping arrangement with the Company, such that at the end of each day any 
balances in its bank accounts are swept to the treasury function, with a corresponding increase in the loan receivable balance with fellow group 
companies. As a result, at the end of the year, cash at bank is $nil.

The Company is party to a cross-guarantee and set-off arrangement with Lloyds Bank Plc and Barclays Bank Plc. There is no set-off in the 
presentation of cash balances held by the Company in the financial statements. Under this arrangement the Company is jointly and severally 
liable for any gross liability position held by any of the companies’ party to the aforementioned arrangements in the event of default. Any gross 
liability limit cannot exceed a combined facility limit of £2.6m ($3.4m).

The table below analyses the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the 
balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date of the financial liabilities. The amounts presented in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows, whereas the carrying amounts in the balance sheet are the discounted amounts.

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Payables to subsidiaries
Borrowings – payable due to subsidiary
Accruals
Other payables

 2018

On demand  
or within  
one year
$m

2017

On demand  
or within  
one year
$m

0.2
0.6
0.6
0.5
1.9

0.3
0.3
0.8
0.7
2.1

The Company did not have any derivative financial liabilities at the end of 2017 or 2018.

(e) Capital Risk Management
The Company’s capital consists of equity and net cash. Net cash comprises the loan receivable from a subsidiary and borrowings. It is managed 
with the aim of maintaining an appropriate level of financing available for the Company’s activities, having due regard to interest rate risks and the 
availability of borrowing facilities.

Changes in equity arise from the retention of earnings and from issues of share capital. Net cash is monitored on a periodic basis. At the 
year-end, capital comprised:

Total equity
Net cash:
Borrowings – payable due to subsidiary
Loan receivable from subsidiary (note C5)
Capital employed

The 2017 capital employed amount has been restated to include the Company’s borrowings.

2018
$m
720.2

0.6
(285.9)
434.9

Restated
2017
$m
712.3

0.3
(275.2)
437.4

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

157

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

C9. Financial Risk Management continued

(e) Capital Risk Management continued
The increase in total equity during the year is mainly attributable to the retained profit for the year of $7.3m. The increase in the share-based 
payments reserve of $13.1m is offset by the payment of a dividend of $6.6m and the purchase of treasury shares of $5.7m. The loan receivable 
from a subsidiary increased by $10.7m largely due to royalty income received during the year. There have been no significant changes in the 
Company’s funding policy during the year.

C10. Financial Instruments: Sensitivity Analysis
The following sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Company’s financial instruments and 
show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity. Financial instruments affected by market risk include non-current receivables from 
subsidiaries and borrowings. The sensitivity analysis relates to the position as at 31 December 2018.

The analysis excludes the impact of movements in market variables on the carrying value of provisions and on non-financial assets and liabilities.

The following assumptions have been made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

 • Foreign exchange rate and interest rate sensitivities have an asymmetric impact on the Company’s results, that is, an increase in rates does 

not result in the same amount of movement as a decrease in rates. 

 • For floating rate assets and liabilities, the amount of asset or liability outstanding at the balance sheet date is assumed to be outstanding for 

the whole year. 

 • The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost do not change as interest rates change.

(a) Interest Rate Sensitivity
The post-tax impact on the income statement, with all other variables held constant, at 31 December 2018, for an increase of 0.5%  
(2017 – 0.75%) in US interest rates, is to increase profits by $1.2m (2017 – $1.7m). If the US interest rates were to decrease by 0.5% 
(2017 – 0.75%), then the post-tax impact would be to reduce profits by $1.2m (2017 – $1.7m). The movements arise on US dollar denominated 
intra-Group loans. There is no impact on OCI for a change in interest rates.

(b) Foreign Exchange Rate Sensitivity
The post-tax impact on the income statement, with all other variables held constant, at 31 December 2018, for an increase or decrease of 10% 
(2017 – 10%) in the Sterling foreign exchange rate, is not material. The movement in the income statement arises from Sterling denominated 
accruals, other payables and borrowings, offset by Sterling loans receivable from subsidiaries. There is no impact on OCI for a change in foreign 
exchange rates.

C11. Post-Employment Benefits
The Company has no employees and therefore does not participate in any of the post-employment benefit schemes shown in note 29 of the 
Group’s financial statements, although it does guarantee the contributions due by the participating employers.

C12. Share Capital and Share Premium
Please see note 30 of the Group’s financial statements.

C13. Other Components of Equity

At 1 January 
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
Transfer between reserves
At 31 December

Year ended 31 December 2018

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
$m
0.2

Share-based 
payments 
reserve
$m
18.9

Currency 
translation 
reserve
$m
(19.2)

–
–
–
0.2

13.1
(9.7)
–
22.3

–
–
–
(19.2)

Merger 
reserve
$m
79.4

–
–
(12.2)
67.2

During the year, $12.2m was transferred from the merger reserve to retained earnings. This portion of the reserve is now considered to be 
realised as the equivalent amount of the proceeds from the share placing in 2016 have now met the definition of qualifying consideration.

At 1 January 
Share options and awards
– value of employee services
– discharge
At 31 December

158 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Year ended 31 December 2017

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
$m
0.2

Share-based 
payments 
reserve
$m
16.4

Currency 
translation 
reserve
$m
(19.2)

–
–
0.2

11.6
(9.1)
18.9

–
–
(19.2)

Merger
 reserve
$m
79.4

–
–
79.4

Total
$m
79.3

13.1
(9.7)
(12.2)
70.5

Total
$m
76.8

11.6
(9.1)
79.3

C14. Retained Earnings

At 1 January
Profit for the year
Dividends paid to equity shareholders (note C15)
Purchase of treasury shares
Share options and awards
– discharge
Transfer between reserves
At 31 December

Retained earnings include the following amounts in respect of the carrying amount of Treasury shares.

Cost:
At 1 January
Purchase of treasury shares
Disposal of treasury shares
At 31 December

The loss on disposal of Treasury shares during the year, which is recognised in retained earnings, was $1.7m (2017 – $1.5m).

C15. Dividends Paid to Equity Shareholders
Please see note 33 of the Group’s financial statements.

C16. Share-Based Payments
Please see note 34 of the Group’s financial statements.

C17. Related Party Transactions
The following related party transactions took place between the Company and subsidiaries of the Group during the year:

Transactions:
  Royalties receivable
  Management fees payable
  Recharges of share options and awards and administrative expenses
  Loan to subsidiary
  Loan from subsidiary
  Loans to subsidiary repaid

Interest receivable on inter-company loans

  Dividends received from subsidiaries
Year-end balances:
  Payables to subsidiaries
  Receivables from subsidiaries
  Loans owed to subsidiaries
  Loans owed by subsidiaries

All balances between the Company and its subsidiaries are unsecured.

2018
$m
413.6
7.3
(6.6)
(5.7)

9.2
12.2
430.0

2018
$m

(7.2)
(5.7)
1.7
(11.2)

2018
$m

14.7
(11.7)
13.3
(22.9)
0.3
12.2
8.7
–

(0.2)
0.8
(0.6)
285.9

2017
$m
391.1
13.6
–
–

8.9
–
413.6

2017
$m

(8.7)
–
1.5
(7.2)

2017
$m

10.8
(9.7)
12.1
(29.5)
0.3
–
7.6
9.7

(0.3)
0.8
(0.3)
275.2

The Company also serves as the Group’s intermediary for the provision of UK Group tax relief, VAT and certain Group insurances. At the 
year-end, the outstanding receivable for UK Group tax relief was $1.2m (2017 – $2.1m).

The key management of the Company comprises the Hunting PLC Board and members of the Executive Committee. The details of their 
compensation are disclosed in note 8 of the Group’s financial statements. The Hunting PLC Board and members of the Executive Committee 
had no material transactions other than as a result of their service agreements.

C18. Associates

Associatesi
Tianjin Huaxin Premium Connection Pipe Co Ltd (28.5%) 
Hunting Airtrust Tubulars Pte. Ltd (50%)

Registered address
Jintang Road, Dongli District, Tianjin, 300301, China
19, Keppel Road, 08-05 JIT Poh Building, 089058, Singapore 

Notes:
i  All interests in associates are in the equity shares of those companies.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

159

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

C19. Subsidiaries

All Companies listed below are wholly owned by the Group, except where otherwise indicated.

Subsidiariesi/iii
Operating activities
Hunting Energy Services (Australia) Pty Ltd
Hunting Energy Services (Canada) Ltd
Hunting Energy Services (Wuxi) Co. Ltd (70%)

Hunting Energy Completion Equipment (Wuxi) Co., Ltd

Hunting Energy Services (International) Limited
Hunting Energy Services Overseas Holdings Limited
Hunting Energy Services Limitedv
Hunting Energy Services (UK) Limited (60%)
PT Hunting Energy Asia

Hunting Alpha (EPZ) Limited (60%)
Hunting Energy Services Kenya Ltd
Hunting Energy de Mexico

Hunting Energy Services BV (60%)
Hunting Energy Services (Well Testing) BV
Hunting Energy Services (Norway) AS
Hunting Energy Saudi Arabia LLC (60%)
Hunting Energy Services (Well Intervention) Limited
Hunting Welltonic Limitedv
Hunting Energy Services (International) Pte. Ltd.
Hunting Energy Services Pte. Ltd.
Hunting Energy Services (China) Pte. Ltd. (70%)
Hunting Energy Services (Well Intervention) Pte. Ltd
Hunting Energy Services (South Africa) Pty Ltd

Hunting Energy Services (Thailand) Limited (49%)

Hunting Energy Services (Uganda) Ltd
National Coupling Company, Inc.
Hunting Energy Services, LLC
Premium Finishes, Inc.
Hunting Dearborn, Inc.
Hunting Energy Services (Drilling Tools), Inc.
Hunting Innova, Inc.
Hunting Specialty, Inc.
Hunting Titan, Inc.
Hunting Titan ULC
Tenkay Resources, Inc.

Corporate activities
Hunting Energy Holdings Limitedii
Hunting Oil Holdings Limitedii
Hunting Knightsbridge Holdings Limited
Hunting Knightsbridge (US) Finance Limitediv
Huntaven Properties Limited
Hunting Pension Trust Limitedii
HG Management Services Ltd
Huntfield Trust Limitediv
Stag Line Limitediv
Hunting Aviation Limitediv
Field Insurance Limited
Hunting U.S. Holdings, Inc.

Registered address

Level 40, Governor Macquarie Tower, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia 
5550 Skyline Way NE, Calgary, Alberta, T2E 7Z7, Canada
No. 17, Xin DongAn Road, Shuo Fang Industrial, New District Wuxi City, Jiangsu 
Province, China
No. 17, Xin DongAn Road, Shuo Fang Industrial, New District Wuxi City, Jiangsu 
Province, China
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England 
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
Complex Dragon Industrial Park, Block D, Jalan Pattimura, Kabil Batam, 
29467, Indonesia
Block XLVIII/150, Off Mbaraki Road, P.O. Box 83344-80100 Mombasa, Kenya
5th Floor, West Wing, ICEA Lion Centre, Riverside Park, Chiromo Road, Nairobi, Kenya
Avenida Los Olmos #105, Parque Industrial El Sabinal, Apodaca, Nuevo Leon, 
Monterrey, Mexico
Olieweg 10, 1951 NH Velsen-Noord, Netherlands
Olieweg 10, 1951 NH Velsen-Noord, Netherlands 
Koppholen 19, 4313 Sandnes, Norway
Dhahran, Building No: 7612, P.O. Box: 3104, Zip Code: 34521, Saudi Arabia
Badentoy Avenue, Badentoy Park, Portlethen, Aberdeen, AB12 4YB, Scotland
Badentoy Avenue, Badentoy Park, Portlethen, Aberdeen, AB12 4YB, Scotland
2 International Business Park, #04-13/14, The Strategy 609930, Singapore
2 International Business Park, #04-13/14, The Strategy 609930, Singapore
2 International Business Park, #04-13/14, The Strategy 609930, Singapore
15 Scotts Road, #04-01/03, Thong Teck Building, 228218, Singapore
Manor House, Vineyards Office Estate, 99 Jip de Jager, De Bron, Cape Town, 7560, 
South Africa
436/27, Moo 2, Thanadee-Klongwong Road, Tambol Phawong, Amphur Muong 
Songkhla, 90100, Thailand
4th Floor, Rwenzori Towers, Plot 6, Nakasero Road, Kampala, 24665, Uganda
1316 Staffordshire Road, Staffordshire, Texas, 77477, USA
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA
6, Dearborn Drive, Fryeburg, Maine, USA
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA 
8383 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Houston, Texas, 77064, USA
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA 
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA 
5550 Skyline Way NE, Calgary, Alberta, T2E 7Z7, Canada
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA

5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England 
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
5 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HQ, England
The Albany, South Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4NF, Guernsey
16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 600, Houston, Texas, 77060 USA 

Notes:
i.  Except where otherwise stated, companies are wholly owned, being incorporated and operating in the countries indicated.
ii. 
iii.  All interests in subsidiaries are in the equity shares of those companies. The proportion of voting rights is represented by the interest in the equity shares of those 

Interest in company is held directly by Hunting PLC.

companies.

iv.  Huntfield Trust Limited (registered number 00372215), Stag Line Limited (registered number 00151320), Hunting Aviation Limited and Hunting Knightsbridge (US) 

Finance Limited (registered number 08319706) are dormant companies that are exempt from being audited, are exempt from the requirements to prepare individual 
accounts under section 394A of the Companies Act 2006 and are exempt from filing individual accounts under section 448A of the Companies Act 2006.

v.  Company has been placed into voluntary liquidation.

160 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Non-GAAP measures (unaudited) 

The Directors believe it is appropriate to include in the Strategic Report and financial statements a number of non-GAAP measures (“NGMs”) that 
are commonly used within the business. These measures supplement the information provided in the IFRS “reported” financial statements and 
accompanying notes, providing additional insight to the users of the Annual Report.

This section provides a definition of the non-GAAP measures, the purpose for which the measure is used, and a reconciliation of the non-GAAP 
measure to the reported IFRS numbers. The auditors are required under the Companies Act 2006 to consider whether these non-GAAP 
measures are prepared consistently with the financial statements.

Income Statement Non-GAAP Measures
The Directors have applied the provisions of IAS 1 with regards to exceptional items and have chosen to present these, together with 
amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination, in a separate column on the face of the income statement. All 
profit and loss measures adjusted for amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination and exceptional items are 
referred to as “underlying”. This is the basis used by the Directors in assessing performance.

A. EBITDA
Purpose: This profit measure is used as a simple proxy for pre-tax cash flows from operating activities.

Calculation definition: Underlying results before share of associates’ post-tax results, interest, tax, depreciation, impairment and amortisation.

Reported profit (loss) from operations (consolidated income statement) – as previously reported
Change in accounting policy
Reported profit (loss) from operations – restated
Add:
  Depreciation charge for the year on property, plant and equipment (note 12)
  Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 14)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 12)

Less:
  Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment and other assets (note 12)
Reported EBITDA
Add: Exceptional items impacting EBITDA
  Restructuring costs (note 6)
  Loss on disposal of Kenya rental fleet (note 6)
Underlying EBITDA 

2018
$m
75.4
–
75.4

35.0
31.9
1.0

(2.0)
141.3

0.5
0.5
142.3

Restated
2017
$m
(25.4)
0.6
(24.8)

39.6
31.2
7.6

–
53.6

2.4
–
56.0

B. Underlying Tax Rate
Purpose: This weighted average tax rate represents the level of tax, both current and deferred, being borne by operations on an underlying basis.

Calculation definition: Taxation on underlying profit before tax divided by underlying profit before tax, expressed as a percentage.

Underlying taxation charge (note 10)
Underlying profit before tax for the year (consolidated income statement)

Underlying tax rate

2018
$m
(22.0)
104.0

Restated
2017
$m
(1.0)
11.5

21%

9%

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

161

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Non-GAAP measures (unaudited) continued

Balance Sheet Non-GAAP Measures

C. Working Capital
Purpose: Working Capital is a measure of the Group’s liquidity identifying whether the Group has sufficient assets to cover liabilities as they fall due.

Calculation definition: Trade and other receivables excluding receivables from associates, derivative financial assets and loan notes, plus 
inventories less trade and other payables excluding payables due to associates, derivative financial liabilities, dividend liabilities and retirement 
plan obligations.

Trade and other receivables – non-current (note 16)
Trade and other receivables – current (note 16)
Inventories (note 18)
Trade and other payables – current (note 19)
Trade and other payables – non-current (note 19)
Less: non-working capital loan note (note 16)
Add: non-working capital US deferred compensation plan obligation (note 19)
Less: non-working capital current other receivables and other payables 

2018
$m
3.5
231.0
348.2
(140.9)
(3.8)
(1.2)
1.7
(2.0)
436.5

Restated
2017
$m
3.3
185.7
281.0
(130.9)
(3.9)
(1.3)
12.2
(2.1)
344.0

D. Inventory Days
Purpose: This is a working capital efficiency ratio that measures inventory balances relative to business activity levels.

Calculation definition: Inventory at the year-end divided by underlying cost of sales for the last three months of the year multiplied by 92 days, 
adjusted for the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

Inventory (note 18)
Underlying cost of sales for October to December

Inventory days

2018
$m
348.2
173.0

2017
$m
281.0
155.0

185 days

167 days

E. Receivables Days
Purpose: This is a working capital efficiency ratio that measures receivable balances relative to business activity levels.

Calculation definition: Net trade receivables, contract assets and accrued revenue at the year-end divided by revenue for the last three months of 
the year multiplied by 92 days, adjusted for the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

Net trade receivables (note 16)
Contract assets
Accrued revenue
Net receivables

Revenue for October to December

Trade receivable days

2018
$m
182.0
11.8
7.9
201.7

Restated
2017
$m
148.0
6.8
6.2
161.0

236.6

207.1

78 days

72 days

162 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

 
F. Other Net Assets

Retirement benefit asset (note 29)
Investments in associates (consolidated balance sheet)
Listed equity investments and mutual funds (note 15)
Non-working capital loan note (NGM C)
Non-working capital US deferred compensation plan obligation (NGM C)
Non-working capital current other receivables and other payables (NGM C)

2018
$m
–
0.7
1.7
1.2
(1.7)
2.0
3.9

Restated
2017
$m
18.6
0.7
12.2
1.3
(12.2)
2.1
22.7

G. Capital Employed
Purpose: Used in the calculation of the return on average capital employed (see NGM O).

Calculation definition: Capital employed is the amount of capital that the Group has invested in its business and comprises the historic value of 
total equity plus net (cash) debt at amortised cost.

The Group’s capital comprised:

Total equity (consolidated balance sheet)
Net cash (note 23)

2018
$m
1,191.1
(61.3)
1,129.8

Restated
2017
$m
1,112.1
(30.4)
1,081.7

H. Gearing
Purpose: This ratio indicates the relative level of debt funding, or financial leverage that the Group is subject to with higher levels indicating 
increasing levels of financial risk.

Calculation definition: Gearing is calculated as net debt as a percentage of total equity, if the Group has net debt. If the Group is in a net cash 
position, the calculation is not applicable (see NGM G).

Gearing

Cash Flow Non-GAAP Measures

I. Cash Flow Working Capital Movements
Purpose: Reconciles the working capital movements in the summary of changes in net debt in the Strategic Report.

Working capital – opening balance
Foreign exchange
Adjustments:
  Transfer to property, plant and equipment (note 12)
  Transfer from provisions
  Capital investment debtors/creditors cash flows
  Other non-cash flow movements
  Other cash flow movement
Working capital – closing balance (NGM C)
Cash flow

2018
n/a

2017
n/a

2018
$m
344.0
(4.6)

–
(0.1)
0.1
0.7
(0.2)
(436.5)
(96.6)

Restated
2017
$m
301.2
4.7

(0.5)
–
(0.1)
(0.8)
(0.4)
(344.0)
(39.9)

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

163

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Non-GAAP measures (unaudited) continued

J. Capital Investment
Purpose: Capital investment identifies the cash resources being absorbed organically within the business to maintain or enhance operating 
activity levels. 

Calculation definition: Capital investment is the cash paid on tangible non-current assets to maintain existing levels of operating activity and to 
grow the business from current operating levels and enhance operating activity.

Property, plant and equipment additions (note 12)
Capital investment debtors/creditors cash flows (NGM I)
Cash flow

Hunting Titan
US
Canada
Europe
Asia Pacific
Middle East, Africa and Other
Exploration and Production
Central
Cash flow

2018
$m
30.0
0.1
30.1

12.6
15.2
0.9
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.2
30.1

K. Other Operating Cash and Non-Cash Movements
Purpose: Reconciles other operating cash and non-cash movements in the Summary Group Cash Flow in the Strategic Report.

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment (consolidated statement of cash flows)
Gain on disposal of held for sale assets (consolidated statement of cash flows)
Decrease in provisions (consolidated statement of cash flows)
Proceeds on disposal of associate
Other non-cash flow items
  Pensions
  Other

2018
$m
(1.0)
–
(3.8)
1.3

2.5
0.4
(0.6)

2017
$m
11.5
(0.1)
11.4

2.6
5.9
0.7
1.0
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.2
11.4

2017
$m
(0.5)
(1.2)
(1.0)
–

2.2
–
(0.5)

L. Free Cash Flow
Purpose: Free cash flow is a measure of financial performance and represents the cash that the Group is able to generate. Free cash flow 
represents the amount of cash the Group has available to either retain for investment, whether organic or by way of acquisition, or to return to 
shareholders.

Calculation definition: All cash flows before transactions with shareholders and tangible and intangible capital investment.

Underlying EBITDA (NGM A)
Add: share-based payment charge

Working capital movements (NGM I)
Net interest paid and bank fees (consolidated statement of cash flows)
Net tax (paid) received (consolidated statement of cash flows)
Proceeds from disposal of PPE
UK pension scheme refund
Disposal of business
Other operating cash and non-cash movements (NGM K)

2018
$m
142.3
13.2
155.5
(96.6)
(2.0)
(2.6)
16.4
10.6
–
(0.6)
80.7

Restated
2017
$m
56.0
11.9
67.9
(39.9)
(2.4)
6.5
6.2
9.7
1.8
(0.5)
49.3

164 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Other Non-GAAP Measures

M. Dividend Per Share Declared
Purpose: Identifies the total amount of dividend declared in respect of a period. This is also used in the calculation of dividend cover (see NGM N).

Calculation definition: The amount in cents returned to Ordinary shareholders.

Interim dividend
Final dividend

2018
Cents per 
share
4.0
5.0
9.0

2017
Cents per 
share
–
–
–

N. Dividend Cover
Purpose: An indication of the Company’s ability to maintain the level of its dividend and indicates the proportion of earnings being retained in the 
business for future investment versus that returned to shareholders.

Calculation definition: Earnings or loss per share attributable to Ordinary shareholders divided by the cash dividend per share to be returned to 
Ordinary shareholders, on an accruals basis.

Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (note 11)
Diluted (note 11)

Dividend (NGM M)

Dividend cover
Basic 
Diluted

2018

Restated
2017

Underlying

Reported

Underlying

Reported

51.6c
49.6c

54.4c
52.3c

9.0c

9.0c

5.7x
5.5x

6.0x
5.8x

8.0c
8.0c

–

n/a
n/a

(16.0)c
(16.0)c

–

n/a
n/a

O. Return on Average Capital Employed
Purpose: Measures the levels of return the Group is generating from its capital employed.

Calculation definition: Underlying profit before interest and tax, adjusted for the share of associates’ post-tax results, as a percentage of average 
gross capital employed. Average gross capital employed is a monthly average of capital employed based on 13 balance sheets from the closing 
December balance in the prior year to the closing December balance in the current year.

Average monthly gross capital employed (13 point average)

Underlying profit from operations (consolidated income statement)
Share of associates’ post-tax losses (consolidated income statement)
Underlying profit from operations including associates

Return on average capital employed

2018
$m
1,120.8

104.7
–
104.7

9%

Restated
2017
$m
1,120.3

14.3
(1.3)
13.0

1%

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

165

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationFinancial recordi (unaudited) 

Revenue
EBITDA
Depreciation and non-exceptional amortisation and impairment
Profit (loss) from continuing operations
Net finance expense
Share of associates’ post-tax losses
Profit (loss) before tax from continuing operations
Taxation
Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Profit (loss) for the year

Basic earnings (loss) per share
Continuing operations
Continuing and discontinued operations

Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Continuing operations
Continuing and discontinued operations

Dividend per shareiii

Balance sheet
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Working capital
Taxation (current and deferred)
Provisions
Other net assets
Capital employed
Net cash (debt)
Net assets
Non-controlling interests
Equity attributable to owners of the parent

Net assets per share

2018
$m
911.4
142.3
(37.6)
104.7
(0.7)
–
104.0
(22.0)
82.0
–
82.0

Restatedii
2017
$m
724.9
56.0
(41.7)
14.3
(1.5)
(1.3)
11.5
(1.0)
10.5
–
10.5

2016
$m
455.8
(48.9)
(43.3)
(92.2)
(0.7)
(0.3)
(93.2)
19.9
(73.3)
–
(73.3)

2015
$m
810.5
61.9
(45.5)
16.4
(6.8)
(0.2)
9.4
(5.4)
4.0
–
4.0

2014
$m
1,386.5 
269.8 
(52.0)
217.8 
(4.9)
(0.5)
212.4 
(57.2)
155.2 
0.3 
155.5 

cents

cents

cents

cents

cents

51.6
51.6

49.6
49.6

9.0

$m

360.2
329.7
436.5
13.7
(14.2)
3.9
1,129.8
61.3
1,191.1
(14.0)
1,177.1

8.0
8.0

8.0
8.0

–

$m

383.3
355.7
344.0
(6.0)
(18.0)
22.7
1,081.7
30.4
1,112.1
(18.8)
1,093.3

(45.3)
(45.3)

(45.3)
(45.3)

–

$m

419.0
380.5
300.2
(3.4)
(15.7)
38.7
1,119.3
(1.9)
1,117.4
(19.3)
1,098.1

3.1
3.1

3.1
3.1

8.0 

$m

460.8
411.0
365.8
10.7
(18.0)
48.3
1,278.6
(110.5)
1,168.1
(26.2)
1,141.9

102.6 
102.8 

100.0 
100.2 

31.0

$m

473.0
665.4
470.6
(55.2)
(24.7)
40.2
1,569.3
(131.0)
1,438.3

(30.2) 
1,408.1 

cents
721.4

cents
677.3

cents
682.6

cents
785.0 

cents
968.6

i. 
ii. 

Information is stated before exceptional items and amortisation of intangible assets recognised as part of a business combination. 
Information for 2017 has been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see note 38). Information for the years 2014 to 
2016 has not been restated for the adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers as the effects are not considered to be material. As IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments has been adopted on 1 January 2018, and there was no impact on prior years of the adoption, none of the historical information has been restated. 
iii.  Dividend per share is stated on a declared basis. Following the change in functional currency from Sterling to US dollar in 2013, dividends are declared in US dollars 

and paid in Sterling. The Sterling value of dividends paid is fixed and announced approximately two weeks prior to the payment date.

166 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Shareholder and statutory information (unaudited) 

Annual General Meeting 2019
The AGM of Hunting PLC will be held on Wednesday, 17 April 2019 at The Royal Automobile Club, 89 Pall Mall, London SW1Y 5HS and shall 
commence at 10.30 a.m. 

Business of Meeting
The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders to meet with the Board of Directors. The usual format of the meeting starts with the Chairman’s 
introduction followed by an invitation to take any questions from shareholders and, finally, the formal business of the meeting, which involves 
putting to the meeting a number of ordinary and special resolutions. Details of the resolutions will be communicated to shareholders ahead of the 
meeting in a formal “Notice of AGM”. The Notice also contains explanatory notes which will provide details to shareholders on how to lodge their 
vote. Those shareholders who have elected to continue to receive hard copy documentation or have signed up to receive a notification by e-mail 
will also receive a proxy form, which will contain details of how to lodge a vote by proxy.

Documents on Display
Copies of the executive Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment of non-executive Directors will be available for inspection at the 
Company’s Registered Office from the date the Notice of AGM is issued (being 21 clear days’ notice ahead of the meeting) until the time of the 
AGM and at the Royal Automobile Club, 89 Pall Mall, London SW1Y 5HS from 15 minutes before the AGM starts until it ends.

Registered Office
5 Hanover Square
London 
W1S 1HQ

Company Number: 974568 (Registered in England and Wales)

Telephone: 
Email:  

+44 (0)20 7321 0123
pr@hunting.plc.uk

Financial Calendar
The Company’s 2019 financial calendar is as follows:

Date 
28 February 2019
28 February 2019
13 March 2019
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
18 April 2019
23 April 2019
10 May 2019
29 August 2019

Event
2018 Full-Year Results Announcement
Final Dividend – Announcement Date
Publication of Annual Report and Notice of AGM
Trading Statement
AGM
Proxy Voting Results of AGM
Final Dividend – Ex-dividend Date
Final Dividend – Record Date
Final Dividend – Payment Date
2019 Half-Year Results Announcement

Financial Reports
The Company’s 2018 Annual Report and Accounts is available on the Company’s website from the date of publication. Shareholders may elect 
to receive a copy by contacting the Registrar. Copies of previous financial reports are available at www.huntingplc.com. 

In common with many public companies in the UK, the Company no longer publishes a printed version of its half-year report. The half-year report 
is only available online from the Company’s website at www.huntingplc.com.

Registrar
The Company’s Registrar, Equiniti, offers a range of shareholder information and dealing services at www.shareview.co.uk. The address and 
contact details of Equiniti are as follows:

Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road, Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Telephone:
UK +44 (0)371 384 2173
Overseas +44 (0)121 415 7047

Equiniti is also the Company’s single alternative inspection location where, with prior appointment, individuals can inspect the register of members.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

167

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Shareholder and statutory information (unaudited) continued

Analysis of Ordinary Shareholders
At 31 December 2018, the Company had 1,516 Ordinary shareholders (2017 – 1,618) who held 165.1m (2017 – 164.2m) Ordinary shares analysed 
as follows:

Size of holdings
1 – 4,000
4,001 – 20,000
20,001 – 40,000
40,001 – 200,000
200,001 – 500,000
500,001 and over

2018

2017

% of total 
shareholders 

% of total 
shares 

% of total 
shareholders 

% of total 
shares 

72.5
10.5
3.2
7.0
3.2
3.6

0.6
0.9
0.8
6.0
8.9
82.8

73.1
12.0
2.5
6.5
2.7
3.2

0.7
1.1
0.7
6.0
8.8
82.7

Share Capital 
Hunting PLC is a premium-listed public company limited by shares, with its Ordinary shares quoted on the London Stock Exchange.

The Company’s issued share capital comprises a single class, which is divided in to 165,073,603 Ordinary shares of 25 pence each. All of the 
Company’s issued Ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in all respects. 

Details of the issued share capital of the Company and the number of shares held in Treasury as at 31 December 2018 can be found in note 30 
to the financial statements.

Subject to applicable statutes, shares may be issued with such rights and restrictions as the Company may, by ordinary resolution, decide, or 
(if there is no such resolution or so far as it does not make specific provision) as the Board (as defined in the Articles of Association) may decide. 

Voting Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Shares
Holders of Ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends (when declared), receive the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, attend and 
speak at general meetings of the Company, and appoint proxies or exercise voting rights.

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company, every holder of Ordinary shares present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote, 
has one vote, and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote has one vote for every Ordinary share held. None 
of the Ordinary shares carry any special rights with regard to control of the Company. Proxy appointments and voting instructions must be 
received by the Company’s Registrars not later than 48 hours before a general meeting.

A shareholder can lose their entitlement to vote at a general meeting where that shareholder has been served with a disclosure notice and has 
failed to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares. Shareholders’ rights to transfer shares are subject to the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

Transfers of uncertificated shares must be carried out using CREST and the Directors can refuse to register a transfer of an uncertificated share 
in accordance with the regulations governing the operation of CREST.

The Directors may decide to suspend the registration of transfers, for up to 30 days a year, by closing the register of shareholders. The Directors 
cannot suspend the registration of transfers of any uncertificated shares without obtaining consent from CREST.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary shares in the Company other than:

 • certain restrictions that may from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations, for example insider trading laws; 
 • pursuant to the Company’s share dealing code whereby the Directors and certain employees of the Company require approval to deal in the 

Company’s shares; and 

 • where a shareholder with at least a 0.25% interest in the Company’s certificated shares has been served with a disclosure notice and has 

failed to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares.

Interests in Voting Rights
Other than as stated in the table of Substantial Interests on page 63, the Company is not aware of any further agreements between shareholders 
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary shares or on voting rights. 

Market Capitalisation
The market capitalisation of the Company at 31 December 2018 was £0.8bn (2017 – £1.0bn).

Share Price

At 1 January 
At 31 December
High during the year
Low during the year

168 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

2018
p
605.0
480.0
914.0
453.6

2017
p
627.5
605.0
640.0
382.6

Dividends
The Company normally pays dividends semi-annually. Details of the Company’s dividend policy is set out on page 18. 

In 2018, the Company recommenced dividend distributions to shareholders, with an interim dividend of 4.0 cents per share declared and paid 
in October. The Board are recommending a final dividend for 2018 of 5.0 cents per share, to be paid to shareholders on 10 May 2019, subject 
to approval at the AGM.

Directors
Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, UK legislation and any directions prescribed by resolution at a general meeting, the business 
of the Company is managed by the Board. The Articles of Association may only be amended by special resolution at a general meeting of 
shareholders. Where class rights are varied, such amendments must be approved by the members of each class of share separately.

Appointment and Replacement of Directors
The rules about the appointment and replacement of Directors are contained in the Articles of Association. On appointment, in accordance with 
the Articles, Directors may be appointed by a resolution of the Board but are then required to be reappointed by ordinary resolution by 
shareholders at the Company’s next AGM.

Directors’ Interests
Details of Directors’ remuneration, service contracts and interests in the Company’s shares and share options are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy and Annual Report on Remuneration, located at www.huntingplc.com. Further information regarding employee long-term 
incentive schemes is given in note 34 of the financial statements.

Directors’ Conflict of Interest
All Directors have a duty under the Companies Act 2006 to avoid a situation in which they have, or could have, a direct or indirect conflict of 
interest with the Company. The duty applies, in particular, to the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity, whether or not the 
Company could take advantage of it. The Company’s Articles of Association provide a general power for the Board to authorise such conflicts. 

Directors are not counted in the quorum for the authorisation of their own actual or potential conflicts. Authorisations granted are recorded by 
the Company Secretary in a register and are noted by the Board. On an ongoing basis, the Directors are responsible for informing the Company 
Secretary of any new, actual or potential conflicts that may arise, or if there are any changes in circumstances that may affect an authorisation 
previously given. Even when provided with authorisation, a Director is not absolved from his or her statutory duty to promote the success of the 
Company. If an actual conflict arises post-authorisation, the Board may choose to exclude the Director from receipt of the relevant information 
and participation in the debate, or suspend the Director from the Board, or, as a last resort, require the Director to resign. As at 31 December 
2018, no Director of the Company had any beneficial interest in the shares of Hunting’s subsidiary companies.

Statement of Disclosure of Information to Auditors
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, all Directors in office as at the date of this report have confirmed, so far as they are aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all reasonable steps necessary in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditors are aware of that information. This 
confirmation should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Research and Development
Group subsidiaries undertake, where appropriate, research and development to meet particular market and product needs. The amount 
expensed by the Group during the year was $3.4m (2017 – $3.7m).

Political Contributions
It is the Group’s policy not to make political donations. Accordingly, there were no political donations made during the year (2017 – $nil).

Significant Agreements
The Company is party to a revolving credit facility in which the counterparties can determine whether or not to cancel the agreement where there 
has been a change of control of the Company. The service agreements of the executive Directors include provisions for compensation for loss of 
office or employment as a result of a change of control.

Payments to Governments
In accordance with the UK’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules 4.3A, Hunting PLC is required to report annually on payments made to 
governments with respect to its oil and gas activities. Hunting’s report on “Payments to Governments” for the year ended 31 December 2017 
was published on 14 March 2018 and totalled $561,328.

Statement of Listing Rule Compliance
In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4C, the Directors confirm that all waivers of dividends over the Company’s Ordinary shares are noted on 
page 63.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

169

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationGlossary

A

AED
United Arab Emirates Dirham. 

AGM
Annual General Meeting.

CO2 intensity factor
Scope 1 and 2 carbon dioxide equivalent 
metric, reported as kilogrammes per $’000 
of revenue.

CPI
Consumer Price Index.

H

HPSP
Hunting Performance Share Plan.

HSE
Health, Safety and Environment.

AMG
Advanced Manufacturing Group – combines 
the precision engineering and manufacturing 
capabilities in Hunting’s US segment for the 
Electronics division (Hunting Innova), Hunting 
Specialty and Hunting Dearborn product 
lines. Hunting is aiming to become a leading 
single source of MWD/LWD tools.

CTR
Currency translation reserve.

I

D

IAS
International Accounting Standards.

DEFRA
UK Department for Environment, Food & 
Rural Affairs.

IFRIC
International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee.

API
American Petroleum Institute.

Average gross capital employed*
See NGM O.

B

Basic EPS*
Basic earnings per share – calculated by 
dividing the earnings from operations before 
amortisation and exceptional items attributable 
to Ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary shares in issue 
during the year.

bbl
Barrel of oil – one barrel of oil equals 159 litres 
or 42 US gallons.

BOE
Barrel of oil equivalent.

bn
Billion.

C

c
Cents.

CAGR
Compound annual growth rate.

Capital employed*
See NGM G.

Diluted EPS*
Diluted earnings per share – calculated by 
dividing earnings from operations before 
amortisation and exceptional items attributable 
to Ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary shares in issue 
during the year, as adjusted for all potentially 
dilutive Ordinary shares.

Dividend cover*
See NGM N.

Downhole
Downhole refers to something that is located 
within the wellbore.

DPS*
See NGM M.

E

EBITDA*
See NGM A.

ESOP
Executive Share Option Plan.

F

FRC
Financial Reporting Council.

Free cash flow*
See NGM L.

FVLCD
Fair value less costs of disposal.

Capital investment – “Capex”
See NGM J.

G

CGU
Cash-generating unit.

CNY
Chinese Yuan Renminbi.

CO2
Carbon dioxide.

CO2e
Carbon dioxide equivalent.

GAAP
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Gearing*
See NGM H.

GHG
Greenhouse gas.

Growth capital investment
See NGM J.

GWh
Giga-watt hours.

170 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

IKTVA
The in-Kingdom total value add programme 
created by Saudi Aramco to baseline, 
measure and support increased levels of 
localisation in the Kingdom.

IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union.

Incident rate
The US Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration (“OSHA”) Recordable Incident 
Rate (or Incident Rate) is calculated by 
multiplying the number of recordable 
incidents by 200,000 and then dividing that 
number by the number of labour hours worked.

Intensity factor
The total controlled Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emissions divided by the total revenue of the 
Group.

Internal manufacturing reject rate
Percentage of parts rejected during the 
manufacturing process.

Inventory days*
See NGM D.

IOC
International Oil Company.

IP
Intellectual Property.

ISO
International Standards Organisation.

K

k
Thousand.

kWh
Kilowatt hours.

L

Lean
A production practice that eliminates wasteful 
processes, thereby reducing production time 
and costs, and improving efficiency.

LNG
Liquefied Natural Gas.

LPG
Liquefied Petroleum Gas.

LTIP
Long-Term Incentive Plan.

M

m
Million.

m3
Cubic metre.

mcf
1,000 cubic feet.

mmBtu
Million British thermal units.

MWD/LWD
Measurement-while-drilling/Logging-while-
drilling.

N

Net cash/debt
See note 23.

NGM
Non-GAAP measure – see pages 161 to 165.

NOC
National Oil Company.

P

p
Pence.

PCB
Printed circuit board.

PCE
Pressure control equipment.

PDMR
Person discharging managerial 
responsibilities.

PPE
Property, plant and equipment.

PSI
Pounds per square inch.

PSP
2009 Performance Share Plan.

R

RCF
Revolving Credit Facility.

Receivable days*
See NGM E.

Recordable incidents
An incident is recordable if it results in any 
of the following: death, days away from work, 
restricted work or transfer to another job, 
medical treatment beyond first aid, or loss 
of consciousness. Also included are any 
significant injuries or illnesses diagnosed by 
a physician or other licensed health care 
professional, even if it does not result in 
death, days away from work, restricted work 
or job transfer, medical treatment beyond first 
aid, or loss of consciousness.

NYMEX
New York Mercantile Exchange.

Replacement capital investment
See NGM J.

O

OCI
Other comprehensive income.

ROCE*
See NGM O.

S

OCTG
Oil Country Tubular Goods – pipe and tubular 
goods and products used in the oil and gas 
industry, such as drill pipe, pipe casing and 
production pipes.

OEM
Original equipment manufacturer.

OPEC
Organization of the Petroleum Exporting 
Countries.

Scope 1
Scope 1 emissions are direct GHG emissions 
from sources that are owned or controlled by 
the entity. Scope 1 emissions include fossil 
fuels burned on site, emissions from vehicles 
and other direct sources.

Scope 2
Scope 2 emissions are indirect GHG 
emissions resulting from the generation of 
electricity, heating and cooling or steam 
generated off site but purchased by the entity.

SHARP
Safety and Health Achievement Recognition 
Programme.

T

TSR*
Total Shareholder Return – the net share 
price change plus the dividends paid during 
that period.

U

UAE
United Arab Emirates. 

Underlying
Results for the year, as reported under 
IFRS, adjusted for amortisation of intangible 
assets recognised as part of a business 
combination and exceptional items, which is 
the basis used by the Directors in assessing 
performance.

UKLA
UK Listing Authority.

W

Wellbore
The wellbore refers to the drilled hole.

Well completion
Well completion refers to the processes of 
preparing a well for production. This involves 
the assembly of downhole tubulars and 
equipment required to enable safe and 
efficient production from an oil or gas well.

Well construction
Well construction refers to the initial drilling 
and processes of constructing the wellbore in 
an oil and gas well. These processes typically 
include drilling and logging the hole; running, 
cementing and logging the casing; hydraulic 
fracturing or stimulating the well and 
monitoring well performance and integrity.

Well intervention
Well intervention refers to any operation 
carried out on an oil or gas well that maintains 
or enhances the production of the well or 
provides well diagnostics.

Working capital*
See NGM C.

WTI
West Texas Intermediate – the price per barrel 
of Texas light sweet crude oil.

*  Non-GAAP measure.

Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

171

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationProfessional advisers

Solicitors
CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Deloitte LLP take over the role of Independent Auditor in 2019, 
subject to shareholder approval

Joint Corporate Brokers
Barclays Bank PLC and RBC Capital Markets

Financial Advisers
DC Advisory Limited

Insurance Brokers
Willis Towers Watson

Pension Advisers & Actuary
Lane Clark & Peacock LLP

Financial Public Relations
Buchanan Communications Limited

Registrars & Transfer Office
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road, Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA

Telephone:
UK +44 (0)371 384 2173
Overseas +44 (0)121 415 7047

172 Hunting PLC | 2018 Annual Report and Accounts

Designed and produced by Gather
www.gather.london

Printed by Park Communications
This product is made of material from well-managed, 
FSC®-certified forests and other controlled sources 

Park Communications is certified to ISO 14001 
Environmental Management System and the EU 
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS)

Hunting PLC
5 Hanover Square
London W1S 1HQ
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)20 7321 0123
Fax: +44 (0)20 7839 2072

www.huntingplc.com